高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解学案（10份打包）

高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解---------冠词及练习1.冠词概述
冠词是虚词,它不能单独使用，它只能用在名词的前面用来说明这个名词。英语中的冠词有三种，一种是定冠词the，另一种是不定冠词a(an)，还有一种是零冠词。不定冠词一般表示泛指;定冠词一般表示特指。不定冠词a (an) 与数词one 同源，是"一个"的意思。a用于辅音音素前，一般弱读作[ ]或[ :]，重读[ei],而an则用于元音音素前，一般弱读[ n], 重读[ n]。
2.不定冠词a(an)的用法
A. 不定冠词a(an)用于单数可数名词前。 表示"一个"，意为one；指某人或某物，意为a certain。eg. ① A Mr. Ling is waiting for you. 有位姓凌的先生在等你。 ② a girl ③ an English book
B. 不定冠词用来表示类别,指某一类人或某一类事物中的一个(泛指)。
eg. ① His father is a doctor. ② I work in a middle school in Beijing. ③ Mr. Smith is an engineer. 史密斯先生是工程师。
C. 不定冠词用于单数可数名词前,可以表示其全类(泛指)。
eg.① An English teacher teaches the students how to learn English.② A knife is a tool for cutting with. 刀是切割的工具。
D. 组成词组或成语，如: a little / a few / a lot / a type of / a pile / a great many / many a / as a rule / in a hurry / in a minute / in a word / in a short while / after a while / have a cold / have a try /keep an eye on / all of a sudden等。 3.定冠词the的用法：定冠词the与指示代词this，that同源，有"那(这)个"的意思，但意义较弱，可以和一个名词连用，来表示某个或某些特定的人或东西。
1) 特指双方都明白的人或物。eg. Take the medicine.　把药吃了。
2) 表示上文提到过的人或事物。eg. ① He bought an English-Chinese dictionary this morning. The dictionary is very good. 　
　　 ② He bought a house.　I've been to the house. 他买了幢房子。我去过那幢房子。
3) 用于单数可数名词前,表示整体或类别。　 eg.①the dollar 美元 ②the fox 狐狸 ③The panda is a rare animal. = A panda is a rare animal. = Pandas are rare animals.4) 用来表示世界上独一无二的事物。 eg. the sun, the moon, the sky, the earth, the world
5) 用于表示阶级,党派的名词前。
eg. the Chinese Communist Party中国共产党, the working class工人阶级 , the proletariat 无产阶级6) 常用于含有普通名词或形容词的专有名词前。
A. 用于许多江海,山脉,群岛等名词前：eg. the Yellow River, the East Sea, the Himalayas, the Pacific Ocean
B. 用在某些由普通名词构成的国家名称：eg. the People's Republic of China ; the United States
C. 用于机关,团体,朝代,时代,报刊杂志等名词前:
eg. the United Nations, the State Council, the Tang Dynasty, the People's Daily, the Summer Palace, the Peace Hotel, the British Museum the Times
7) 用于表示方位的名词前。 eg. the east; the southwest; the middle; the Far East ; on the left
8) 用于乐器名词前,但汉语拼音的乐器前不用冠词。 eg. play the piano, play the violin, play erhu
9) 用于复数的姓氏前,表示"两夫妇"或"全家",在此情况下,这类名词作复数对待。
eg. ①When we got there, the Lius were waiting for us. ②The Smiths watch TV every day.
10)用于某些形容词或过去分词前,表示一类人或事物。
eg. the poor ; the rich; the living; the young; the wounded; the oppressed; the beautiful
11)用在形容词的最高级前或序数词前及形容词only，very，same等前面。
eg. ①Where do you live 　 I live on the second floor.　 你住在哪？我住在二层。
　 ②That's the very thing I've been looking for.　 那正是我要找的东西。
③Shanghai is the biggest city in china.
④After the game, the first thing they wanted to do was to take a hot bath.12) 表示所有，相当于物主代词，用在表示身体部位的名词前。 eg. She caught me by the arm..　她抓住了我的手臂。
13) 用在惯用语中。
eg. in the day, in the morning (afternoon，evening), the day after tomorrow, the day before yesterday,　the next morning,　in the sky (water，field，country), in the dark,　in the rain,　in the distance,　in the middle(of),　in the end, on the whole,　by the way,　go to the theatre等等。4.零冠词用法:
1) 表示某一类人或事物的复数名词前,不用冠词。　　eg. ①Now people are living a happy life. ②Trees are planted everywhere. ③They are teachers. 他们是教师。
2) 不含普通名词的专有名词,表示泛指的物质名词和抽象名词前,不用冠词。
eg. ①We are studying English. ②He is leaving for America this year.
③It is pleasant to walk in soft snow. ④Love is always stronger than hatred.⑤Failure is the mother of success.　失败乃成功之母。
***物质名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词，当表示特定的意思时，需要加定冠词。eg. Man cannot live without water.　离开水人就无法生存。
3) 名词前有指示代词,物主代词,不定代词或名词所有格修饰,不用冠词。 eg. ①I like this picture better. ②Is that your book ③Take their chairs away! ④I do not have any money on me. ⑤As time went on, Einstein's theory proved to be correct.
4) 季节,月份,星期等名词前,一般不用冠词。　eg. ①She likes spring while I like summer. ②We have no classes on Saturday.
③The Long March started in October 1934. ④We go to school from Monday to Friday.　 我们从星期一到星期五都上课。
5) 表示只有一人担任的职务,头衔的名词前,不用冠词。　 eg. ①The guards took the American to General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军那里。 ②We have elected him our monitor.
6) 三餐饭的名词前,一般不用冠词。eg. ①When do you have lunch ②After supper, we usually take a walk.
7) 节假日等名词前,不用冠词。eg. ①Children all wear their best clothes on National Day. ②People give gifts to each other on Christmas Day.
注意:在eve后有of短语则要加定冠词: eg. on the eve of National Day; on the eve of New Year's Day
8) 球类和棋类运动的名词前,不用冠词。 eg. play basketball; play chess
9) 作表语用表示程度的形容词最高级前,不用冠词。 eg. ①Your help was most timely. ②This method is most effective.
注意:如果有比较范围,形容词最高级前必须加定冠词: eg. Of all methods, this is the most effective.10) 当两个或两个以上名词并用时，常省去冠词。 eg. I can't write without pen or pencil.　没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。 11)当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方式时，中间无冠词。 eg. by bus; by train 12）有些个体名词不用冠词，如:school，college，prison，market，hospital，bed，table，class, town，church，court 等个体名词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。eg. ①go to hospital 去医院看病 ②go to the hospital　 去医院 (并不是去看病，而是有其他目的)13) 不用冠词的序数词:a. 序数词前有物主代词时。 eg. This is my first time here.b. 序数词作副词。 eg. He came first in the race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中。 eg. at（the）first, first of all, from first to last等。 14) 在某些固定词组里,名词前不用冠词。
eg. on foot; by train/ boat / plane… ; in fact; as a matter of fact; in class; in church; in danger; in hospital; in town; in bed; at home; at school; at daybreak; at sunrise; at dusk; at sunset; at night; at noon; go to school; go to class; go to bed; from morning till night; from victory to victory; from door to door等等。5.注意事项:
1)当man作人类讲时,用零冠词。eg. Man will conquer nature.
2)某些抽象名词具体化时是可数名词,其前可加a。 如：surprise, fire, joy, success等等。
eg. ①He is a success as a teacher. ② Long Jing is a famous tea in China.
3)a用于姓氏前表示某个只知道名字而不不熟悉的人。 eg. A Mr Liu is waiting to see you outside.
4) 在某些句型中可加a。
eg. ①It is a pity that you have missed the chance. ②It is a shame / a pleasure / a honor for sb. to do sth.
5) word 作消息讲时,用零冠词。 eg. Word came that he would go abroad.掌握word的固定词组:word: 1) (C)单词;词; 字eg.① Do not write more than 200 words. ②Do you know the words to this song ③What’s the English word for “桌子” ④I could hear every word they were saying.⑤word for / by word 逐字地 2)(C)说的话;话语;言语eg. ①Have a word with (谈一谈)her and see what she thinks. ② He is a man of few words.③Could I have a quick word with you ④He often has words with (争吵)his wife.⑤eat one’s words 收回前言;认错 ⑥the last words临终的话⑦waste one’s words 白费口舌 ⑧in other words换句话说⑨by word of mouth口头上 ⑩in a word 简言之3)(U)诺言;许诺;保证eg. ①keep one’s word 守信 ②break one’s word 失信 ③give sb. one’s word 向某人承诺④I give you my word that this won’t happen again.4)(U)消息;信息eg. send (sb.) word 传来消息;捎信 ①She sent word that she would be late.②Please send me word of your safe arrival.③Word came that the meeting would be held on Friday. ④Word has it that she’s leaving.6.冠词与形容词+名词结构:
1) 两个形容词都有冠词，表示两个不同的人或物。 eg.①He raises a black and a white cat.　他养了一只黑猫和一只白猫。 ②The black and the white cats are hers.　这只黑猫和白猫都是他的。
2) 如后一个形容词无冠词，则指一人或一物。 eg. He raises a black and white cat. 他养了一只花猫。 7.冠词位置 :
1)不定冠词位置 : 不定冠词常位于名词或名词修饰语前。注意：　
a. 位于such，what，many，half等形容词之后。
eg.①I have never seen such an animal. 我从来没见过这样的动物。 ②Many a man is fit for the job. 许多人适合这岗位。
b. 当名词前的形容词被副词as, so, too, how, however, enough修饰时，不定冠词应放在形容词之后。
eg.①It is as pleasant a day as I have ever spent. 我从未这么高兴过。 ②So short a time 如此短的时间 ③Too long a distance 距离太远了
c. quite，rather与单数名词连用，冠词放在其后。但当rather，quite 前仍有形容词，不定冠词放其前 后均可。eg. rather a cold day/a rather cold day。
d. 在as，though 引导的让步状语从句中，当表语为形容词修饰的名词时，不定冠词放形容词后。eg. Brave a man though he is，he trembles at the sight of snakes. 他尽管勇敢，可见到蛇还是发抖。
2)定冠词位置
定冠词通常位于名词或名词修饰语前，但放在all， both，double，half，twice，three times等词之后，名词之前。eg. All the students in the class went out.　班里的所有学生都出去了。冠词高考考点剖析：一.冠词应着重掌握下列知识点：
1. 定冠词the、不定冠词a/an以及零冠词的一般用法； 2. 冠词的习惯用法和特殊用法。 二．冠词的知识结构梳理：I. 不定冠词(a/an) 1)基本用法：表泛指，
2)请注意以下一些特殊用法：
(1) 用于不可数的抽象名词前；
(2) 用于某些物质名词前； eg. a coffee 一杯咖啡; a tea 一杯茶;a heavy rain 一场大雨; a strong wind 一种强烈的信念
(3) 用于专有名词前； eg. a Mr. Green ; a Mary： a Shakespeare of China 中国的莎士比亚
(4) 用于某些固定结构中： eg. once upon a time , have a rest , take a bath , in a hurry , all of a sudden , as a matter of fact , It’s a pity that… .
(5) 用于双重修饰结构中：so / as / that / too / how + adj. + a / an + n. eg. George tries to be as ____ ____ ______(一位好老师) as possible
(6) 用于表最高级含义的句型: 否定意义的词 + ．．．．．． + a /an +比较级；
思考：没有人比我的童年过的更幸福。_______________________________ II. 定冠词(the) A) 基本用法：用于各类名词前，表特指。
1. Where are the other students Can you swim in the river (比较：in a river)
2. the sun, the moon, the earth, the world, the sky…(思考：a blue sky …)
3. I have bought a book and a pen. The book is for my sister.
4. the second sentence, in the east (比较：east of…); A bird is flying through the air.
5. The horse is a useful animal. (比较：A horse is useful./ Horses are useful animals.)
6. the people, the Americans, the policeman, the public, ……
7. The rain is falling. / The wind is blowing.
8. Shanghai is the London of China, the Venice of the East .
9. 请通过下列句式结构体会the的特指用法：
eg. ①We are living a happy life. The life we are living is happy.
②They made rapid progress last term. The progress they made last term was rapid. B)定冠词在一些特殊结构中的用法：
1. in + the + 数词复数式：eg. in the early 1920s 2. the + 比较级 + …, the + 比较级 + …：; 越…; 就越…
3. the +姓氏复数：eg. the Greens, 格林一家 4. the + adj.; the + 分词: eg. the rich 富人; the living 生者;
5. by the + 单位名词：eg. by the hour, 6. v. + sb. + prep. + the +人体各部位：eg. caught me by the arm..　抓住了我的手臂;
7. play + the + 乐器名称，eg. play the piano / the violin
8．用在惯用语中。eg. in the day, in the morning (afternoon，evening),　the day after tomorrow, the day before yesterday,　the next morning, in the sky (water，field，country) in the dark,　in the rain,　in the distance,　 in the middle (of),　in the end,
on the whole,　by the way,　go to the theatre III. 零冠词：
1. 零冠词的基本用法：一般性的泛指，甚至表抽象意义。 2. 复数可数名词、不可数名词前不用冠词，表示泛指；
eg. Horses are useful animals. (思考： A horse is useful. / The horse is a useful animal)
3. 称呼语或表示头衔的名词前不用冠词； eg. ①We made him president of USA. ②Who’s this, Mother
4. 球类运动、棋类运动和“三餐”前不用冠词； eg. Have you had supper
5. 表示季节、月份，星期或含day表节日的名词前不用冠词； eg. March, Christmas, Women’s Day … (但是：the Spring Festival ……)
6. 前面已经有人称代词、指示代词或不定代词作定语的名词前不用冠词； eg. his book; that cat; any people……
7. by car, by bus, by bike, by train, on foot …… (思考：take a taxi, take a bus, in the car…)
8. 某些习语，固定短语或固定结构中不用冠词。
eg. ① husband and wife, knife and fork, face to face, side by side …… ② to church, at home, at night, at school, go to school, in hospital, at table …… (思考：to the church, go to the school, in the hospital, at the table…)
③ Child as he is, he knows a lot of English. (但是：A lovely girl she is, …….)
④ At last, she turned doctor. (但是：She became a doctor.)
一、语法冠词基础练习：
1. He takes ___________active part in ___________ sports. A. the; the B. the;/ C. an;/ D./;the
2. The teacher came into the classroom, ________dictionary under_______ arm.
A. a; a B. an; a C. the; the D. /; /
3. A doctor told me to take _________medicine three times a day, stay in _________bed, then I would be better soon.
A. a; the B. a; / C. the; / D. /; a
4. The southerners usually have _________rice for________ lunch. A. the；the B. /; a C. /; / D. the;／
5. __________ Einsteins did manage to send _________Einstein to a technical school.
A. /;/ B. An; an C. The; / D. The; an
6. _________snow is white. The snow that covers the top of the mountain is __________beautiful sight.
A. The; the B. /; / C. /; a D. /; the
7. We'll wait for you at the gate of _________school on _________National Day. A. the; the B. the；/ C. a; / D. a; a
8. _________students in our school are mostly from________ north． A. The; / B. The; a C．/; the D. The; the
9. The overseas Chinese have ________great love for_________ their motherland.
A. a; the B. an; / C. the; / D. a; /
10. We walked together ________arm in_________ arm. A. a; a B. an; an C. the; the D. /; /
11. _________singer and _________dancer has accepted the invitation. A. A; a B. The; the C. The; a D. The; /
12. You can write a letter in _________ink or__________ pencil. A. /; a B. /; / C. a;/ D. an; a
13. They used to go swimming in the sea in __________summer, but during __________summer of 2004 they were too busy to go swimming at all.
A. the;/ B. /; the C. /; / D. the; the
14. They had to work from morning till ________night in order to pay off _______ debts.
A. the; the B. the; / C. /; the D. /; /
15. _________Yellow River is the pride of _________People's Republic off China.
A. The; a B. A; a C. The; the D. /; the
16. All of ________sudden, we were caught in ________rain. A. /; / B. a; the C. /;the D. a; a
17. ______________had been committed was not realized until later.
A. How serious a crime B. How serious crime C. How a serious crime D. How crime serious
18. We have never seen __________man. A. so handsome B. so handsome a C. a so handsome D. so a handsome
19. You can hardly hope to succeed where ___________has failed.
A. many greater man B. a many greater man C. many a greater man D. many greater a man
20. How did you pay the workers As a rule, they were paid __________.
A. by an hour B. by hours C. by a hour D. by the hour
21. It's _________great pleasure to go to __________cinema after a week's hard work.
A. a; the B. the; a C. a; a D. the; the
22. As __________ unemployment is very high at the moment, it's very difficult for people to find ________work.
A. the；/ B. /;/ C. the; a D. an; the
23. ---Do you like your school life ---It's hard to say. If there were no _________examinations, I should have _________much happier time at school.
A. an; a B. /; a C. a; the D．/；/
24. A serious accident happened at ________crossroad, not far from _________New World Supermarket.
A. /; the B. a; a C. the; / D. a; the
25. Mr. Smith told us that ________gold medal his son had got was considered ________great honor to the whole family.
A. the; / B. a; a C. the; a D. a; the
26. _________computer is really ___________most useful invention in the twentieth century.
A. The; a B. The; / C. A; / D. /; a
27. All these changes will lead to ___________stronger and powerful China, __________country that can surprise and enrich our planet.
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; a D. the; the
28. ---Really Who will give __________lecture What is it about --- About pollution. Professor Chen, ________president of Beijing University.
A. the; a B. the；/ C. a; the D. a; /
29. ---Hey, Mr. Smith, you are wanted on _________phone. ---Who is calling --- ________Mr. Green. I don't know who he is.
A. /; A B. the; / C. the; A D. /; /
30. As is known to all,__________ tiger is in _________danger of dying out. A. a; a B. the; / C. a; / D. the; the
31. Tom owns __________ larger collection of __________ books than any other student in our class.
A. the; 不填 B. a; 不填 C. a; the D.不填; the
32. If you buy more than ten, they knock 20 pence off ____________. A. a price B. price C. the price D. prices
33. When we got into __________ trouble, _________ number of people came to help me.
A. the; the B. a; a C. /; a D. /; the
34. For a long time they walked without saying ________ word. Jim was the first to break ________ silence.
A. the; a B. a; the C. a; / D. the; /
35. Father often says to me “Be ________ honest boy today and ________ useful man tomorrow.”
A. a; a B. an; an C. a; an D. an; a
36. What ___________ honest boy your son is and what __________ fun he is. A. a; a B. a; / C. an; a D. an; /
37. When he left _________ college, he got a job as _________ reporter in a newspaper office.
A. 不填; a B.不填; the C. a; the D. the; the
38. __________ rich used to look down upon _________ poor. A. The; 不填 B. The; the C. A; a D. A; the
39. —I’d like _________ information about the management of your hotel, please.—Well, you could have _______ word with the manager. He might be helpful. A. some; a B. an; some
C. some; some D. an; a
40. They had to work from ________morning till ________night in order to pay off _______debts.
A. the; the; the B. the; the; / C. /; /; the D. /; /; /
41. He was __________ medical student before he turned _________ engineer. A. a; an B. the; the C. a; / D. /; an
42. Wouldn’t it be ________ wonderful world if all nations lived in _______ peace with one another
A. a; / B. the; / C. a; the D. the; the
43. ——Have you seen ________ Audi car I parked here ——Is it _______ black one A young man has driven a black away.
A. an, a B. the, the C. the, a D. an, the
44. ___________Shanghai you see today is quite _________ different city from what it used to be.
A. The, / B. /, the C. The, a D. A, a
***45. Li Ying is good at playing ___________piano and I am good at playing __________volleyball.
A. the; the B. /; the C. a; the D. the; /
46._________b(B)irds can fly very high in _________sky. A. /; / B. /; the C. The; the D. The; /
47. _________is the most widely used language.
A. The English B. The English language C. An English D. English language
48. ---How did you pay the workers ----As a rule, they were paid____________.
A. by a hour B. by an hour C. by the hour D. by hours
49. Don’t give up, you can try for ___________second time. A. a B. an C. the D. /
50.The Greens live in ____________north of England. A. a B. an C. the D. /
51. Mr. White often goes out for a walk after __________supper. A. a B. an C. the D. /
52. School begins in ______________. A. the September B. September C. a September D. an September
53. _______is a very interesting subject. A. Maths B. A maths C. An maths D. The maths
54. She went to ________Nanjing Road just not. A. a B. an C. the D. /
55. She’s learning _________Chinese and she is sure that _________Chinese language is very useful.
A. /; / B. /; the C. the; the D. the; /
56. Jim was made ________of Class 2. A. monitor B. a monitor C. the monitor D. one monitor
57. She plays ______violin fairly well and makes a living by teaching ________violin.
A. the; / B. /; / C. a; / D. a; a
58. __________in the hand is worth two in the bush. A. Bird B. Birds C. The birds D. A bird
59. I bought a pair of shoes __________.
A. at the half price B. half at the price C. at half the price D. the half at price
60. The United States fought in ____________.
A. the World War II B. World War II C. World War the II D. Second World War
61. I looked her in ________face. A. a B. / C. the D. her
62. Miss Smith is ill in __________hospital. Jack is going to take _________No. 7 Bus to see her.
A. /; the B. a; the C. the; a D. the; the
63. There is _______ “h” in the word “without” and _________letter is in the middle of this word.
A. a; the B. an; the C. a; / D. an; /
64. On __________Teachers’ Day, I made ________Teachers’ Day card to my English teacher.
A. /; a B. an; the C. a; / D. an; /
65.—What is he —He is__________.
A. a teacher and writer B. a teacher and a writer C. teacher and writer D. the teacher and writer
66.—Do you ever see any channel —Yes, I’ve been to _________Channel.
A. the English B. English C. England D. an English
67. She was listening to__________ radio. A. a B. an C. the D. /
68. I had a pain in ________leg. A. a B. an C. the D. /
69. I go skating in ________winter and go swimming in __________summer.
A. /; / B. the; the C. /; the D. the; /
70.—Can you tell me what __________for “flower” is —Sorry, I don’t know __________.
A. Chinese; Chinese B. the Chinese; Chinese C. the Chinese; the Chinese D. Chinese; the Chinese
71. _________teacher and ________writer is still in our school. A. The; the B. A; a C. The; / D. The; a
72. Beyond ________stars, the astronaut saw nothing but _________space. A. the; / B. /; the C. /; / D. the; the
73. Many people agree that ________knowledge of English is ________must in __________international trade today.
A. a; /; the B. the; a; the C. the; a; an D. a; a; /
74.________harder we study, __________more we’ll learn. A. The; the B. A; the C. The; a D. /; /
75. ________heavy rain it is! A. How B. How a C. What D. What a
76. Do you have classes in ________afternoon on __________Saturday A. an; the B. a; the C./; / D. the; /
77. France is ________European country. India is _______Asian country. A. an; the B. the; an C. a; an D. an; an
78. She came from ________United States, she has been in __________for three years.
A. the; / B. /; / C. the; the D. /; the
79. In order to make it clear, I must go up to _________second floor and ask him ________second time.
A. the; a B. the; the C. a; the D. a; a
80. In 1969, two Americans got to the moon by __________spaceship, how I wish could fly to _______moon in _________spaceship someday.
A. /; the; a B. a; the; a C. /; the; / D. the; the; the
81. ________most children here live ________most happy life. A. /; / B. the; the C. the; a D. /; a
82. ________earth goes from__________ west to _________.
A. The; the; the B. An; a; a C. /; the; / D. The; /; /
83. There is ________big map of ________world on wall of our classroom.
A. a; a; a B. a; the; a C. a; /; the D. a; the; the
84. He is now studying __________history of ___________Party in ___________university.
A. /; the; a B. the; the; an C. /; /; an D. the; the; a
85. He had ___________to show me the way to the station. A. kindness B. a kindness C. a kind D. the kindness
86. Don’t let them lead __________.
A. your nose B. you by the nose C. you by your nose D. by your nose
87. Go and have _________before we set out. A. some sleep B. the sleep C. sleep D. a good sleep
88. What _________fun we had when we were at the seaside! A. a B. an C. the D. /
89. He came in _________in ___________ 100-meter race.
A. a second; the B. second; the C. second; / D. the second; /
90. Our teacher gives lessons in ________.
A. compositions B. a composition C. composition D. the composition
91. It seems that ______chain stores are popular in China. You are likely to find one within __________short walk along a busy street.
A. 不填；a B. the; the C. 不填；the D. the; 不填
92. The company provides a telephone service free of _________charge and you can dial to find out how you should pay _________charge for what you ordered.
A. 不填； 不填 B. 不填；a C. a; the D. 不填； the
93. Have you heard _______news The price of ________ petrol around the world is going down by 70%.
A. the; the B. the; 不填 C. 不填； the D. 不填；不填
94. Drivers who listen to music on _________road are more likely to have ________accidents, a science magazine said recently.
A. the; 不填 B. a; the C. 不填； 不填 D.不填； the
95. Everywhere man has cut down ___________forests in order to grow crops, or to use __________wood as fuel or as building material.
A. the; the B. the; / C. /; the D. /; /
96. Which of the following may be ________most important factor attracting _________most people to watch this film
A. the; / B. the; the C. a; / D. /; the
97. As is known to all, in _________eyes for her teacher, Linda has ___________ eye for arts.
A. /; an B. the; the C. /; the D. the; an
98. Many students who survived ___________earthquake in Sichuan Province have determined to study hard to make contributions to the society in __________future.
A. /; / B. the; the C. a; the D. the; /
99. He was such _______good speaker that he held our attention every minute of _________three-hour lecture.
A. /; the B. a; / C. a; the D. a; a
100. Numbers of terrorist attacks in the last few years have signaled that counter-terrorism remains _________long term goal for _________ world.
A. the; a B. a; the C. the; the D. a; a
101. It is said that the company in ________charge of him is in ________debt now. A. the; the B. /; / C. the; / D. /; the
二、语法冠词基础练习:
1. When Linda was a child, her mother always let her have _________ bed.
A. the breakfast in B. the breakfast in the C. breakfast in D. breakfast in the
2. He has promised to give up ___________ hundreds of times. A. a tobacco B. tobacco C. the tobacco D. tobaccos
3.__________ usually go to church every Sunday. A. The Brown B. A Brown C. Browns D. The Browns
4. The train is running fifty miles _________. A. an hour B. one hour C. the hour D. a hour
5. He can play almost every kind of music instrument but he is good _________.
A. at the flute B. at flute C. at a flute D. at that flute
6. The investigators found that more should be done for ________ in India.
A. those poor B. a poor C. poor D. the poor
7. You look in high spirit. You must have __________ during your holiday.
A. wonderful time B. a wonderful time C. the wonderful time D. some wonderful time
8. The city assigned a policeman to the school crossing because ________ traffic there was so heavy.
A. a B. an C. the D. one
9. A new teacher was sent to the village in place of __________ one who had retired. A. a B. the C. an D. its
10. Virtue and vice a= before you;___________ leads you to happiness,__________ to misery.
A. the former…latter B. a former…a latter C. the former…the latter D. former…latter
11. The children in the kinder-garden soon took ____________ to their teachers.
A. quite fancy B. a quite fancy C. quite a fancy D. the quite fancy
12.____________ tend to bemoan the lack of character in the young generation.
A. The old B. Old C. Elderly D. Older
13. A man suffering from a chock should be given _______________.
A. hot sweet tea B. a hot sweet tea C. the hot sweet tea D. one hot sweet tea
14. He answered my questions with ________ not to be expected of an ordinary schoolboy.
A. his accuracy B. a accuracy C. the accuracy D. an accuracy
15. If you go by train you can have quite _______comfortable journey. A. the B. one C. a D. that
16. We’re going to _________ with _________ today, aren’t we
A. the tea…the Smiths B. tea…those Smiths C. a tea…a Smith D. tea…the Smiths
17. I want an assistant with ______ knowledge of French and ______ experience of office routine.
A. the…the B. a…the C. a…an D. the…an
18. Ann’s habit of riding a motorcycle up and down the road early in the morning annoyed the neighbors and __________they took her to the court.
A. in the end B. at the end C. in an end D. in end
19. It is reported that today __________president will have lunch with _________ President Omon.
A. the…the B. a…a C. the…/ D. /…/
20. Tiananmen Square and __________Great Wall are two of the places everyone should see in ________ People’s Republic of China.
A. the…the B. /…/ C. the…/ D. /…the
21. It has long been known that there is an electric field __________.
A. inside the earth B. inside earth C. inside an earth D. on earth
22.________ much harder work, the volunteers were able to place the raging forest fire_________.
A. By the means of…under the control B. By means of…under control C. By means of…under a control D. By a means of…under control
23. No sooner had the man departed than the tree began dropping coffee beans _________.
A. by the thousand B. by a thousand C. by thousands D. by thousand
24. He expressed ____________of their having ever been married.
A. the doubt B. a doubt C. doubt D. an doubt
25. He saw through the little boy’s tricks __________.
A. at glance B. at the glance C. at some glance D. at a glance
26. Their victory is __________, for they’ve lost too many men.
A. out of question B. out of the question C. out question D. of question
27. Many a girl wants to become ____________.
A. some secretary B. a secretary C. secretary D. secretaries
28. He grabbed me _________ and pulled me onto the bus. A. a arm B. an arm C. the arm D. by the arm
29. I’ll come in _________ minute; in fact I’ll come __________ moment I’m through.
A. /…the B. a…the C. the…a D. /…/
30.This is one of __________ interesting books on your subject.
A. the most B. the most of the C. most D. most of the
31. He enjoys life ________the “Queen Anne”. A. on a board B. on board C. in the board D. board
32. He lost his fob and __________ his wife left him.
A. on that top B. on top of that C. on a top of that D. on the top
33. Most of the representatives think that __________the meeting was very successful.
A. on whole of B. on a whole C. on the whole D. on the whole that
34. Under no circumstances will there be wage control while I am _________of the government.
A. the head B. a head C. head D. that head
35. Like his sister, David needed ____________from some generous person in order to get home.
A. a ride B. some ride C. ride D. the ride
36. The brain’s left hemisphere controls logic and language, while ________controls intuitive talents and musical ability.
A. the right B. a right C. that right D. right one
37. _____________is setting up a research team to see how children react to video games.
A. The Japan’s Health Ministry B. Japan’s health Ministry C. A Japan’s health Ministry D. Japan health Ministry
38. Unlike Americans, who seem to prefer coffee, __________a great deal of tea.
A. English drink B. The English drink C. English man drink D. the English drinks
39. Hundreds of people are ______ now, so there are about 50 people trying for the same position.
A. out of the work B. out work C. out of work D. out of a work
40. His mother taught __________, but his father was only a blue-collar worker. A. piano B. an piano C. the piano D. a piano
41. Contrary to what I had expected, he lost for _________.
A. second time B. a second time C. second times D. the second time
42. Fashions change and people change too, but the old feeling remains _________.
A. the same B. same C. that same D. as same
43. We are going to dine tomorrow with ___________to celebrate Christmas Day.
A. the Cunning B. Cunnings C. The Cunnings D. Cunning’s
44. This is ____________which is collected before the first rain in Spring. A. one tea B. a tea C. the tea D. that tea
45._____________is known by its note, ____________is known by his talk.
A. A bird; a man B. One bird; one man C. The bird; the man D. Bird; man
46. Never travel with ___________who leaves you in case of danger. A. the friend B. that friend C. a friend D. friend
47. Do you think it possible for the North Pole to have _________a few thousand years from now
A. Shanghai B. a Shanghai C. the Shanghai D. one Shanghai
48. I don’t think ________ is a better car than our makes. A. a Ford B. Ford’s C. the Ford D. Ford
49. I didn’t know why he looked angry when I patted him ________. A. on the head B. on head C. on a head D. on his head
50. He never fails to give you _____________when you are in trouble.
A. his helping hands B. the helping hand C. helping hands D. a helping hand
51. The historical events of that period are arranged ___________.
A. in alphabetical order B. in an alphabetical order C. in the alphabetical orders D. in a alphabetical orders
52. The like to take a vacation ______________.
A. one time the year B. one time in a year C. once a year D. once in a year
53.“What is Todger ” “He is __________.”
A. a poet and novelist B. a poet and a novelist C. poet and novelist D. the poet and novelist
54. “How did you pay the workers ” “As a rule, they are paid ___________.”
A. by an your B. by the hour C. by a hour D. by hours
55. The DMZ extends about two hundred kilometers __________.
A. from east to west B. from the east to west C. from the east to the west D. from eastern to western
56. What ____________are you planning to buy
A. make of car B. make of the car C. make of a car D. make of cars
57.__________, you can’t fool her.
A. The child though Rowena is B. Though child Rowena is C. As child Rowena is D. Child as Rowena is
58. What’s _________ is to get information about the situation first.
A. the wisest B. a wisest C. the wiser D. wisest
59. The differences between ____________are gradually being eliminated.
A. the town and the country B. town and country C. a town and a country D. a town and the country
60. Scientists hope to send an expedition to Mars during _____________.
A. the 1990s B. the 1990 C. 1990s D. 1990’s
三、语法冠词提高练习：
1. Jumping out of ____________airplane at ten thousand feet is quite _____________exciting experience.
A. /; the　　 B. /; an　 C. an; an　 D. the; the
2. There’s ___________ dictionary on ___________ desk by your side.
A. a; the B. a; a C. the; a D. the; the
3. An accident happened at ________ crossroads a few meters away from ________ bank.
A. a; a B./; a C./; the D. the; /
4. The warmth of ____________sweater will of course be determined by the sort of ___________wool used.
A. the; the B. the; / C. /; the D. /; /
5. Mr. Li will give us ________ talk.________ talk will begin at 8:00. A. a; The B. the; A C./; / D. a; A
6. The sun gives us __________ heat and __________ light. A. the; the B. a; a C. a; the D. /; /
7. —What do you need in dinner —I need ___________.
A. a knife and a fork B. a knife and fork C. the knife and fork D. the knife and the fork
8.____________ Mrs. Smith is waiting for you in your office. A. The B. A C. One D. /
9. She’s on ___________ People’s Daily. A. the B. an C. a D./
10.__________Einsteins could not pay for ___________advanced education that young Albert needed.
A. The; the B. A; a C. An; the D. The; an
11. She is ________ newcomer to ________ chemistry but she has already made some important discoveries.
A. the; the B. the; a C. a; / D. a; the
12. —Where is Jack —I think he is still in __________ bed，but he might be in __________ bathroom.
A. /; / B. the; the C. the; / D. /; the
13. I don’t like talking on __________ telephone; I prefer writing ___________ letters.
A. a; the B. a; / C. the; the D. the; /
14. Many people are still in __________habit of writing silly things in__________ public places.
A. the; the B. /; / C. the; / D. /; the
15. —If you don’t like the red coat，take the blue one. —OK，but do you have _______size in blue This one is a bit tight for me.
A. a big B. a bigger C. the big D. the bigger
16. I heard somebody playing __________ piano in __________ next room. A. a; a B. the; the C. a; the D. the; an
17.________ Pacific Ocean is ________ largest of all. A. the; a B. /; the C. the; the D. a; /
18. Great changes have taken place in __________ 1990’s. A. / B. a C. the D. an
19. Wouldn’t it be ___________wonderful world if all nations lived in _____________peace with one another
A. a; / B. the; / C. a; the D. the; the
20. Alexander Graham Bell invented _____________telephone in 1876. A. / B. a C. the D. one
21.In 1864，Lincoln was elected ___________President of ________United States for the second time.
A. the; the B. a; a C. /; the D. /; /
22. John is ____________ university student. A. / B. any C. a D. an
23. The table is made of ____________. A. a wood B. some wood C. the wood D. wood
24. We are going to learn ____________ next week.
A. Twelfth Lesson B. The Twelfth Lesson C. Twelve Lesson D. The Twelve Lesson
25.—I’d like _____________ information about the management of your hotel，please.
—Well，you could have _____________ word with the manager. He might be helpful.
A. some; a B. an; some C. some; some　 D. an; a
26. Paper money was in __________ use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in__________ thirteenth century.
A. the; / B. the; the C. /; the D. /; /
27. Most animals have little connection with __________ animals of __________ different kind unless they kill them for food.
A. the; a B. /; a C. the; the D. /; the
28. Alice is fond of playing ___________piano while Henry is interested in listening to ___________music.
A. /; the B. /; / C. the; / D. the; the
29. Oh, John._____________ you gave us!
A. How a pleasant surprise B. How pleasant surprise C. What a pleasant surprise D. What pleasant surprise
30.____________ terrible weather we’ve been having these days! A. How a B. What a C. How D. What
31. Many people agree that ___________knowledge of English is a must in ___________international trade today.
A. a; / B. the; an C. the; the D. /; the
32. Beyond __________stars，the astronaut saw nothing but __________space.
A. the; / B./; the C. /; / D. the; the
33. —Have you seen __________ pen I left it here this morning. —Is it ___________ black one I think I saw it some where.
A. a; the B. the; the C. a; a D. the; a
34. After watching ____________ TV，she played ___________ violin for an hour. A. /; / B. the; the C. the; / D./; the
35.—Are you sure to help me find ____________ bed for my new house —Sure，but not now. I’m heading for ___________ bed and a good sleep.
A. a; / B. a; a C. the; a D. the; /
36. Charlie Chaplin was considered one of the greatest actors in __________ history of ___________cinema.
A. /; / B. a; the C. the; the D. the; a
37. —What about __________ book —It’s too difficult __________ book. A. a; a B. a; the C. the; the D. the; a
38. Towards __________ evening __________cold rain began to fall. A. an; the B. the; a C. the; / D. /; a
39. She always plays ___________football after__________ school. A. a; the B. the; the C. /; a D. /; /
40. _________wheel is thought to be _________invention of _________first importance in human history.
A. A; the; the B. The; an; the C. A; an; the D. A; an; /
41. I felt someone patted me on __________shoulder. A. a B. the C. my D./
42.—So you are running ___________ restaurant —Yes，but I don’t want to make it ________ restaurant only for rich people.
A. the; / B. the; the C. a; the D. a; a
43. Xi’an was ___________ starting point of ___________ world famous “Silk Road”. A. /;/ B. a; a C. the; / D. the; the
44. It is ten o’clock in the morning but he is still ____________. A. in the bed B. at the bed C. in bed D. on bed
45. More than half of ___________water used for drinking，washing and irrigating crops comes from under ___________ ground.
A. the; / B. /; the C. /; / D. the; the
46. At noon we reached ____________ small village ___________ east of ____________ Summer Palace.
A. the; the; the B. a; /; the C. a; the; the D. a; /; /
47.The child had only ___________slight temperature，but the doctor regarded __________illness as serious enough for __________hospital treatment.
A. /; /; the B. a; /; / C. a; the; / D. /; the; the
48. I had ___________ lunch at a friend’s house yesterday. __________ food was good.
A. the; / B. /; / C. the; The D. /; The
49.—What is Jack going to do with all his money —He says he has always dreamed of taking ________ trip around ________ world.
A. a; the B. the; the C. a; / D. a; a
50. Qingdao is __________ most beautiful city in summer. A. the B./ C. a D. one
51. Just now you said you always got to work on ___________ 8 o’clock train. But would __________ later train get you to work on time
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; the D. the; a
52. The building was completed in ___________ September of 1956 not in ___________ October,1955.
A. /; the B. the; the C. /;/ D. the; /
53. I would like to have ___________room，____________window of which opens to ___________south.
A. a; the; a B. a; the; the C. a; /; / D. a; the; /
54.There is __________house in the picture. There is __________old woman near __________house.
A. an; a; the B. a; an; the C. the; a; an D. a; the; an
55.___________ Europe and ___________ America are separated by __________ Atlantic Ocean.
A. /; /; the B. the; the; the C. /; /; / D. the; the; /
56. There is ________“h” in the word “honest”. A. a B. the C. / D. an
57. __________ terrible life people in the small island lived at that time! A. What B. How C. What a D. How a
58. Father often says to me, “Be ___________ honest boy today and _________ useful man tomorrow.”
A. a; a B. an; an C. a; an D. an; a
59. Things of ___________ kind come together; people of __________ kind fall into _________ same group.
A. the; the; the B. a; a; the C. the; the; a D. a; the; the
60.___________ Suez Canal brought __________ east and __________ west closer.
A. The; the; the B. /; the; the C. The; /; / D. /; /; /
61. (名校联考) Would you lend me __________ paper to write __________ paper —Sorry, I haven’t any.
A. any; some B. any; a C. a; some D. some; a
62. (四校联考) The building of that school was completed in _________August of 2001 not in ________September, 2002.
A. 不填；the B. the; the C. 不填; the D. the; 不填
63. —It’s said that two Chinese engineers were kidnapped by terrorists in Pakistan yesterday.
—Yes, ____________ news came as ___________ great surprise. A. the; the B. 不填；不填 C. the; a D.不填; a
64. (辽宁实验) Apples are usually sold by _________weight and eggs are sometimes sold by __________ dozen.
A. the; the B. 不填；a C. 不填；the D. the; a
65. While peace-keeping is ________UN’s main duty, it also has programs for ________education, better health and business in more than 170 countries.
A. the; an B. 不填；the C. the; 不填 D. 不填；an
66. His hometown is on __________East Sea and his father is at ___________sea.
A. the; 不填 B. the; a C. the; the D. 不填；不填
67. —What did you think of ______president —I didn’t care for him at first, but after _______ time I got to like him. (名校联考)
A. the; a B. 不填; the C. the; the D. 不填; a
68. Water is ______liquid at room temperature and has _________comparatively higher freezing point.
A. 不填；the B. the; the C. a; a D. 不填；a
69. A house built of stone lasts longer than _________one built of wood. A. 不填 B. the C. a D. an
70. It’s quite obvious that the aging population in China will cause _________heavy pressure on ___________whole society in the future.
A. a; a B. the; 不填 C. a; the D.不填; the
71. He had decided to give it up, but on ________second thoughts he decided to try _________third time. (山西重点)
A. the; a B. 不填；不填 C. a; a D. 不填; a
72. —Hey, Mr. Smith, you are wanted on _________phone. —Who is calling —________Mr. Green. I don’t know he is.
A.不填; A B. the; 不填 C. the; A D. 不填；不填
73. —What musical instrument do you play —____________. A. Violins B. A violin C. Violin D. The violin
74. Granny took the little girl by ___________hand and thanked her for her help. (崇文统考一)
A. a B. her C. his D. the
75. Wouldn’t it be _________wonderful world if all nations live in _______peace with one another
A. a; 不填 B. the; 不填 C. a; the D. the; the
76. Take these chairs away. They are in _________way. A. this B. the C. a D. one
77. Today the canal is still being used. Ships can be seen moving on _________water now and then. But it is no longer ________ busy water highway.
A. a; the B. the; 不填 C. 不填; a D. the; a(湖北联考二)
78. More and more people in China prefer to choose __________cheap wireless phone service known as _________ “Little Smart”. (成都诊断二)
A. a; the B. a; 不填 C. the; the D. the; 不填
79. Amazing, isn’t it _________ housemaid has turned ________ general manageress!
A. The; a B. A; a C. The; 不填 D. A; the
80. Would you like _________knife and fork, or would you rather use_______ chopsticks, sir (广州综合)
A. the; the B. a; 不填 C. 不填; the D. 不填;不填
81. They have their reasons for keeping their marriage _________secret for _________moment.
A. the; a B. the; the C. a; the D. a; a
82. They elected him ___________captain of the team for __________second time.
A. 不填；a B. the; a C. the; 不填 D. 不填；不填
83. I wonder what it feels like to be one of _________really rich. The Browns already have two Rolls Royce and now they are buying ___________third.
A. the; a B. the; the C. 不填; a D. 不填; the (荆州质检)
84. _______Whites visited _______poor last week. A. The; 不填 B. The; the C. A; a D. A; the
85. As is known to us, _______ life in ________ modern world is easier in some ways than ______ life our grandparents lived.
A. the; a ;the (江西重点中学联考) B. a; the; the C. 不填; the; the D. the; 不填; the
86. It is reported that fully 95 percent of ________US public schools are now connected to _________ Internet.
A. the; the B. the; 不填 C. 不填; the D. 不填; 不填
87. In spite of his appearance, his movements were as spirited as ___________.
A. a young man B. a young man’s C. young men D. young men’s
88. Your recorder and mine are of _________. A. the type B. same type C. type D. a type
89. Thank you for sending us _________fresh vegetables of many kinds. You have done us _________great service. (南京调研)
A. 不填; a B. the; a C. 不填；不填 D. the; 不填
90. That escaped prisoner camped in ____________wood but he didn’t light ___________a fire because smoke rising from ________wood might attract ________attention.
A. 不填; the; a; 不填 B. a; a; the; the C. a; the; a; 不填 D. a; a; the; 不填
91. We went to the exhibition yesterday __________. A. on a car B. in a car C. at the car D. by a car
92. We went to the exhibition yesterday ____________.
A. the same; the B. 不填；不填 C. an; 不填 D. an; the
93. The two were like ________teacher and ________student though they were the same age.
A. /; the B. /; / C. the; the D. a; a
94. It is not rare in ________that people in _________fifties are going to university for further education.
A. 90s, their B. the 90’s, their C. 90’s, their D. the 90s, their
95. Four of Robert’s children were at the party, including ___________, Luke.
A. the oldest B. an oldest one C. the old D. an old one
96. From __________ serious look on his face, I knew that he brought _________ news of great importance.
A the, a B / , / C the, the D the, /
97. —Has the little boy passed _________P. E. test？—He has tried twice and the teacher will allow him to have ________third try. (2010·嘉兴市高三基础测试)
A. the； 不填 B. a； the C. the； a D. the； the
四、历年高考英语语法专题训练-冠词：
1.Alice is fond of playing __________piano while merry is interested in listening to __________music.( 全国1989—32)
A. 不填； the B.不填; 不填 C. the; 不填 D. the; the
2. Beyond ______________stars the astronaut saw nothing but ____________ space.(全国1990—18)
A. the; 不填 B. 不填; the C. 不填; 不填 D. the; the
3. Alexander Graham Bell invented _____________telephone in 1876. (全国1991—18) A. 不填 B. a C. the D. one
4. —Where’s Jack —I think he’s still in ________bed, but he might just be in _______bathroom (全国1992—36)
A. 不填; 不填 B. the; the C. the; 不填 D. 不填; the
5. Many people are still in __________habit of writing silly things in ____________public places.( 全国1993—19)
A. the; the B. 不填; 不填 C. the; 不填 D. 不填; the
6. She is _________newcomer to __________chemistry but she has already made some important discoveries.( 全国1994—20)
A. the; the B. the; 不填 C. a; 不填 D. a; the
7. —I’d like ___________information about the management of your hotel, please, (全国1995—32)
—Well, you could have ____________word with the manager. He might be helpful. A. some, a B. an; some C. some; some D. an, a
8. Many people agree that ________knowledge of English is a must in __________international trade today. (全国1996—13)
A. a; 不填 B. the; an C. the; the D.不填; the
9. —Have you seen _____________pen I left it here this morning. —Is it ____________black one I think I saw it somewhere (全国1997—7)
A. a; the B. the; the C. the; a D. a; a
10. Paper money was in _________use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in __________thirteenth century.(全国1999—8)
A. the; 不填 B. the; the C. 不填; the D. 不填; 不填
11. Summers in ___________south of France are for ______________most part dry and sunny.(2000京春—8)
A. 不填; a B. the; 不填 C. 不填; 不填 D. the; the
12. Most animals have little connection with _________animals of ___________different kind unless they kill them for food. (2000全国—10)
A. the; a B. 不填; a C. the; the D. 不填; the
13. Mr. Smith, there’s a man at _________front door who says he has ________news for you of great importance. (01京春—10)
A. the; 不填 B. the; the C. 不填；不填 D.不填; the
14. The warmth of __________sweater will of course be determined by the sort of __________wool used.(2001全国—29)
A. the; the B. the; / C. /; the D. /; /
15. A bullet hit the soldier and her was wounded in __________leg. (2001上海) A. a B. one C. the D. his
16. I don’t like talking on __________telephone; I prefer writing _______________ letters. (02京春—26)
A. a; the B. the; / C. the; the D. a; /
17. The cakes are delicious. He’d like to have _________third one because ___________second one is rather too small. (2002沪春—22)
A. a; a B. the; the C. a; the D. the; a
18. Jumping out of _________airplane at ten thousand feet is quite ___________exciting experience. (2002—26)
A. /; the B. /; an C. an; an D. the; the
19. One way to understand thousands of new words is to gain ___________good knowledge of basic word formation.(2002沪—21)
A. / B. the C. a D. one
20. There’s ____________dictionary on ______________desk by your side. (2003京春—24)
A. a; the; B. a; a C. the; a D. the; the
21. An accident happened at __________crossroads a few meters away from __________bank. (2003沪春—23)
A. a; a B. /; a C. /; the D. the; /
22. The sign reads “In case of __________fire, break the glass and push ____________red button.” (2003—26)
A. /; a B. /; the C. the; the D. a; a
23. I earn 10 dollars ___________hour as __________supermarket cashier on Saturdays(2003沪—25)
A. a; an B. the; a C. an; a D. an; the
24. On __________news today, there were __________reports of heavy snow in that area. (2004京春—28)
A. the; the B. the; / C. /; / D. /; the
25. As a rule, domestic servants doing odd jobs are paid ____________.(2004沪春—28)
A. by the hour B. by hour C. by an hour D. by hours
26. When you come here for your holiday next time, don’t go to __________hotel; I can find you __________bed in my flat. (2004全国I—24)
A. the; a B. the; 不填 C. a; the D. a; 不填
27. —John, there is ___________Mr. Wilson on the phone for you. —I’m in ________bath. (2004全国IV—35)
A. a; the B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
28. ____________on-going division between English-speaking Canadians and French-speaking Canadians is___________ major concern of the country. (2004北京——32)
A. The; 不填 B. The; a C. An; the D. An;不填
29. When he left ___________college, he got a job as ____________reporter in a newspaper office. (2004天津—24)
A. 不填；a B. 不填; the C. a; the D. the; the
30. When you finish reading the book, you will have _________better understanding of ___________life. (2004辽宁—31)
A. a; the B. the; a C. 不填; the D. a; 不填
31. Tom owns __________larger collection of _________books than any other student in our class. (2004江苏—27)
A. the; 不填 B. a; 不填 C. a; the D. 不填；the
32. The Wilsons live in ___________A-shaped house near the coast. It is __________17th century cottage. (2004浙江—22)
A. the; / B. an; the C. /; the D. an; a
33. It is ________world of wonders, _________world where anything can happen. (2004福建—23)
A. a; the B. a; a C. the; a D.不填；不填
34. There was ________ time _________I hated to go to school. (2004湖北—23)
A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when
35. For a long time they walked without saying _________word. Jim was the first to break _________silence. (2004湖南 —26)
A. the; a B. a; the C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
36. While he was investigating ways to improve the telescope, Newton made ______________discovery which completely changed _______________man’s understanding of color. (2004广东—28)
A. a;不填 B. a; the C. 不填；the D. the; a
37. The most important thing about cotton in history is _________part that it played in ____________Industrial Revolution. (2004重庆—32)
A. 不填；不填 B. the; 不填 C. the; the D. a; the
38. If you buy more than ten, they will knock 20 pence off ____________.(2004 吉林—31)
A. a price B. price C. the price D. prices
39. If you go by __________train you can have quite a comfortable journey, but make sure you get __________fast one. (2005全国III—15)
A. the; the B. 不填；a C. the; a D. 不填； 不填
40. It is often said the __________teachers have _________very easy life. (2005北京—21)
A. 不填； 不填 B. 不填； a C. the; 不填 D. the; a
41. This book tells ____________life story of John Smith, who left ___________school and worked for a newspaper at the age of 16. (2005辽宁—31)
A. the; the B. a; the C. the; 不填 D. a; 不填
42. Mrs. Taylor has _____________8-year-old daughter who has __________gift for painting —she has won two national prizes. (2005 浙江—4)
A. a; a B. an; the C. an; a D. the; a
43. I can’t remember when exactly the Robinsons left ____________ city, I only remember it was ____________ Monday. (2005 湖南—29)
A. the; the B. a; the C. a; a D. the; a
44. I knew ___________ John Lennon, but not _____________famous one. (2005 山东—23)
A.不填；a B. a; the C.不填; the D. the; a
45. After dinner he gave Mr. Richardson _____________ ride to _____________Capital Airport. (2005 安徽 —25)
A. the; a B. a; the C. 不填；a D. 不填；the
46. If you grow up in _________large family, you are more likely to develop _________ ability to get on well with __________others. (2005 江西—27)
A. /; an; the B. a; the; / C. the; an; the D. a; the; the
47. On May 5, 2005, at ___________World Table Tennis Championship, Kong Linghui and Wang Hao won the gold medal in men’s doubles with _________score of 4:1. (2005 江苏—21)
A. a; a B. 不填；the C. a; 不填 D. the; a
48. —Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith —Sorry, wrong number. There isn’t Mr. Smith here. (2006全国I—30)
A. 不填 B. a C. the D. one
49. I know you don’t like _______music very much. But what do you think of _______music in the film we saw yesterday (2006全国II—19)
A. 不填； 不填 B. the; the C. the; 不填 D. 不填； the
50.—I knocked over my coffee cup. It went right over _________keyboard. —You shouldn’t put drinks near _________computer. (2006北京—26)
A. the; 不填 B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. a; a
51. Of all _________reasons for my decision to become a university professor, my father’s advice was ___________most important one. (06辽宁—21)
A. the; a B. 不填; a C. 不填； the D. the; the
52. Don’t worry if you can’t come to ______party—I’ll save _______cake for you. (2006浙江—3)
A. the; some B. a; much C. the; any D. a; little
53. In ___________review of 44 studies, American researchers found that men and women who ate six key foods daily cut the risk of ____________heart disease by 76%.
A. a; the B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. 不填; a (06湖南—22)
54. Everywhere man has cut down _________forests in order to grow crops, or to use __________wood as fuel or as building material. (06重庆—25)
A. the; the B. the; / C. /; the D. /; /
55. For him _______stage is just _______means of making a living. (2006山东—21) A. a; a B. the; a C. the; the D. a; the
56. According to _________World Health Organization, health care plans are needed in all big cities to prevent ____________spread of AIDS. (2006陕西—15)
A. the; 不填 B. the; the C. a; a D. 不填; the
57. —Could you tell me the way to __________Johnsons’ please —Sorry, we don’t have _________Johnson here in the village. (07全国II—19)
A. the; the B. the; a C. 不填; the D. the; 不填
58. I looked under _______bed and found ________book I lost last week. (2007北京—22)
A. the; a B. the; the C. 不填；the D. the; 不填
59. I wanted to catch _________early train, but couldn’t get ________ride to the station. (2007天津—3)
A. an; the B. /; the C. an; / D. the; a
60. Many people have come to realize that they should go on ________balanced diet and make ________room in their day for exercise. (07江西—26)
A. a; / B. the; a C. the; the D. /; a
61. Polar bears live mostly on _________sea ice, which they use as _________platform for hunting seals. (07湖南—23)
A. a; a B. a; the C. 不填; a D. the; 不填
62. In ________film Cast Away, Tom Hanks plays _________man named Chuck Noland. (2007陕西—17)
A. a; the B. the; a C. the; the D. a; a
63. How about taking _______short break I want to make __________call. (2007四川—22)
A. the; a B. a; the C. the; the D. a; a
64. George couldn’t remember when he first met Mr. Anderson, but he was sure it was __________Sunday because everybody was at __________church. (2007重庆—24)
A. /; the B. the; / C. a; / D. /; a
65. I like _______color of your skirt. It is _________good match for your blouse. (2007浙江—4)
A. a; the B. a; a C. the; a D. the; the
66.—How about _________Christmas evening party —I should say it was __________success. (2007福建—22)
A. a; a B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
67. Christmas is __________special holiday when ________whole family are supposed to get together. (2007辽宁—21)
A. the; the B. a; a C. the; a D. a; the
68. We have every reason to believe that ___________2008 Beijing Olympic Games will be _________ success. (2007江西—21)
A. 不填; a B. the; 不填 C. the; a D. a; a
69. _________walk is expected to last all day, so bring _________packed lunch. (2007山东—21)
A. A; a B. The; 不填 C. The; a D. A; 不填
70. It’s not _______good idea to drive for four hours without ________break. (2008全国 II—8)
A. a; a B. the; a C. the; the D. a; the
71. Have you heard _______news The price of petrol is going up again! (2008湖南—22)
A. the; the B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. 不填;不填
72. _______apple fell from the tree and hit him on __________head. (2008浙江—2)
A. An; the B. The; the C. An; 不填 D. The; 不填
73.—I am so sorry to have come late for the meeting. (2008江西—30)—It is not your fault. With _________rush-hour traffic and _________heavy rain, it is no wonder you were late.
A. a; a B. the; the C. /; / D. /; a
74. My neighbor asked me to go for ________walk, but I don’t think I’ve got ________ energy. (2008辽宁—24)
A. a; 不填 B. the; the C. 不填; the D. a; the
75. In the United States, there is always _________flow of people to areas of ________country where more jobs can be found. (2008四川—8)
A. a; the B. the; a C. the; the D. a; a
76. I ate _________sandwich while I was waiting for ___________20:08 train. (2008陕西—10)
A. the; a B. the; the C. a; the D. a; a
77. We went right round to the west coast by _______ sea instead of driving across ________ continent. (2008江西—21)
A. the; the B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. 不填; 不填
78. Students should be encouraged to use _______Internet as __________resource. (2008山东—21)
A. 不填； a B. 不填; the C. the; the D. the; a
79. In many places in China, _________bicycle is still ________ popular means of transportation. (2008重庆—27)
A. a; the B. /; a C. the; a D. the; the
80. Let’s go to _________cinema—that’ll take your mind off the problem for __________while. (2009全国I—22)
A. the; the B. the; a C. a; the D. a; a
81. What I need is ________book that contains __________ABC of oil painting. (2009全国II—14)
A. a; 不填 B. the; 不填 C. the; an D. a; the
82. The biggest whale is _______blue whale, which grows to be about 29 meters long—the height of _______9-story building. (2009北京—33)
A. the; the B. a; a C. a; the D. the; a
83. We can never expect ________bluer sky unless we create _________less polluted world. (2009安徽—21)
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; a D. the; the
84. Some people fear that ________ air pollution may bring about changes in _____________weather around the world. (2009江西—25)
A. /; the B. the; / C. an; the D. the; a
85. Washing machines made by China have won ________worldwide attention and Haier has become ________popular name. (2009重庆—26)
A. a; the B. /; a C. /; the D. the; a
86. This area experienced _________ heaviest rainfall in __________month of May. (2009辽宁—26)
A. 不填; a B. a; the C. the; the D. the; a
87. I don’t understand what the engineer means, but I’ve got ________rough idea of ______project plan. (2009浙江—2)
A. the; a B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. a; the
88. In order to find _______better job, he decided to study _______second foreign language. (2009四川—14)
A. the; a B. a; a C. the; the D. a; the
89. What _______pity that you couldn’t be there to receive ________prize! (2009陕西—6) A. a; a B. the; a C. a; the D. the; the
90. First impressions are the most lasting. After all, you never get ___________second chance to make __________first impression. (2010北京—35)
A. a; the B. the; the C. a; a D. the; a
91. It’s ________good feeling for people to admire the Shanghai World Expo that gives them ________pleasure. (2010福建—21)
A. 不填; a B. a; 不填 C. the; a D. a; the
92. There are over 58,000 rocky objects in _______space, about 900 of which could fall down onto ________earth. (2010辽宁—22)
A. the; the B. 不填; the C. the; 不填 D. a; the
93. In _________most countries, a university degree can give you _________flying start in life. (2010四川—2)
A. the; a B. the; 不填 C. 不填; 不填 D. 不填; a
94. The visitors here are greatly impressed by the fact that ______people from all walks of life are working hard for ______new Jiangsu. (2010江苏—21)
A. 不填; a B.不填; the C. the; a D. the; the
95. Many lifestyle patterns do such ________ great harm to health that they actually speed up ________ weakening of the human body. (2010浙江—2)
A. a; / B. /; the C. a; the D. /; /
96. If we sit near _________front of the bus, we’ll have __________better view. (2010山东—22)
A. 不填； the B. 不填; a C. the; a D. the; the
97. Everything comes with ________price; there is no such _________ thing in a free lunch in the world. (2010重庆—27)
A. a; a B. the; / C. the; a D. a; /
98. As he reached _________front door, Jack saw_________ strange sight. (2011全国—16)
A. the; 不填 B. a; the C. 不填; a D. the; a
99. In communication, a smile is usually ________ strong sign of a friendly and _________open attitude. (2011重庆—26)
A. the; / B. a; an C. a; / D. the; an
100.—It’s said John will be in a job paying over 60,000 _______ year.—Right, he will also get paid by ________week. (2011江西—22)
A. the; the B. a; the C. the; a D. a; a
101. Experts think that ______高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解------形容词和副词及练习
这部分主要学习如何使用形容词，内容包括形容词修饰名词，以-ly结尾的形容词， 形容词表示类别和整体; 多个形容词修饰名词的顺序和副词及其基本用法，副词的排列顺序等内容及相关的练习题。
1.形容词及其用法 :
形容词（adjective）: 1.1概念： 形容词是用来描写或修饰名词(或代词)的一类词，说明事物或人的性质或特征。1.2特征: 一般置于其修饰的名词之前。eg. a big fire / a hot day/ a terrible film 1.3分类:形容词可根据其结构可分为 简单形容词 eg. good/ green/ long/ large/ bright / interesting/ learned/tired 等。 复合形容词 eg. good-looking / hearting-breaking/ hand-made/ new-born等。形容词又可根据其与所修饰名词的关系分成 性质形容词 eg. hot/ cold/ warm /cool等。 叙述形容词 eg. afraid / ill等。1)直接说明事物的性质或特征的形容词是性质形容词，它有级的变化，可以用程度副词修饰，在句中可作定语、表语和补语。2)叙述形容词只能作表语，所以又称为表语形容词。这类形容词没有级的变化，也不可用程度副词修饰。大多数以a开头的形容词都属于这一类。如：afraid 害怕的。eg.① (错)He is an ill man. (对)The man is ill. ② (错)She is an afraid girl. (对)The girl is afraid.** 这类词还有： well，unwell，ill，faint，afraid，alike，alive，alone，asleep，awake 等。3)以-ly结尾的形容词 :@大部分形容词加-ly可构成副词。但 friendly，deadly，lovely，lonely，likely，lively，ugly，brotherly，仍为形容词。注意: costly: adj.花钱多的; 昂贵的;价钱高的eg. Buying new furniture may prove too costly.eg. ①(错)She sang lovely. (对)Her singing was lovely. ②(错) He spoke to me very friendly. (对) He spoke to me in a very friendly way.@ 有些以-ly 结尾既为形容词，也为副词，如daily，weekly，monthly，yearly，early等。eg.①The Times is a weekly paper. 《时代周刊》为周刊。 ②The Times is published weekly. 《时代周刊》每周发行一期。1.4 形容词的功用:1)定语: eg. ①A good boy must behave himself. 好孩子应该行为规矩。 ②I passed a sleepless night. ③The wind from the north is bringing heavy rains. 被风带来了大雨。2)表语: eg. ①He is very strong. ②The patient is asleep. ③He’s fond of music.3)主语补语: eg. ①The room was found empty. ②Don’t marry young. 4)宾语补语: eg. ①Have you got everything ready ②I can’t drink it hot. ③Who’s left the door open 5)状语: eg. ①He went home, tired and hungry. ②He kept his eyes wide open. 6)独立成分: eg. ①Strange to say, he is still ignorant of it. ②More important, he’s got a steady job.1.5用形容词表示类别和整体1.某些形容词加上定冠词可以泛指一类人，与谓语动词的复数连接，如：the dead，the living，the rich，the poor，the blind，the hungry等。 eg. The poor are losing hope. 穷人行将失去希望。2.有关国家和民族的形容词加上定冠词指这个民族的整体，与动词的复数连用，如：the British，the English，the French，the Chinese等。eg. The English have wonderful sense of humor. 英国人颇有幽默感。1.6 名词化的形容词: 用作名词的形容词叫做名词化的形容词。名词化的形容词常与定冠词连用。1)泛指一类人,含有复数概念,作主语谓语用复数动词。eg. ①The good are happy. 善者常乐。 ②The sick were sent home. 病员被送回家。2) 指抽象事物,作主语谓语用单数动词。eg. ①The beautiful can never die.美是不朽的。 ②The true is to be distinguished from the false.真伪要明辨。
3) 有些形容可加复数词尾 “-s”。eg. ①I asked one of the locals which way to go. ②We are taking our finals next week. 1.7形容词的位置: 1)形容词作定语修饰名词时，要放在名词的前边。eg. The boy spent all of his time playing electronic games. ***但是如果形容词修饰以-thing为字尾的词语时，要放在这些词之后。eg. ①Tell me something interesting. ②No, there is nothing special.2)表语形容词必须后置。eg. ①The house ablaze (着火的) is next door to me. ②The boat afloat was not seen by him.***有些形容词用作非限定性定语时亦可后置。eg. ①The man, silent, stood beside her. ②She, nervous, opened the letter.3)以 –able 和 ible 结尾的形容词可置于前有最高级形容词或only等词的名词之后。eg. ①That is the greatest difficulty imaginable.那是最大不过的一种困难。=…the great imaginable difficulty. ②That is the only solution possible. 那是唯一可行的解决办法。= …the only possible solution.③He is the best person available.他是现有的最好的人选。= …the best available person.另外: @ in past years = in years past 过去的年月 @ the following days = the days following 以后的日子@ total sum = sum total 总数 @ positive proof = proof positive正面的证据4) 固定短语: eg.① the body politic: 国家(政体) ②post master general: 邮政部长5)和空间、时间单位合用时: eg. ① two months ago ②a ruler twelve inches long ③ a well fifteen feet deep 6)形容词enough(adj.)一般须后置;但也可前置。 eg. ① I have time enough. = I have enough time. ②She has enough money.= She has money enough.7)成对的形容词可以后置。eg. ①There was a huge cupboard, simple and beautiful. ②She has many pencils, blue and red.8)形容词短语后置,往往相当于定语从句。 eg. ①I think he is a man suitable for the job. ②We need a place twice larger than this one. 9)多个形容词修饰名词(前置形容词)的排列顺序: 多个形容词修饰名词时，其顺序为：限定词(冠词、物主、指示、数词、不定代词等)---描绘词---(大小，长短，形状，新旧，年龄等)---颜色---出处--材料性质--类别 + 名词。eg. ①a small round table ②a dirty old brown shirt ③an expensive Japanese sports car ④a famous German medical school ⑤a tall gray building ⑥a weak small spare old man : 一个瘦小的小老头 分析:{ 不定冠词+ 描绘形容词+特征形容词(大小 / 形状 / 年龄) +名词}⑦the first beautiful little white Chinese stone bridge 那第一座美丽的中国小白石桥分析:{定冠词+数词+描绘形容词+特征形容词 (大小/ 颜色) +专有名词+ 名词性定语+名词} 典型例题:1.Tony is going camping with __________ boys. A. little two other B. two little other C. two other little D. little other two答案：C。由"限定词--数词--描绘词—(大小，长短，形状，新旧，颜色) --性质--名词"的顺序可知数词，描绘词，性质依次顺序，只有C符合答案。2. One day they crossed the ____________bridge behind the palace.A. old Chinese stone　 B. Chinese old stone　 C. old stone Chinese　 D. Chinese stone old答案: A. 几个形容词修饰一个名词，他们的排列顺序是：年龄，形状，大小+颜色+来源+质地+用途+国家+名词。3.---- How was your recent visit to Qingdao ---- It was great. We visited some friends，and spent the ________days at the seaside.A. few last sunny　 B. last few sunny　 C. last sunny few　 D. few sunny last答案：B。本题考查多个形容词的排序问题。一般与被修饰形容词关系密切的形容词靠近名词；如果几个形容词的重要性差不多，音节少的形容词在前，音节多的方在后，在不能确定时，可参照：限定词+数量词（序数词在前，基数词在后）+性状形容词+大小、长短、高低等形体+新旧+颜色+国籍+材料+名词。 如: those + three + beautiful + large + square +old + brown + wood + table。
2.副词及其基本用法:
2.1副词的概念：副词(adverb)是用以修饰动词、形容词、其它副词以及全句的词，表示时间、地点、程度、方式等概念。
eg. ①She did not speak to him much. 他不和她常说话。(修饰动词)
②“What happened ” I asked, rather sharply. “发生了什么事”我颇为严厉地问。(修饰副词)
③He became very active .他变得非常积极。(修饰形容词)
④Unfortunately, he wasn’t at home when we came. 遗憾的是，我们到的时候他不在家。(修饰全句)
2.2 副词的特征:(1) 副词具有多样性,在词义上,有些副词本身含有实义,有些仅为了强调而已。 eg. ①A bat suddenly flew out. 一只蝙蝠突然飞走了(有实义) ②I am extremely sorry.我非常对不起。(强调用) (2)在形式上,有些副词可修饰单词、短语、从句以及全句。 eg.① We often talked about bulls and bull-fights. 我们时常谈论公牛和斗牛士。 (修饰动词talked)② Lucy returned home at 5 o’clock sharp(adv. …整). 露西整5点回到家。(修饰at 5 o’clock短语)③ You shouldn’t work so hard, especially after you have been ill. (修饰after从句) ④ You will probably find this book in the library. (修饰全句) (3)在形式上,许多副词带有后缀-ly ,有些则与形容词等其它词类相似。eg.① strongly ; quickly; badly; happily; angrily; early; loudly ②slow; high; now; then; deep2.3副词的种类:*副词可按其意义分为: (1)方式副词,具有最典型的状语形式,及形容词加后缀。 如:quickly; neatly(整洁地); largely; slowly ; awkwardly(笨拙地). (2)地点、方向副词。 如:here; there; away; outside; inside; straight; west. (3)时间副词,有的表确定时间。如: recently; nowadays; still; already; just; immediately; yesterday; today; tomorrow. eg. He works nights and sleeps days. (有些副词具有名词形式)(4) 程度副词。 如: very; rather; pretty; terribly; nearly; exactly; only.* 副词可按其形式分为: (1) 简单副词: 如: just; well; back; near; very; enough等。 (2) 复合副词： 如:somehow; nowhere; therefore; somewhat等。 (3) 派生副词: eg. interestingly; disappointedly; oddly(奇怪地) * 副词可按其功用分为: (1) 句子副词: actually; evidently; unexpectedly; well; indeed; now; yes; no; by no means; in my opinion; strangely enough . eg.①Obviously he is wrong. ②Fortunately, no one was hurt. (2) 连接副词: therefore; accordingly; moreover; besides; however; otherwise; nevertheless when = the time when eg. You don’t know when you are lucky. 你在福中不知福.(when引导宾语从句)where = the place where eg. That’s where I first met her. (where引导表语从句)why = the reason why eg. That’s why he didn’t come. (why引导表语从句)whenever = any time when e and see me whenever you want to. (whenever引导时间状语从句)wherever = any place where eg. Sit wherever you like. (wherever引导地点状语从句)however = no matter how eg. The painting looks wrong however you look at it. (however引导方式状语从句) wherever = no matter where eg. Wherever I am I will be thinking of you.whenever = no matter when eg. Whenever he comes, he is welcome.(3) 解释副词: namely; i.e.= that is那就是; for example: 例如; as: 如(4) 关系副词: when; where; why等, 用以引导定语从句。eg.① We visited the house where a famous poet once lived. ② He didn’t know the time when he was born.(5) 疑问副词: when; why; where; how 等引导特殊疑问句的副词。eg. ① When will he arrive ② Why were you late (6) 感叹副词： eg. ① How beautifully she dressed! ② How well he wrote!2.4副词的位置: 副词的位置比较灵活。1) sometimes; often; soon ; perhaps等,可置于句首、句中或句末。eg. ① Sometimes she comes late. ② She sometimes comes late. ③ She comes late sometimes.2) often; always; never; seldom等频度副词, 在动词之前或在be动词、助动词之后。eg. ① She is always late. ② He always comes late. ③ I shall always remember it.注意: 多个助动词时，副词一般放在第一个助动词后。另外: already; really; just; still; certainly; almost; nearly; suddenly等也可置于句中。此外：如果句中的副词移至助动词之前, 则是为了强调紧跟在其后的助动词。eg. ① He never has been and never will be successful. 他现在和以后都不会成功。(强调助动词has和 will) ②You never can tell. 你很难说。(强调情态动词can) 注意：大多数方式副词位于句尾，但宾语过长，副词可以提前，以使句子平衡。eg. ① Please read carefully. / Please read the poem carefully. / He carefully read the poem. ② We could see very clearly a strange light ahead of us.我们清楚地看到前面有奇怪的光。③ Please read carefully all the sentences in the text.***有些可作介词的副词,既可放在宾语之后,亦可放在宾语之前。但宾语如是人称代词，则须放宾语后。 eg. ① I’ll put the light on / I’ll put on the light. ② I’ll put it on.***这样的副词还有up; down; in; out; away等。b. 方式副词well，badly，hard等只放在句尾。eg. He speaks English well. 他英语说得好。2.5副词的排列顺序：1) 时间，地点副词，小单位的在前，大单位在后。2) 方式副词，短的在前，长的在后，并用and或but等连词连接。eg. Please write slowly and carefully. 请写得慢一些，仔细一些3) 多个不同副词排列：程度+地点+方式+时间副词。注意：副词very 可以修饰形容词，但不能修饰动词。
改错：(错) I very like English. (对) I like English very much.注意：副词enough要放在形容词的后面，形容词enough放在名词前后都可。eg. ① I don't know him well enough. 他我不熟悉。 ② There is food enough for everyone to eat.③ There is enough food for everyone to eat.有足够的食物供每个人吃。2.6 兼有两种形式的副词的比较:1) close与closelyclose: adv. 接近；靠近eg. ① He is sitting close to me. 他就坐在我边上。 ② They sat close together. ③ I couldn’t get close enough to see. ④ A second police car followed close behind.closely: adv. 仔细地 ; 近 (用于分词前或宾语后)eg. ①The two events are closely connected. ② Watch him closely. 盯着他。③ I sat and watched everyone very closely (= carefully). ④ He studied it closely.⑤ He walked into the room, closely followed by the rest of the family. 2) late 与lately→ late: adj. later (比较级) eg. Look at the time—it’s much later than I thought.late: adv. (comparative later; no superlativ ) 迟到; 晚 eg. ①You have come too late. 你来得太晚了。 ② I got up late. ③ Can I stay up late tonight ④ The big stores are open later on Thursdays 每逢星期四大商店开门较晚。 latest (最高级) eg. What is the latest time I can have an appointment lately :adv. 最近 recently eg. ① What have you been doing lately 近来好吗？ ② Have you seen her lately
3) deep与deeply deep : adv. 深(表示空间深度) eg. ① He pushed the stick deep into the mud.他把棍子深深插进泥里。/ go deep into the earth② They sat and talked deep into the night. 他们坐着谈话,一直谈到深夜。 ③ He gazed deep into her eyes. 他深深凝视着她的眼睛。deeply: adv. 深深地 (时常表示感情上的深度) eg.① Even father was deeply moved by the film.老爸也被电影深深打动了。 ② They were deeply disturbed by the accident. 这个事故使他们深感不安。 ③ breathe /sigh /think /sleep deeply : 深呼吸/深深叹息/沉思/酣睡
4) high与highlyhigh: adv. 高 (表示空间高)eg. ① The plane was flying high. 这架飞机飞得很高。 ② His desk was piled high with paper. ③ She never got very high in the company. ④She’s aiming high in her exams. 她期望考出优异成绩。highly: adv.很; 非常(表示程度, 相当于much)eg.① I think highly of your opinion. 你的看法很有道理。 ②It is highly unlikely that she’ll be late. ③ His teachers think very highly of him. ④She speaks highly of you.5) wide与widelywide: adv. 宽(表示空间宽度) eg. ① He opened the door wide. 他把门开得大大的。 ② The door was wide open. ③ Open our mouth wide. ④ In few seconds she was wide awake.片刻之间她完全醒来。widely: adv. 广泛地; 在许多地方eg.① English is widely used in the world.英语在世界范围内广泛使用。 ② The ides is now widely accepted. ③ Her books are widely read.6) free与freely
free: adv. 免费
eg. ① You can eat free in my restaurant whenever you like.无论什么时候，我这饭铺免费对你开放。② Children under five travel free. freely : adv. 无限制地eg. ①You may speak freely; say what you like.你可以畅所欲言，想说什么就说什么。② EU citizens can now travel freely between member states. 欧盟国家的公民现在可以在成员国之间自由旅行。7) aloud与loud与loudly aloud：adv. 出声地；大声地 eg. ① Can you read aloud ② He read the stories aloud to her. ③ I did dare to speak aloud.loudly: adv. 大声地 eg. ① She wept loudly. 她大声哭泣。 ② Don’t talk so loudly. loud : adj. 大声的 eg. ① He has a loud voice. ② He gave a loud laugh.loud: adv.大声地 eg. ① Speak louder. ② Actions speak louder than words.8) cheap 与cheaply cheap：adj. 便宜 eg. ① Eggs are cheap now. ②Life in Switzerland was said to be cheap. cheap: adv. (只和buy; sell; get等动词连用) eg. ① He sold it cheap (cheaply). 他卖的便宜。 ② You can live cheaper in small towns. ③ I bought them cheap (cheaply). 他们是我很便宜买的。 ④ I got it very cheap. cheaply : adv. (在一般情况下用cheaply更好一些) eg. ① The bus takes you there cheaply. ② We mustn’t sell our goods so cheaply. ③ I got them quite cheaply. ④ There you can play golf comparatively cheaply.9) clean 与cleanly clean : adv. (行动) 彻底地; 完全地 (常与forget 连用) eg. ① I clean forgot about calling him. 我把给他打电话的事忘得一干二净。 ②I clean forgot. clean 还可以与介词 over, through ; 副词away, out连用eg.① It flew clean over the roof. ② The nail was hit clean through the wall. ③The thief got clean away.那小偷一逃之夭夭。 ④ I’m clean out of ink. cleanly : adv.利索地;干净利落地 eg. The boat moved cleanly through the water. 小船在水面上轻快地行进。10) clear 与clearlyclear: adv. (+ of sth.) 离开; 不靠近; 不接触 eg.① Stand clear of the train doors. ② He injured his arms as he jumped clear of the car. clear + across : 恰好(=right) eg.③ He threw his wife clear across the room. 他一下子把他的妻子推到了屋子另一边。keep/stay clear of sb./sth. : 避开；回避；躲避 eg. Keep clear of the centre of town at this time of the evening. 避免在晚上这个时候去市中心。11) dead 与deadlydead: pletely; exactly 完全地; 全然地;确实地 eg.① You’re dead right! ② It’s a dead straight road. ③ The train was dead on time.④ He’s dead against the idea. ⑤ She’s dead set on getting this new job. 她打定主意要得到这个新工作。⑥ dead right /sure / certain /drunk : 完全对了/非常肯定/完全累了/酩酊大醉deadly : adv. 极其;非常 eg. deadly serious/dull/cold/pale : 极其严肃认真/乏味/冷的要死/死一般地苍白deadly : adj. 致命的 eg. ① a deadly weapon/disease ② deadly poison12) direct与directlydirect: adv. without stopping or changing direction 直接; 径直 (谈论路程或时间) eg. ① It costs more to fly direct to Hong Kong. ② The plane goes direct from Beijing to Shanghai.③ The road leads direct to our school. ④ The 10:40 goes direct to Dandong.directly : adv.直接地; 径直地;坦率地;正好地; 立即; 立刻 eg.① He drove her directly to her hotel. ② She looked directly at us. ③ Please say it out directly. ④ She left directly after the show. ⑤It’s directly in the centre of the room.13) easy与easilyeasy: adv. (easier; easiest) used to tell sb. to be careful when doing sth. 小心; 慢些; 轻点 eg.① Easier said than done: 说时容易做时难 ② Easy come, easy go: 来得容易去得快 ③ go easy on sb.: 对某人温和(宽容)些 ④ go easy on/with sth.: 省着点;少用些;别浪费 ⑤ stand easy: 原地休息 ⑥ take it easy : 别急;沉住气 easily: adv. without problems or difficulty 容易地; 轻易地; 不费力地 eg.① I can easily finish it tonight. ② The museum is easily accessible by car. ③ The machine is moving easily. ④ Are you sure you locked the gate You could easily have forgotten.14) tight 与tightly tight : adv. (tighter; tightest) 紧紧地; 牢固地(常用于动词后,尤其在非正式用语和复合词中,用tight代替tightly) eg. ①The door was shut tight. 门关得很紧。 ② My suitcase was packed tight. 我的衣箱塞得满满的。 ③Hold tight! 抓紧了！ ④a tight-fitting lid 严实的盖子 ⑤ His fits were clenched tight.他紧握双拳。IDM: (1) sit tight :待着不动;守在原地;不轻举妄动 eg.① We sat tight and waited to be rescued. ②They are being advised to sit tight until the crisis passes.(2) sleep tight : (infml. spoken) (尤用以打发孩子睡觉) 睡个好觉 eg. Good night, sleep tight !tightly: adv. 紧紧地；牢固地；紧密地(常置于分词前) eg. ① Her eyes were tightly shut. 她的双眼紧闭着。 ② He held on tightly to her arm.他紧紧抓住她的手臂。③ The door was tightly shut.门紧紧地关着。 ④ tightly packed装地满满的。 15) hard 与hardlyhard : adv. (harder; hardest) 努力地;费力地;艰难地;猛烈地;大量地;长时间地 eg. ① You must try harder. ② I have to work hard today. / fight (struggle) hard ③ Don’t hit it so hard. ④ It was raining hard when we set off. /laugh (cry) hard⑤ She has thought very hard about her future plans. hardly : adv.几乎不; 几乎没有 刚刚;才 eg. ①There is hardly any tea left. ② She hardly ever calls me. ③ We hardly know each other.④ I can hardly keep my eyes open. ⑤ Hardly had I sat down to supper when the phone rang.典题练习:
1. He is ___________interested in English and he often works at it until _________into the night.
A. deep; deep B. deeply; deep C. deep; deeply D. deeply; deeply
2. Have you seen a film_________ A. late B. recent C. lately D. later
3. The snake gave the poor farmer a __________bite. A. dead B. death C. died D. deadly
4. The woman got the house__________. A. cheap B. cheaply C. cheaper D. more cheaply
5.The train goes ________from Shanghai to Beijing. A. direct B. directly C. directed D. directing
6.The woman is wearing __________furs today. A. dearly B. expensively C. costly D. cheaply
7. His house is __________to the school. A. closely B. close C. closed D. closing
2.7 形容词与副词的比较级大多数形容词（性质形容词）和副词有比较级和最高级的变化，即原级、比较级和最高级，用来表示事物的等级差别。原级即形容词的原形，比较级和最高级有规则变化和不规则变化两种。1. 规则变化：
构 成 法 原 级 比较级 最高级
单 音 节 词 和 少 数 双 音 节 词 (1) 一般在词尾加 -er [ : ], -est [ ist ]。 tall long taller longer tallest longest
(2) 以不发音的e结尾的单音词 -r, -st。 nice fine nicer finer nicest finest
(3) 以一个辅音字母结尾的闭音节单音节词，双写结尾的辅音字母，再加-er, -est。 big thin bigger thinner biggest thinnest
(4) "以辅音字母+y"结尾的双音节词，改y为i，再加 –er, -est。 busy busier busiest
(5) 少数以-er, -ow结尾的双音节词未尾加 -er, -est。 clever narrow cleverer narrower cleverest narrowest
(6) 少数以- ble, -ple结尾的双音节词只加 -r, -st。 simple simpler simplest
部分双音节词和多音节词 部分双音节词和多音节词，在前面加more，most来构成比较级和最高级。 important easily more important more easily most important most easily
2.不规则变化 :
构成方 法 例 词
原 级 比 较 级 最 高 级
不 规 则 good 好的（指性质） well 好的（健康的） better best
bad 坏的 （指性质） ill 坏的（指健康） worse worst
old older / elder oldest / eldest
much / many more most
little less least
Far farther / further farthest / furthest
3.形容词与副词的比较级用法一般用法：1) 表示A 超过或低于B时，句型：A+ be/行为动词+ 比较级形容词/ 副词 (主句)+ than + B(从句)。
eg. ①You are taller than I (am). 你比我高。② The lights in your room are brighter than those in mine.你房间的那些灯比我房间里的亮。③ The question is less difficult than that one. ④ He got up earlier than his father (did).2) 表示A 的程度随B的改变而改变时， 句型： The + adj./adv. 比较级+ (A + be / 行为动词)，the + adj./adv. 比较级 +( B + be / 行为动词)。eg. ① The larger the bus is, the more people it can carry. ② The more, the better. ③ The more widely we travel, the better we know about our country. ④ The harder you work，the greater progress you'll make. 越努力，进步越大。3) 表示A的程度越来越深时，句型： A + be / 行为动词 + adj./adv. 的比较级 + and + adj./adv. 的比较级。eg. ① Our town becomes bigger and bigger because of the economic development. ② The car runs faster and faster.4) 句型：A + be + the + adj. 比较级 + of + 名词短语。eg. He is the taller (one) of the two football players.5) 表示A 于B 程度相同时， 句型：A + be / 行为动词 + as + 形容词或副词原级 + as B +( be / 行为动词)。eg. ① Maths is as important as physics. ② This typewriter works as well as that one. 当as… as 中间有名词时采用以下格式：as +形容词+ a +单数名词/ as + many/much +名词(复数/不可数)。
eg. ① This is as good an example as the other is. 这个例子和另外一个一样好。
　　② I can carry as much paper as you can. 你能搬多少纸，我也能。6) 表示A的程度不及B 的程度时，句型：A + be not / do(does/did) not + 行为动词 + as(so) + 形容词或副词原级 + as B +( be / 行为动词)。eg. ① Your handwriting is not so good as hers. ②Sound doesn’t travel so/as fast as light.
　　③ He cannot run so/as fast as you. 他没你跑得快。 7) 用表示倍数的词或其他程度副词做修饰语时，放在as的前面。eg. ① This room is twice as big as that one. 这房间的面积是那间的两倍。 ② Your room is the same size as mine.　你的房间和我的一样大。8) 倍数+ as + adj. + as　<=> 倍数+比较级+ than +… <=> 倍数+ the … + of。eg. ① This bridge is three times as long as that one. 这座桥的长度是那座的三倍。② This bridge is three times the length of that one. ③ This bridge is three times longer than that one.④ Your room is twice as large as mine. 你的房间是我的两倍大。
⑤ Your room is twice the size of mine. ⑥ Your room is twice larger than mine.比较级的特殊用法：
1. more有关的词组，1) the more…the more…　越……就越…… 。 eg. The more you eat，the fatter you'll be. 你吃得越多，你就越胖。2) more B than A=less A than B 与其说A不如说B。 eg. He is more lazy than slow at his work. = He is less slow than lazy at his work. 他工作时，与其说是反应慢不如说是懒。 3) no more… than… 与……一样……，不比……多。eg. The officials could see no more than the Emperor. 官员们看到的和皇帝一样多。4) no less… than…　与……一样……。 eg. He is no less diligent than you. 他和你一样勤勉。5) more than　不只是，非常。 eg. She is more than kind to us all. 她对我们非常热心。使用比较级注意事项：1) 要避免重复使用比较级。eg. (错) He is more cleverer than his brother. (对) He is more clever than his brother. (对) He is cleverer than his brother.2) 要避免将主语含在比较对象中。eg. (错) China is larger than any country in Asia. (对) China is larger than any other country in Asia.3) 要注意对应句型，遵循前后一致的原则。eg.① The population of Shanghai is larger than that of Beijing. ② It is easier to make a plan than to carry it out.4) 要注意定冠词在比较级中的使用。比较: ① Which is larger, Canada or Australia ② Which is the larger country, Canada or Australia ③ She is taller than her two sisters. ④ She is the taller of the two sisters. 5) 可修饰比较级的词 :(1) a bit, a little, rather, much, far, by far, many, a lot, a great deal, any, still, even等。(2) 还可以用表示倍数的词或度量名词作修饰语。(3) 以上词(除by far)外，必须置于比较级形容词或副词的前面。by far : 大大地; …得多eg. ① His explanation is clearer by far. ② The last of these reasons is by far the most important. 典型例题：
1. ---- Are you feeling _____________ ---- Yes，I'm fine now. (答案：B.)
A. any well B. any better　 C. quite good　 D. quite better　
解析:any 可修饰比较级，quite修饰原级，well的比较级为better.
2. The experiment was____________ easier than we had expected.　 (答案：C.)
A. more B. much more　 C. much D. more much
解析: much可修饰比较级，因此B，C都说得通，但easier本身已是比较级，不需more，因此C为正确答案。
3. If there were no examinations, we should have ___________ at school.　 (答案：D.)
A. the happiest time　 B. a more happier time C. much happiest time D. a much happier time
6) many, old 和 far(i) 如果后接名词时，much more +不可数名词，many more +可数名词复数。(ii) old 有两种比较级和最高级形式: older/oldest 和elder/eldest。elder，eldest 只用于兄弟姐妹的长幼关系。eg.① My elder brother is an engineer. 我哥哥是个工程师。② Mary is the eldest of the three sisters. 玛丽是三姐妹中最大的。(iii) far 有两种比较级，farther，further。一般farther 表示距离，further表示进一步。eg. I have nothing further to say. 我没什么要说了。7) ①一般结构：形容词/副词比较级 + than； 否定句当中形容词/ 副词的比较级的使用句型与否定原级一样， 也可以用less + 形容词/ 副词的原级+ than.②特殊的动词,例如: grow, get, become等动词根据上下语境用比较级的结构形式：get / grow / become + 形容词比较级 + and + 形容词比较级。③特殊句型中的比较级的使用：the + 形容词/副词比较级 + the + 形容词/ 副词比较级 ④形容词/ 副词的比较级前可用many, much, far, a little, a bit, slightly, a great (good) deal, a lot, completely等词语表示不定度量。⑤两个事物的比较中，需使用the + 形容词的比较级。
4.形容词与副词的最高级用法：1. 形容词副词的最高级结构：1) the + 形容词/ 副词最高级 + of / in / that (从句)等表示比较范围的词组或从句。注意：形容词最高级前通常必须用定冠词 the，副词最高级前可不用。eg. ①The Sahara is the biggest desert in the world. 撒哈拉沙漠是世界上最大的沙漠。② We three, he moved (the) most rapidly. ③ Among countries of Southeastern Asia, Singapore developed (the) fastest.2) be + one of the + 最高级形容词 + 名词复数 eg. Beijing is one of the most beautiful cities in the world.3) the + 序数词 + 最高级形容词 eg. Africa is the second largest continent.非洲是第二大洲。4) 最高级可被much, by far, nearly, almost等词语所修饰。eg. ① This hat is nearly / almost the biggest. 这帽子差不多是最大的了。 ② He is by far the tallest among us.③ Amy is the smartest by far. 注意：(i) 使用最高级要注意将主语包括在比较范围内。(错) Tom is the tallest of his three brothers. (对) Tom is the tallest of the three brothers.(ii) 形容词most前面没有the，不表示最高级的含义，只表示"非常= very + 原级形容词"。eg.① It is a most important problem. =It is a very important problem. 这是个很重要的问题。② He is most careful to do his homework. = He is very careful to do his homework. (iii) 最高级的意义有时可以用比较级表示出来。eg. ① Mike is the most intelligent in his class. 马克是班上最聪明的。② Mike is more intelligent than any other student in his class. (iv) 如果形容词最高级前有物主代词，则不用加 the。 eg. Monday is our busiest day.(v) very可修饰最高级，但位置与much不同。 eg. ① This is the very best. ② This is much the best.(vi) "否定词语+比较级"，"否定词语+ so… as"结构也可以表示最高级含义。eg. Nothing is so easy as this. 没比这更简单的了。 =Nothing is easier than this. =This is the easiest thing.5.形容词与副词的比较级与最高级在高考中的应用：1.考比较级时，考生应把握：1)形容词和副词比较级的形式是否和比较连词对应出现，即是否符合原级比较及比较级的结构。eg. ① Do you enjoy listening to records I find records are often ____________, or better than an actual performance. A. as good as B. as good C. good D. good as解析：在这里as good as 比较连词与better than比较连词同时出现时候，不能省略任何一个介词。答案为A.② On the whole, ambitious students are more likely to succeed in their studies than those are with little ambition.2)比较的成分是否属于同类事物或同类概念，既是说比较要具有可比性。eg. ① The number of registered participants in this year’s marathon was half _____________.A. of last year’s B. those of last year’s C. of those of last year D. that of last year’s解析：前后相比的应该是今年和去年注册参加的人数“the number of”故代替它的应该是单数指示代词“that”，而不能选择B，those是指代participants，不是同类对比，答案为D。② Young readers, more often than not, find the novels of Dickens far more exciting than Thackeray’s. 3)比较级与倍数词关系及其位置。原级结构中可插入表达倍数的词，表示为“为….若干倍”,当与有表示倍数比较的词在一起时候，他们的位置是，倍数词+as…as…,或倍数词+more…than…，但again一般放在原级词之后，即 “as+原级＋again + as”。eg. ① Smoking is so harmful to personal health that it kills_______ people each year than automobile accidents. (答案为B) A. seven more times B. seven times more C. over seven times D. seven times②“Do you regret paying five hundred dollars for the painting ” “No, I would gladly have paid _________for it.” (答案为B) A. twice so much B. twice as much C. as much twice D. so much twice③ My uncle is as old again as I am.4)下列词和短语不用比较级形式却表示比较概念: ① inferior : adj.下等的；次的 eg. He is inferior to others in many respects.② superior: adj. 更好的；占优势 eg. Their watch is superior to all the other watches on the market.③ minor : adj. 较小的；较次要的 eg. There may be some minor changes to the schedule.④major : adj. 主要的; 重要 eg. This is one of our major objectives. ⑤junior : adj. 地位(或职位、级别)底下的 eg. She is junior to me.⑥senior : adj. 年长的; 年纪较大的 eg. He is three years senior to me.⑦prior : adj. 在先的；在前的 eg. This task is prior to all others. / Prior to his departure, he addressed a letter to his daughter. (1986年考研题)⑧ prefer A to B : 比B 宁愿 A。 eg. The hero preferred death to surrender.⑨ preferable : adj. 较合适; 更可取 eg. He finds country life infinitely preferable to living in the city.注意: infinitely : adv. (尤用于比较) 非常 = very much eg. Your English is infinitely better than my German.⑩ rather than : 而不是 = instead of eg. I think I’ll have a cold drink rather than coffee.⑾ differ from : 不同于; 有区别 eg. French differs from English in this respect.⑿ different from/ to/than : 有区别;有差异 eg. @ American English is significantly different from British English.@ It’s very different to what I’m used to. (BrE.) @He saw he was no different than anyone else.(AmE.) ⒀ compared with : 与…类比 eg. This school compares with the best in the country. ⒁ in comparison with : 与…相比较 eg. The tallest buildings in London are small in comparison with New York’s skyscrapers (摩天大楼).5) “比较级＋and +比较级”或“more and more / less and less +原级”以及“ever, steadily, daily等副词＋比较级”结构表示“越来越……”的意思，与这类结构搭配的常用动词有grow, get ,become等。前面两种情况更多地出现在进行时态中，注意的是这三种情况引导的比较级后面都不需要用than。eg. ① Things are getting worse and worse. ② As I spoke to him, he became less and less angry.③ Her health was becoming daily worse④ The road got ever worse until there was no road at all = the road got worse and worse.6)比较级前面可以用even, still, yet ,all the (more)等修饰语用以加强语气，表示“更加”的意思。eg. ① Today it is even colder than yesterday. ② I have yet more exciting news for you.7) 有关比较级的特殊句型：(a) not so much…as… : 与其说……不如说… 。eg. The chief reason for the population growth isn’t so much a rise in birth rates________________ a fall in death rates as a result of improvements in medical care. A. and B. as C. but D. or 解析: 人口增长的主要原因与其说是因为出生率的提高，还不如说是因为医疗的进步带来的死亡率下降的结果。答案为B(b) no/not any more…than… : 两者一样都不… 。eg. ①The heart is___________ intelligent than the stomach, for they are both controlled by the brain. A. not so B. not much C. much more D. no more 解析: 心脏和胃两者都不具有智力，他们都受大脑控制。答案为D。②There is no reason they should limit how much vitamin you take, ____________they can limit how much water you drink. (答案为B) A. much more than B. no more than C. no less than D. any more than(c) no/not any less…than… : 两者一样,都… 。注意：基本上与no/not any more…than意思相反。eg. She is no less beautiful than her sister.她和她姐姐一样漂亮。(d) just as… so… 正如……， ……也……(用倒装结构)。eg. Just as the soil is a part of the earth, ____________the atmosphere. (答案为C) A. as it is B. the same is C. so is D. and so is2.考最高级形式应注意的问题时：1) 最高级比较范围用介词in, over, of, among。(i) in, (all) over用于在某一范围内的比较， 如：in China, all over the world.(ii) of, among用于在同一群体内同类事物的比较，如：among the teachers, of the four dresses.注意：among…相当于one of …,不说among all…。这一点考生应与汉语表达区别开来。eg. _____________all visible lights, red light has the longest and violet (紫罗兰)the shortest wavelength.A. Among B. Of C. For D. To (答案为 B。)2) 比较级形式表示最高级意义时，比较对象的范围应用：any other + 单数名词 eg. China is larger than any other country in Asia. /… than any country in Africa.all (the) other + 复数名词 eg. He is taller than all the other students in his class.the others eg. He is taller than the others in his class.anyone/anything else eg. He is taller than anyone else. / He likes this than anything else. any of the other + 复数名词 eg. He is taller than any of the other students in his class. the rest of + 复数名词/不可数名词 eg. He likes this book than the rest of the books.上述词是用于将比较级结构转变成最高级意义的关键词语，切不可遗漏，尤其是other，否则会造成逻辑混乱的错误。如不能说：John runs faster than any one.注意与汉语表达的不同。3) most可以用来修饰形容词或副词，意思相当于very，用法区分单复数，但不能用定冠词the。eg. a most interesting book / most expensive restaurants 注意 : 此结构与 “the +形容词最高级＋of + 名词”的结构表示的最高级的区别。eg. ① He spoke in the warmest of voices. ② They have been most kind to me.③ Basketball is the most popular of sports in this country.④ Chinese is the most difficult of language ⑤ Chinese is a most difficult language 6. 不用比较级和最高级的形容词：1) 表示颜色的有：white, black。2) 表示形态的有：round, square, oval, circular(环形的), triangular(三角形)，level。3) 表示性质和特征的有：atomic, economic, scientific, sonic(声音的), golden, silvery, woolen, earthen, silent, full, empty, sure, dead, deaf, blind, lame, rainy。4) 表示状态作表语的有：afraid, asleep, alive, ashamed, alone, aware, alike。5) 表示时间、空间和方位的有：daily, weekly, monthly, annual, present, front, back, forward, backward, east, west, south, north, left, right, final。6) 表示极限、主次、等级的有：maximum, minimum, utmost, main, major, chief minor, superior, inferior, senior, junior, super, favorite。7) 含有绝对概念的有：absolute, entire, whole, total, perfect, excellent, thorough, complete。7. 平行结构与比较级: 平行结构很多情况下是由形容词或副词的比较级或者暗含比较意味的连词引导的。eg. The ideal listener stays both inside and outside the music at the moment it is played and enjoys it almost as much as the composer at the moment he composes.大多数情况下平行结构都是具有一定的比较含义的：有的是递进对比：not only…but (also);prefer…to…; rather than;有的是同类对比：and ;but；or；both… and…；either…or…; neither…nor… 。平行结构测试时候注意以下几点：1) 注意比较结构中相比较的内容在语法形式上是否相同。eg. ①It is better to die one’s feet than_____________. (答案为D)A. living on one’s knees B. live on one’s knees C. on one’s knees D. to live on one’s knees②Despite the temporary difficulties, the manager prefers increasing the output to decreasing it.2) 其他具有并列或比较意义的短语也可引导平行结构。(i) rather than, let alone 虽不是并列连词，但在结构上连接两个语法形式相同的成分。eg. ①We are taught that a business letter should be written in a formal style ___________in a personal style.A. rather than B. other than C. better than D. less than (答案为A)②For the new country to survive, ___________ for its people to enjoy prosperity, new economic policies will be required. A. to name a few B. let alone C. not to speak D. let’s say (答案为B)(ii) 如果平行的两个成分在形式上是介词短语，而且介词相同，一般说来第二个介词不要省略。eg. At times, more care goes into the composition of newspaper and magazine advertisements than into the writing of the features(专题节目) and editorials(社论). 典型例题:1. The weather in China is different from___________. (答案：D.)A. in America　 B. one in America　 C. America D. that in America解析: 本题意为 "中国的天气比美国热。"比较的是天气而不是国家，C不能选。A没有名词，后句成分不全，排除。B和D中，B中的one常用来代替可数名词，而that可以代替不可数或抽象名词，所以选D。2. After the new technique was introduced，the factory produced _________ tractors in 1988 as the year before. A. as twice many　　B. as many twice　 C. twice as many　 D. twice many as解析: 答案C. 此句意为"这个厂1988能生产的拖拉机是往年的两倍"。表示倍数用"倍数+ as + 形容词原形+ as +比较对象"的句型。
一、高中英语语法词法形容词和副词基础练习
1. She sees me _________than she sees her brother. A. as often B. more often C. oftener D. the more often
2. My English is improving. It is getting ___________ and ____________.
A. good; good B. good; better C. better; better D. better; best
3. Summer is ___________ than spring, so it is ____________ to swim in summer than in spring.
A. hotter; more comfortable B. the hotter; the more comfortable C. the hottest; the most comfortable D. hotter; the more comfortable
4. The ____________ you practice, the ____________ progress you will make.
A. more; greater B. most; greatest C. more; greatest D. most; greater
5. This word is used _____________ in British English than in American English.
A. as frequently B. less frequently C. the frequently D. less frequent
6. The sun is ______than the earth. A. much bigger B. a lot of bigger C. a lot big D. even big
7. --- Can you go ________ --- Sorry, I am too tired to go. A. more further B. any further C. much far D. far
8. He is __________ of the two. A. the taller B. the tallest C. taller D. more tall
9. I am sorry. I’m a bit late. However, I got there __________ fast _________ I could.
A. more; as B. much; as C. so; as D. as; as
10. The IBM Pentium Ⅲ is not ___________ expensive ___________ the IBM Pentium Ⅳ.
A. so; as B. as; so C. so; than D. as; than
11. He does not smoke ____________ heavily ____________ his brother.
A. as; so B. as; as C. so; than D. as; than
12. German is just ____________ language ___________ English.
A. as difficult a; as B. as a difficult; as C. as a difficult; than D. as difficult a; than
13. He has __________ kite ___________ yours.
A. as same; as B. the same; as C. the same; than D. so same; as
14. Charlie Chaplin is considered one of ___________ actors in the history of the cinema.
A. a greater B. the greater C. a greatest D. the greatest
15. This is ____________ picture that he has ever painted. A. the best B. better C. the better D. good
16. She dances ____________ in our class so we choose her to take the dancing competition.
A. more gracefully B. the most gracefully C. much gracefully D. more graceful
17. She wanted to know how to do it with ___________ amount of money. A. the less B. little C. the least D. much
18. The Yellow River is _____________in China.
A. the second longest B. second longer C. the second longer D. second longest
19. Of the three boys Nick is _________.
A. many the cleverest B. much the cleverest C. more the cleverest D. the most cleverest
20. One day they crossed the _________bridge behind the palace.
A. old Chinese stone　 B. Chinese old stone　 C. old stone Chinese　 D. Chinese stone old
21. If I had____________, I’d visit Europe, stopping at all the small interesting places.
A. a long enough holiday B. an enough long holiday C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough
22. These oranges taste___________. A. good B. well C. to be good D. to be well
23. How beautifully she sings! I have never heard___________.
A. the better voice B. a good voice C. the best voice D. a better voice
24. I’d be___________, if you could give me an early reply. A. pleasant B. grateful C. satisfied D. helpful
25. Those T-shirts are usually ＄35 each, but today they have a (an)_________price of ＄19 in the shopping center.
A. regular B. special C. cheap D. ordinary
26. Mr. Smith bought a ___________purse for his wife.
A. small black leather B. black leather small C. small leather black D. black small leather
27. — How was your job interview —Oh, I couldn’t feel_________. I hardly found proper answers to most of the questions they asked.
A. better B. easier C. worse D. happier
28. Longjing tea, Jasmine tea and Wuyi tea are all famous, but which do you think_________
A. tastes best B. smells most C. sounds best D. drinks mostly
29. —— Can Li Hua help me with my English —— I regret to tell you her English is____________ yours.
A. as good as B. no more than C. no better than D. as much as
30. Although he sometimes loses his temper, his students like him __________for it.
A. not so much B. not so little C. no more D. no less
31. When they came in, Mr. Harris _________like a baby. Nobody would like to wake him from a good dream, because he needed rest.
A. fell asleep B. was sound asleep C. got asleep D. went to sleep
32. This year they have produced ________grain ________they did last year.
A. as less；as B. as few; as C. less；than D. fewer；than
33. —— Can I help you —— Well, I’m afraid the box is __________heavy for you, but thank you all the same.
A. so B. much C. very D. too
34. —— How did you find your visit to the museum —— I thoroughly enjoy it. It was ___________than I expected.
A. far more interesting B. even much interesting C. so far interesting D. a lot much interesting
35. —— Would you like some wine —— Yes, just__________. A. little B. very little C. a little D. little bit
36. It takes a long time to go there by train; it’s ________by road. A. quick B. the quickest C. much quick D. quicker
37. If there were no examinations, we should have __________at school.
A. the happiest time B. a more happier time C. much happiest time D. a much happier time
38. I’m surprised that you should have been fooled by such a(an)_______________ trick.
A. ordinary B. easy C. smart D. simple
39. The salesman showed her several bags and she chose _________one as she didn’t want to spend too much money on it.
A. the less expensive B. less expensive C. the least expensive D. least expensive
40.____________box cannot be lifted by a boy of five.
A. So a heavy B. So heavy a C. A such heavy D. Such heavy a
41. If the manager had to choose between the two, he would say John was _________choice.
A. good B. the best C. better D. the better
42. It was _____________late to catch a bus after the party, there fore we called a taxi.
A. too very B. much too C. too much D. far
43. Greenland, ____________island in the world, covers even two million square kilometers.
A. it is the largest B. that is the largest C. is the largest D. the largest
44. —— Mum, I think I’m___________ to get back to school. —— Not really, my dear. You’d better stay at home for another day or two.
A. so well B. so good C. well enough D. good enough
45. Dracula and Frankenstein are _____________film characters.
A. frighten B. frightened C. frightening D. frighteningly
46. When they heard the bad news, they all looked __________at the master and felt quite_______.
A. sad; sad B. sadly; sadly C. sad; sadly D. sadly; sad
47. The storm kept me _________all through the night. A. awake B. awoke C. awaked D. awoken
48. —— What do you think of the concert —— Oh, it was ___________success. A. a very B. quite a C .so D. really
49. My __________brother is two years __________than I.
A. older；older B. elder; older C. older; elder D. elder; elder
50. I haven’t seen _____________this since I collected stamps.
A. as old a stamp as B. so an old stamp as C. stamp as old as D. as an old stamp as
51. The modern machine proved __________ in heart surgery.
A. high valuable B. highly valuable C. valuable high D. valuable highly
52. Mr. Johnson and his _________ daughter do not always understand each other.
A. older B. the oldest C. eldest D. the eldest
53. They __________ thought that the truth would be finally discovered. A. little B. not C. small D. bit
54. They hardly believe that the apartment which costs them $ 4,000 is ___________.
A. so small B. such little C. so little D. such small
55. If a claim is kept _________, it is more likely to be recognized. A. live B. lived C. alive D. living
56. On his way to school he met _________, so he sent him to hospital.
A. very ill man B. much sick man C. serious ill man D. very sick man
57. She was operated a month ago but now she was _________.
A. very good B. very well C. healthy D. good conditioned
58. What I would do is to go _________.
A. really quietly somewhere B. somewhere quietly really C. really quiet somewhere D. somewhere really quiet
59. The chairman asked __________to write their questions on a piece of paper and send them to the front.
A. the present members B. the members presently C. the members present D. the presently members
60. The price was very reasonable; I would gladly have paid ________ he asked.
A. three times much as B. three times as many as C. as three times much as D. three times as much as
61. The trousers are ___________, but Tom does not care a bit.
A. too a little small B. a little too small C. a too little small D. a small too little
62. She wore a dress to the party that was far more attractive than _________.
A. other girls B. that of other girls C. the other girls D. those of other girls
63. He can play tennis better than __________ in the class. A. any boys B. any other boy C. any boy D. any other
64. Kasia is taking her __________ tour of the shops in search of bargains. A. daily B. day C. day time D. night
65. ________ the child expresses his interest in an activity, the stronger it will become.
A. The more frequent B. The frequenter C. The more frequently D. The frequentlier
66. We’d better wait ____________, Peter and Tom will come very soon.
A. a little longer B. more longer C. long D. as longer
67. Although the medicine tastes ________, it seems to help my condition. A. bad B. badly C. too much bad D. too badly
68. When she got her first month salary, Diana bought herself _________ dress.
A. a cotton , blue, expensive B. an expensive, blue, cotton C. a blue, expensive, cotton D. a cotton, expensive, blue
69. The doctors have tried ___________to save the life of the wounded soldier.
A. everything possible humanly B. humanly everything possible C. everything humanly possible D. humanly possible everything
70. I was worried very much because I’ll miss my flight if the bus arrives ________. A. lately B. late C. latter D. more later
71. The noise outside was ____________ his speech was hardly audible.
A. too irritating that B. so irritating so C. so irritating that D. so irritating enough that
72. The harder the shrub is to grow, __________.
A. the more higher price it B. the higher price it is C. the higher the price is D. the higher is the price
73. The photographs of Mars taken by satellite are ___________ taken from the earth.
A. clearest than those B. clearer than that C. much clear than those D. much clearer than those
74. _________ anywhere in the United States costs less than a dollar when you dial it yourself.
A. Three-minute call B. A three-minutes call C. A three-minute call D. A three-minutes-call
75. We arrived __________ Professor Baker had already called the roll.
A. so lately that B. as late that C. so later that D. so late that
76. It is _____________ that I would like to go to the beach.
A. so nice weather B. such nice weather C. so nice a weather D. such a nice weather
77. Her little car isn’t _________ to seat more than two people comfortably.
A. big enough B. enough big C. so big enough D. big as enough
78. His score on the exam was __________ to qualify him for a graduate program.
A. too good B. well enough C. as high as D. good enough
79. The plane is scheduled to arrive _________ because of bad weather. A. lately B. late C. later D. latest
80. There are ____________that I can’t finish them.
A. so long assignments B. such long assignments C. long assignments D. so very long assignments
81. Bats find their way by squeaking ___________and guiding themselves by echoes.
A. very fast B. very fastly C. much faster D. most fastly
82. Your application will be considered ____________your file is completed.
A. as quickly as B. as soon as C. as fast as D. as early as
83. This dress is prettier, but it costs ___________that one.
A. twice more than B. twice as much as C. as much twice as D. twice so much as
84. A new shopping center on the north side will have ____________.
A. five hundred more than shops B. as more than five hundred shops C. five hundred shops more than D. more than five hundred shops
85. The more you study during the semester, _________you have to study the week before exams.
A. the less B. the lesser C. less D. the little
86. To answer accurately is more important than _________.
A. a quick finish B. to finish quickly C. finishing quickly D. you finish quickly
87. When a body enters the earth’s atmosphere, it travels ___________.
A. in a rapid manner B. fastly C. with great speed D. very rapidly
88. The salary of a taxi driver is much higher __________.
A. in comparison with the salary of a teacher B. than a teacher C. than that of a teacher D. to compare as a teacher
89. Frost occurs in valleys and on low grounds _____________on adjacent hills.
A. more frequently as B. as frequently than C. more frequently than D. frequently than
90. She can speak _______ in front of Mack, but she can’t eat _________ in his restaurant.
A. free, free B. free, freely C. freely, free D. freely, freely
91. You will have to practice __________ times before you can do it.
A. may more B. more several C. more often D. more many
92. I have been going to Shanghai __________than I used to. A. lesser B. less C. fewer D. less often
93. Tuition at American university runs ____________one thousand dollars a semester.
A. so high as B. as high to C. as high as D. as higher than
94. I enjoy the concert last night; they played ________beautiful music. A. such B. such a C. so D. so a
95. Several day __________, I saw the man again on the street. A. late B. later C. latter D. last
96. When electricity was first invented, people refused to believe such a thing _________.
A. impossible B. possibly C. possible D. impossibly
97.The reason why so many people sit before the television tonight is that there will be a ________ show.
A. living B. live C. alive D. lived
98. When the three boys met one another, they found they looked very much ______. Then they knew they were triplet.
A. like B. alike C. likely D. liked
99. The doctor assured the patient that there was ________with her, but she could not help worrying.
A. seriously wrong nothing B. nothing serious wrong C. nothing seriously wrong D. serious nothing wrong
100. If you live in Wuhan one day and in Shenyang the next, you _____the change in temperature.
A. are certainly to feel B. certainly feel C. are to feel certainly D. are certain to feel
101. As a safety precaution, all drivers carry only enough money to make change for ______.
A. a bill of ten-dollar B. a ten-dollars bill C. a ten-dollar bill D. a tens-dollar bill
102. When I spent holidays Europe, I bought ____________vases.
A. two lovely big old German B. two lovely old big German C. two German big old lovely D. lovely big two old German
103. Everyone will agree that food in the south is as good as __________ in the country.
A. other region B. any other region C. that of any region D. that of any other region
104. Stars are so far away that they are ____________spots of light when seen from the earth.
A. nothing more as B. anything more than C. more than D. nothing more than
105. What deeply impressed his was that magnificent ___________.
A. eight-century-old B. eight-centuries C. old-eight-centuries D. eight-century’s-old
106. ___________focus on cultural differences between Chinese and Western societies.
A. The below text and dialogues B. Below the text and dialogues C. The text and dialogues below D. Text and dialogues the below
107. People will be able to fly from one planet to another in __________.
A. little nasty arrow-shaped tubes B. nasty little arrow-shaped tubes C. arrow-shaped little nasty tubes D. arrow-shaped little nasty tubes
108. Beginning in the late 19th century, the _________ rise in the productivity of England was just ________ less than Germany and the U.S.
A. year…slightly B. yearly…slight C. yearly…slightly D. year…slightly
109. In Spain, officials estimate that _______75 percent of the current violent crime is drug related.
A. much as B. as much as C. as many as D. as great
110. You should spend _______in the study of the various tenses and uses of the common words.
A. much time as you can B. as time much as you can C. time as many as you can D. as much time as you can
111. Professor Chen asked us to write __________essay on individual differences in second language learning.
A. a no more than two-thousand-word B. a less two-thousand-words C. a less than two-thousands-words D. a no more two than thousand word
112. Her voice is ___________. A. loud B. aloud C. loudly D. loudness
113. That so many advances have been made in _______ is the most valid argument for retaining the research unit.
A. such short time B. so a short time C. such a short time D. such short a time
114. ______ curriculum includes all experiences which the students may have within the environment of the school.
A. Broad speaking B. Speaking broadly C. Broadly speaking D. Broadly
115. Since taxi fare in the city may run _________twenty dollars, I suggest that you take a bus.
A. as high as B. as expensive as C. so high that D. so expensive as
116. If negotiations for the new trade agreements take _________, critical food shortages will develop in several countries.
A. too much longer B. much too long C. the longest D. the longer
117. If he had followed the directions carefully in taking the medicine, he would have felt better __________.
A. much quicker B. more quick C. much quickly D. more quickly
118. Since he spent his childhood in France, Jack is able to converse in French ___________.
A. rather good B. quite better C. fairly more D. rather well
119. Of the two cars that the Smiths have, the Plymouth is, without any question, _________.
A. the cheapest to run B. the cheaper to run C. cheaper D. more cheaper
120. With _________ three inches of rain falling in a six-month period, the farmers found it necessary to irrigate the land
A. less than B. little than C. fewer than D. less few than
121. On a small marble table in the center of her boudoir stands _________ vase.
A. a little exquisite antique brown Chinese porcelain B. an exquisite little antique brown Chinese porcelain
C. an antique little exquisite brown Chinese porcelain D. a Chinese antique little expensive brown porcelain
122.“When is Tom going to leave ” “He is going to leave _________ this week.”
A. sometimes B. some time C. sometime D. somewhat
123.The librarian insists that Dana take __________ books from library before she returns the dictionary she borrowed last month.
A. no B. many C. not many D. no more
124.The facilities of the older hospital are __________ the new hospital.
A. as good or better than B. as good as or better as C. as good as or better than D. as good as or better than those of
125.___________iron has relatively few economical uses.
A. Chemical pure B. Chemically pure C. Pure chemical D. Purely chemical
126. I walked 8 miles today. I never guessed that I could walk ___________far. A. much B. that C. such D. as
127. They ___________to our proposal.
A. have not still responded B. have not responded still C. have still not responded D. still have not responded
128. True hibernation takes place only among __________ animals.
A. whose blood is warm B. blood warm C. warm-blooded D. they have warm blood
129. He works __________. A. lone B. lonely C. alone D. lonesome
130. A _________road goes ___________from our college to the center.
A. straight…straight B. straightly…straightly C. straight…straightly D. straightly…straight
**131. Don’t you think this magazine ____________
A. worths reading B. worths seeing C. is worth reading D. is worth seeing
132. The fish smells _________, I like it very much. A. terrible B. bad C. well D. nice
133. Besides them, we need ___________to do the work.
A. fifteen people more B. more fifteen people C. more people fifteen D. fifteen more people
134. It was _________cold yesterday. Tom caught a bad cold. He can’t go to school today.
A. much too B. too much C. very much D. much
二、形容词与副词的基础练习
***1. He is a little __________than you, but he is as __________ as you.
A. thiner; strong B. thinner; stronger C. thinner; strong D. thin; strong
2. He isn’t feeling ___________ today. A. worry B. good C. nice D. well
3. There is __________book on the desk. A. not any B. not C. no D. no a
4. The windows are all ___________. They are not ___________.
A. closed; open B. close; opening C. closed; opened D. close; open
5. —Haven’t you finished your work —___________. A. Not yet B. Not still C. Not already D. Ever
6. She is as tall as her mother if not _________. A. tall than B. so tall C. taller D. more taller
7. The Changjiang River is ____________river in the world.
A. one of the longest B. the third longest C. one of the long D. the third long
8. First aid, if it is __________ given, can save one’s life.
A. quick and correct B. quickly and correct C. quickly and correctly D. quick and correctly
9. There are ___________books in our school library than in yours.
A. many much B. a lot more C. a lot of more D. much more
10. I have ____________ to tell you.
A. else nothing new B. new nothing else C. nothing new else D. nothing else new
11. Have you got ____________for four of us
A. an enough room big B. an enough big room C. a big enough room D. a room enough big
12. They have done __________more work this week than last week. A. very B. many C. a lot of D. a lot
13. That country has _____________.
A. a small population B. a little population C. much population D. many populations
14. The house is __________ small for a family of six.
A. so much B. very much C. too much D. much too
15. Tom hurt himself so ______________ while playing football that he had to be carried to hospital.
A. badly B. bad C. hardly D. hard
16. _____________, Tom hurried to school.
A. Quickly after eating breakfast B. After eating quickly breakfast C. After quick breakfast D. After a quick breakfast
17. There are many shops on _____________side of the street. A. each B. every C. both D. neither
18. He is ________very often, but he never feels __________.
A. alone; alone B. lonely; lonely C. lonely; alone D. alone; lonely
19. The fat man always says his meat looks ________and sells ____________.
A. good; good B. well; well C. good; well D. well; good
20. One day they crossed the ______________bridge behind the palace.
A. old Chinese stone B. Chinese old stone C. old stone Chinese D. Chinese stone old
21. We have never seen ____________ film before. It’s very interesting.
A. so a good B. a so good C. such a good D. a such good
22. He is ___________ kind an old man that all the children like him. A. very B. so C. rather D. such
23. I believe her, but I don’t think she’s telling us the __________story. A. real B. true C. full D. all
24. I’m afraid I’ve caught __________cold. A. a little of B. a bit C. a bit of D. bad
25. I can’t get a good picture on my TV set. There is something ___________with it.
A. bad B. the matter C. matter D. wrongly
26. To keep ___________hours makes you healthy, wealthy and wise. A. small B. little C. some D. good
27. She had ____________reason to be satisfied. A. any B. each C. every D. all
28. The weather is good today, except in the ___________
A. west-north B. south-west C. east-south D. south-north
29. It will be _________before she gets well. A. some times B. some time C. sometime D. sometimes
30. The young girls were sitting ____________.
A. a hand in a hand B. the hand in a hand C. the hand in the hand D. hand in hand
31. I had been waiting _____________before Joan arrived.
A. some time B. sometime C. some times D. sometimes
32. —Margaret will leave for Boston tonight. —I think David will _________ to see her.
A. enough early arrive B. early enough arrive C. arrive enough early D. arrive early enough
33. —Was the class long enough？ — No，__________enough.
A. it wasn’t much too long B. it wasn’t too much long C. it wasn’t quite long D. it wasn’t too long much
34. I asked if she would like a taxi. “No, I’d rather __________a taxi. It’s such a lovely day,” she answered.
A. walk than to take B. walk than take C. to walk than take D. to walk than to take
35. —What a nice fire you have in your fireplace! —During the winter I like my house __________.
A. warmly and comfortable B. warm and comfortable C. warm and comfortably D. warmly and comfortable
36. He is ______________his height. A. rather thin as to B. too thin for C. so thin for D. very thin of
37. Most foreign students don’t like American coffee, and _____________.
A. I don’t, too B. nor do I c. neither don’t I D. neither do I
38. Winnie married _____________she graduated from college. A. soon B. immediately C. early D. fast
39. —I heard you went mountain climbing but didn’t reach the top. —Yes，we tried____________.
A. hardly to climb the mountain B. hard to climb the mountain C. to climb the mountain hard D. to climb the mountain hardly
40. —Have you travelled much —No, I’ve done ___________ travelling. A. few B. little C. small D. less
41. The buses run every _________minutes. A. few B. a few C. many D. other
42. —What do you think of the P高中英语语法词法知识详解——虚拟语气
一、动词的语气和种类: 语气(mood) 是一种动词的形式，用以表示讲话人对某一行为或事情的看法和态度。英语中的语气(mood)有三种，分别是陈述语气、祈使语气和虚拟语气。
1.陈述语气(indicative mood): 陈述语气一般用来叙述事实或就事实提出询问，主要用于陈述句、疑问句和某些感叹句。
eg. ① Where there is a will, there's a way. 有志者事竟成。 ④ China lies in the east of Asia.
② Can you help me carry the box upstairs 你能帮我把箱子搬到楼上吗？
③ How I missed the life in the countryside! 我多么想念乡村的生活啊！
2.祈使语气(imperative mood): 祈使语气表示说话人向对方提出请求或下达命令。
eg. ① Come this way, please! 请这边走。 ② Don't make any noise, will you 别吵，行吗？
③ Do be careful when crossing the street. 过马路时一定要小心。 ④ Make yourself at home.
3.虚拟语气(subjunctive mood):
虚拟语气(the subjunctive mood), 又称假设语气, 是谓语动词的一种形式, 表示说话人叙述的内容与事实相反, 在现实中并不存在, 或实现的可能性很小。虚拟语气是表示假设、愿望、建议、请求、命令、猜测、可能或主观打算等的一种语气,是每年高考必考的一个语法项目。
eg. ① If I were a bird, I could fly in the air. 如果我是一只小鸟，我就能在空中飞行。
② I wish it were spring all the year round. 但愿四季如春。④ We only wish we could help. (表愿望)
③ May good luck be yours! 祝你好运！ ⑤ If there were no gravity, we should not be able to walk. (表假设)
⑥ He suggested that we should all go to see the film.(表建议)
二、虚拟语气的形式:
(1) 动词原形, 用于一切人称和数。
eg. ① Long live the Communist Party of China! ② If that be so, we shall take action at once.
(2) 动词的过去式, 用于一切人称和数, be的过去式用were。
eg. ① If you loved me, you wouldn’t say that. ② If I were you in your shoes, I’d accept the terms.
(3) had + 过去分词, 用于一切人称和数。
eg. ① We would have called a cab, if Harold hadn’t offered us a ride home. 假如哈罗德没有驾车送我们回家，我们就得叫出租汽车了。
② If we had left earlier, we wouldn’t have missed the train.
(4)助动词(should) +动词原形, 用于一切人称和数。
eg. ① They suggested that we (should) meet at the station. ② If you should see Celia, give her my best wishes.
(5) 助动词(should) + have + 过去分词, 用于一切人称和数。
eg. ① If the steamer (should) have left port at noon, it will be passing through the canal now.
② It is strange that she (should) have done it.
(6) 助动词should(第一人称)和would(第二、三人称)+动词原形
eg. ① If I were you, I should take his advice. ② He said he would go if I went.
(7) 助动词should(第一人称)和would(第二、三人称) + have + 过去分词。(注意：美国英语常用would代替should)
eg. ① If father hadn’t sent me, I shouldn’t have come. ② You wouldn’t have seen her if it hadn’t been for him.
三、虚拟语气的具体用法:
虚拟语气主要用于条件句即状语从句，还可用主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句、同位语从句和定语从句等。
I.状语从句的虚拟语气：
A. 条件句和结果主句的虚拟：
(1). if条件句的虚拟→条件句有真实条件句和非真实条件两种。
@真实条件句所表示的假设是可能发生或实现的,句中的条件与结果主句皆用陈述语气。
eg. ① If it’s fine tomorrow, we’ll go outing. ② If I have enough money next year, I will go to Japan.
③ If he doesn't come at 8, we won't wait for him. 如果他八点不来，我们就不等他了。
④ If a flood happened in the past, there was usually a great loss of life and property. 过去发生洪水的话，常有很大的生命和财产损失。
⑤ We shall go there unless it rains tomorrow. 如果明天不下雨，我们将去那里。
⑥ I'll let you use my bike on condition that you keep it clean. 如果你能保持车子干净，我就让你用我的自行车。
@非真实条件句所表示的假设则是不可能发生或实现的,句中的条件从句与结果主句皆须用虚拟语气。
在含有虚拟条件句的复合句中，主从句的谓语都要用虚拟语气，现将其形式列表如下：
动词形式 (时间) if条件从句 结果主句
与现在事实相反 if + S. + 动词的过去式(be的过去式用were) I / We + should/might/could + 动词其他各人称+would/might/could 原形
与过去事实相反 if + S. + had + 过去分词 I/we + should/might/could + have其他各人称+would/might/could + 过去分词
与将来事实可能相反 if + S. + 动词的过去式( be的过去式用were)② if + S. + were + to do sth.③ if + S. should + do I/we + should/might/could + 动词其他各人称+would/might/could 原形
【注】条件从句用动词的过去式(be动词用were), 主句用should(第一人称)或would(全部人称)+动词原形。可用情态动词could, might代替should, would表示情态。
@. 表示与现在事实相反的假设和结果:
eg.① If I were you, I should( would , could, might) tell him the truth. 要是我是你，我就会告诉他真相了。(事实上我不是你)
② If she had time, she would( could, might) help me. 如果她有时间，她就会帮我了。(事实上她没有时间)
③ If it were Sunday tomorrow, I would go and see my friends. 明天要是星期天的话，我就去看望我的朋友。
④ If I were you, I should go and try. 我要是你，我就去试试。
⑤ If wishes were horses, beggars might ride. 如果幻想能成为马匹，叫花子都有了坐骑
⑥ I would go if they treated me like a slave. 要是他们把我当奴隶对待，我就走。
@. 表示与过去事实相反的假设和结果:
eg.① If I had known your telephone number yesterday, I should(would, could, might) have telephoned you.
如果昨天我知道了你的电话号码，我就会给你打电话了。(事实上我昨天不知道你的电话号码。)
② If you had taken my advice, you wouldn’t(couldn’t) have failed in the exam.
如果你听了我的建议，你就不会考试不及格。(事实上你根本没听我的。)
③ If it had not rained this morning, I should have gone shopping. 今天早上要是没下雨, 我就去买东西了。
④ The flood might have caused great damages to the people if we had not built so many reservoirs.
倘若我们没有修建这么多的水库，洪水就会使人民遭受巨大的损失。
@. 表示与将来事实可能相反的假设和结果:
表示在将来不太可能实现的条件从句有三种形式：
(i) were / did:
eg.① If he were here tomorrow, I would speak to him. 明天如果他在这里的话，我就和他谈谈。
② If you dropped the glass, it would break. 你要是把杯子掉下来，会打碎的。
③ If she had time, she could help me. 她要是有时间，就会帮我了。
④ ---What would happen if I put the paper on the fire ---我若把只放在火上会怎么样 ---It would burn. ---纸会烧着。
(ii) should do : 条件从句中不管什么人称都用should do，可表示有偶然实现的可能性。
eg.① If it should rain, the crops could be saved. 假如下雨, 庄稼可能就有救了。
② We would trust him if he should be honest. 如果他真是诚实的, 那我们就相信他。
(iii) were to do: 条件从句用were + to do。这种形式比较正式, 常出现在书面语中, 其假设成份很大, 实现的可能性很小。
eg. ① If I were to do the work, I should do it in a different way. 要是我做这项工作, 我就会以不同的方式去做。② If the headmaster were to come, what would we say to him 假如校长来了, 我们对他说什么呢？对比：将来不太可能实现的三种非真实条件句中的虚拟语气对比eg.① If it snowed tomorrow, I would stay at home. 如果明天下雪的话，我就留在家里。(常用形式)② If it should snow tomorrow, I would stay at home. 如果明天下雪的话，我就留在家里。(可能性较小)③ If it were to snow tomorrow, I would stay at home. 如果明天要下雪的话，我就留在家里。(可能性最小)
【注】: 在表示与将来事实可能相反的条件从句中, were to + 动词原形比较正式, 常用于书面语中。
eg. If you were to go to Beijing, you would (could, might) have a chance to visit Tian An Men Square.
(2)．连词 if省略: 在书面语中，非真实条件句中有were, had, should时，可以省略if，而把were, had, should放在主语前，用倒装结构。
eg. ① Were it necessary, I might go without delay. 如果需要的话，我可以立即去。(= If it were necessary......)
② Had you taken my advice, you wouldn't have failed in the exam.
你要是听了我的建议, 就不会考试不及格了。(= If you had taken my advice......)
③ Should I have time, I would call on her. 要是有时间, 我就去看她。(= If I should have time......)
(3)．省略if条件句:
eg. ① You might stay here forever (if you wanted to.) ② We would have succeeded (if we had kept trying.)
③ Your reputation would be ruined (if you should accept it.)
④ I would appreciate a little of your time (if you were so kind as to give me a little of your time.)
⑤ You could have done it yourself (if you had wanted to.) (You didn’t do the work yourself because you didn’t want to.)
⑥ I wouldn’t smoke (if I were you.) (You smoke often. I advise you not to smoke more.)
(4)．省略主句:
非真实的条件句如省去结果主句,则表示一种不可能实现的愿望。这种条件句常用if only 来引导。
If only......: If only位于句首引起的感叹句用虚拟语气，动词用一般过去时表示目前的愿望，用过去完成时表示过去的愿望，用would或could表示将来。
eg.① If only he knew the answer. 他要是知道答案就好了。(用过去时表示现在)
② If only I could speak several foreign languages！我要是能讲几种外语就好了！(用would / could表示将来)
③ If only you had told me the truth before. 要是你以前告诉我真相就好了。(用过去完成时表示过去)
④ If only you would listen to reason. ⑤ If only he were here. / If I had never married.
⑥ If my old friend were with me. ⑦ If you had seen the wonderful film.
注意：if only和wish的用法相同，表示的意愿也基本相同。
eg. ① If only it would rain. 但愿天能下点儿雨！= How I wish it would rain.
② If only I had known her earlier! 要是我早点儿认识她就好了！= I wish I had known her earlier.
(5)．If it were not for…(对现在的虚拟) 这是两个特殊的虚拟结构,表示一种特殊的情况改变了一切。
If it hadn’t been for…(对过去的虚拟) 常译成“要不是有了……就……”。
eg. ① If it were not for the Party, we couldn’t live such a happy life.
② If it hadn’t been for the captain, they would have died.
③ If it wasn’t for me, you’d have taken the wrong path a time ago.
④ Were it not for the teacher, we couldn’t learn so much knowledge.
【注意】(1) 在当代英语中,在很多情况下尤其在口语中,我们也可以用was来代替当主语是第一人称或第三人称单数时的虚拟式were。
eg.① If I were here tomorrow... 也可以说成：If he was here tomorrow...
② I wish I were a bird. 也可以说成：I wish I was a bird.
(2) 但在正式文体中仍须用were,如须说: if I were in your position,又如as it were与were it not for you中的were亦不可代以was。
(3) 倒装句型中的were不可被was来替换。eg. Were I in your position, I would not do it.如果我处在你的位置，我是不会干这件事的。
(6)．混合型虚拟语气: 虚拟条件句中的主句和从句涉及的动作发生的时间不一致, 这时主句和从句的谓语形式应按照各自动作发生的实际时间来表达。
eg.① If you hadn't watched TV yesterday, you wouldn't be so sleepy now.
如果你昨天不看电视，你现在也就不会这么困了。(从句yesterday说明过去，主句now说明现在)
② If they had left home early this morning, they would arrive in half an hour.
如果他们今天一早就离开家的话，再过半小时他们就该到了。(从句说明过去，主句说明将来。)
③ If you hesitated this moment, you might suffer in the future. 如果你此刻犹豫不决，你将来会吃苦头的。(从句说明现在，主句说明将来)
④ If you had studied hard last year, you would become a college student now.
⑤ If she hadn’t trained so hard, she wouldn’t be able to run so fast.
⑥ You would speak English well enough if you had practiced reading and speaking it every day.
⑦ If I had spoken to him yesterday, I should know what to do now.
⑧ You would be much better now if you had taken my advice.
⑨ If father hadn’t sent me, I should be here. ⑩ If he knew this, it would have had to be by accident.
【注意】: 如果条件从句用if I were…,结果主句则可用表任何时间的虚拟形式。
eg. ① If I were not busy, I would have come.(were表过去) ② If I were you, I would go. (were表现在)
(7)．含蓄型虚拟语气: 有时候，虚拟条件不是通过if引导的条件句来表示，而是暗含在上下文中
(i) 用but for 、without(如果没有）等来代替条件从句；
eg. Without electricity human life would be quite different. =If there were no electricity, human life would be quite different.
(ii) 用otherwise、or(or else),even though等表示与上文的情况相反, 从而引出虚拟语气;
eg. I lost your address. Otherwise, I would have visited you long before.
=I lost your address. If I hadn't lost your address, I would have visited you long before.
(iii) 虚拟条件通过but暗示出来;
eg.① He would have given you more help, but he was too busy. 他本来会给你更多的帮助, 但是他太忙了。
(也就是说，如果那时他不忙，他可以给你更多的帮助。句中but he was too busy实际上暗示了一个虚拟条件——如果那时他不忙)
② He would lose weight, but he eats too much 他本来可以减肥的，但是他吃的太多了。
(也就是说，如果他吃得不多的话，他是可以减肥的。句中的but he eats too much实际上暗示了一个虚拟条件——如果他吃得不多。)
(8)．unless条件句: eg. Unless I were well, I wouldn’t be at school.
(9)．用suppose /supposing / providing等词表示if条件句的虚拟:eg. ① Suppose you were in my shoes, what would you do 假若你站在我的立场上，你会怎么办？
② Suppose/Supposing it rains, what shall we do ③ It’s a good idea, but suppose your mother were to find out
④ Suppose you were given a chance to study in America, would you accept
(10)．用on condition that…的条件句的虚拟：
eg. He can use the bicycle on condition that he should return it tomorrow.
(11). 条件可根据上下文推理出:：
eg. ① It would do you no good. 这可能会对你没好处。(条件可能是if you should give up the job 如果你放弃这项工作的话)
② They could have won.　他们本来是会赢的。(条件可能是if they had been patient 如果他们有耐心的话)
③ Such mistakes could have been avoided. 这种错误完全能避免。(条件可能是if you had been more careful 如果你更加小心一点的话)
④ Why didn't you tell me about it I should have helped you. 为什么你不告诉我？我会帮助你的。(条件可能是if you had told me about it 如果你当时告诉我的话)
⑤—Did you go to see him yesterday 你昨天去看他了吗？
—I would have, but someone dropped over to my house for a visit. 原想去的，但有人到我家来玩了。
(条件是if no one had dropped over to my house for a visit 如果没人到我家来玩的话)
(12).条件用其他形式来表示:
eg. ① To talk with her, you would know she could not hear well. 如果你同她交谈，你就会知道她的听力不好。
(动词不定式带有假设的意思，相当于 If you should talk with her...)
② Left to himself, he could not have finished the work. 要是放任他的话，他是不可能完成工作的。
(动词的-ed形式表示条件 If he had been left to himself...)
提示: 在很多情况下，虚拟式已变成习惯说法，很难找出其暗含的条件。
eg. ① You wouldn't know.　你不会知道。 ② I would like to go with you.　我愿意和你一起去。
【典题练习】
1. If she had worked harder, she ___________.
A. would succeed B. had succeed C. should succeed D. would have succeeded
2. If my lawyer __________here last night, he __________me from going.
A. had been, would have prevented B. had been; would prevent
C. were; would prevent D. were; would have prevented
3. If he ___________, he _______________that food. Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.
A. was warned; would not take B. had been warned; wouldn’t have taken
C. would be warned; hadn’t taken D. would have been warned; hadn’t taken
4. You didn’t let me drive. If we ___________in turn, you ___________so tired.
A. drove; didn’t get B. drove; wouldn’t get C. were driving; wouldn’t get D. had driven; wouldn’t have got
5. If it ________fine tomorrow, I’ll go swimming. A. were B. was C. is D. will be
6. If it __________to snow tomorrow, they wouldn’t go out. A. was B. were C. is D. would be
7. You would have finished the work in time __________.
A. did you work harder B. have you worked harder C. had you worked harder D. do you work harder
8. All the passengers would have died __________for the captain.
A. had it not been B. were it not C. it hadn’t been D. it were not
9. If you ___________the meeting yesterday, you ____________how to do the work now.
A. came; will know B. had come; would have known C. should some; would know D. had come; would know
10. What would you have done if you __________the first class. A. will miss B. would miss C. had missed D. missed
11. If it _________rain, we ___________get wet.
A. is to; should B. were to; would C. were going to; would D. was going to; should
12. If he ___________to the teacher attentively, he ___________the answer to the problem now.
A. had listened; would have known B. listened; would know C. listened; would have known D. had listened; would know
13.—I thought you would come back tomorrow. —I would if I ___________to attend a meeting.
A. don’t have B. didn’t have C. will not have D. would not have
14. “Did you catch the first bus this morning ” “No, I didn’t.” “If you __________earlier, you _________the bus.”
A. got up; would catch B. should get up; would catch C. had got up; would have caught D. had got up; would catch
15. Had I known her name, ______________.
A. I will invite her to lunch B. she will come here C. she would come here D. I would have invited her to lunch
16. If I ___________out of ink, I would have finished writing the paper.
A. didn’t run B. shouldn’t run C. haven’t run D. hadn’t run
17. “Did you remind him of the meeting ” “No. If I ___________at home, I could have.”
A. was B. had been C. were D. should be
18. If Henry had not pulled his cap low, he ___________by the police.
A. might be recognized B. might have been recognized C. would have recognized D. was to have been recognized
19. If we had known that she had planned to arrive today, we __________her at the bus station.
A. may have met B. might met C. may met D. might have met
20. __________today, he would get there on Friday.
A. Was he leaving B. If he leaves C. Were he to leave D. If he is leaving
21. Were it not for the debts, we __________all right. A. would be B. would have been C. were D. are
22. If he ____________tomorrow, I should give him the dictionary he needs.
A. comes B. should come C. would come D. will come
23. _______________, we should be glad. A. Were they to arrive tomorrow B. They were to arrive tomorrow
C. They would arrive tomorrow D. They arrive tomorrow
24. Had electronic computer not been invented, many problems of space flight ____________.
A. could not have been saved B. could not be solved C. can not be solved D. could not have solved
25. We ___________our lives had it not been for the policeman.
A. would have lost B. should lose C. might lose D. could have lost
26. I didn’t see your sister at the meeting. If she ___________, she would have met my brother.
A. has come B. did come C. came D. had come
27. Had you listened to the doctor, you ________all right now. A. are B. were C. would be D. would have been
28. _________I be free tomorrow, I could go with you. A. Could B. Should C. Might D. Must
29. __________to do the work, I should do it some other way. A. If were I B. I were C. Were I D. Was I
30. ____________your letter, I would have written back two days ago.
A. If I received B. Should I received C. Had I received D. If I could have received
31. ___________today, he would get there by Friday.
A. Would he leave B. Was he leaving C. Were he to leave D. If he leave
32. If it were not for the fact that you ___________ill, I would ask you to do this right now.
A. were B. had been C. are D. be
33. Should it rain, the crops ____________.
A. would be saved B. would have been saved C. will be saved D. had been saved
34. If I ___________you, I would try again. A. am B. was C. were D. be
35. __________, all the students would hear.
A. If the teacher had spoken louder B. If the teacher will speak louder C. Had the teacher spoken louder D. If the teacher spoke louder
36. What should we do if it ___________tomorrow A. should snow B. would snow C. snow D. will snow
37. If only I ____________my watch! A. hadn’t lost B. haven’t lost C. didn’t lose D. don’t lose
38. You ___________such a serious mistake if you followed his advice.
A. may not make B. might have not made C. shouldn’t have made D. might not have made
39. If only I ____________as young as you are! A. being B. am C. be D. were
40. If you ________at school, you ____________a college student now.
A. had studied hard; would have been B. should have studied hard; should have been
C. had studied hard; would be D. would study hard; must have been
B．让步状语从句的虚拟:
让步状语从句指事实时，从句谓语动词用陈述语气。若从句内容表示现在和将来的假设情况，从句谓语动词用虚拟语气。
(1) even if和even though意为 “即使”, 有假设之意主从谓语可用直接陈述语气也可用虚拟语气。用虚拟语气时，主从时态呼应与if条件句相同。
eg. ① I won’t lose heart even though I’ve failed ten times. (直接陈述)
Even if I had failed ten times, I wouldn’t lose heart. (虚拟语气)
② The boy couldn’t have been saved even if he had been tended without delay.
即使当时那个男孩得到及时照护,他的生命也未被挽救。
③ I wouldn’t be angry with her even if I tried. 我即使想生她的气，也做不到。
④ I should say the same thing even if he were here. 即使他在这里，我还是要这么说。
(2) though, whether…or, however, no matter…等的让步状语从句
eg.① Though he (should) fail, there would still be hope. 即使他失败了，仍有一线希望。
② Whether he (should) succeed or fail, we shall have to do our part. 不管他成功还是失败，我们还是要做好自己的事。
③ However hard it might rain rains, we shall go there together. 不管雨下得多么大，今晚我们还是要去那里。
④ No matter what his social position (might) be, a man is equal in the eye of the law.
一个人不论其社会地位如何，在法律面前都是平等的。
【典题练习】
41. They all went out to look for the lost child even if it ________very dark outside. A. is B. would be C. was D. had been
42. The patient couldn’t have been saved even if he __________on time.
A. was operated B. had operated C. had been operated D. operated on
43. I _____________to see the film even if I had had time then.
A. wouldn’t go B. couldn’t go C. wouldn’t have gone D. mustn’t have gone
44. It __________matter even though she refused. A. didn’t B. wouldn’t C. doesn’t D. don’t
45. He ___________you more help even though he were very busy.
A. might have given B. might give C. may have given D. may give
46. If (Even if) the sun ___________to rise in the west, I would not break my word. A. was B. rose C. raised D. were
C．as if/though方式状语从句的虚拟:
由as if 或as though引导的状语从句可以用陈述语气表示可能符合事实的情况，也可以用虚拟语气表示与事实不符或与事实相反的情况。
(i) 如果从句的动作与主句谓语动词同时发生, 表示与现在事实不相符,从句用一般过去时；
eg. ① The teacher treats the pupil as if he were her own child.
这位老师对待这位学生就像自己的亲生孩子一样。(这位学生并不是她的亲生孩子)
② She treated the child as if he were her own child.
(ii) 如果从句的动作先于主句而完成,表示与过去事实不相符,从句的谓语动词用过去完成时。
eg. ① I felt as though we had known each other for years. 我感觉我们好像认识多年了。(其实并没有认识多年)
② He passed the poles as if they didn’t exist. ③ His hair looked as though it had been electrified.
(iii) 如果从句的动作后于主句而发生, 表示与将来事实不相符，用would / might / could + do sth.
eg. It looks as if it might rain. 天看上去好像要下雨。(不大可能下雨)
对比：eg.① He looks as if he is young. 看样子他好像很年轻。(他就是年轻)
② He looks as if he were young. 看样子他好像很年轻。(实际上他不年轻)
【典题练习】
47. The woman treated the girl as though she ___________her own daughter. A. is B. had been C. has been D. were
48. The old man looked as though he ___________out of my story book.
A. stepped B. would step C. had stepped D. would have stepped
49. The little child talked as if he ___________to the Atlantic Ocean. A. is B. has been C. would be D. had been
50. It looks as if it ____________.
A. was rained B. were going to rain C. would rain D. were to rain
51. When a pencil is put in a glass of water, it looks as if it ___________.
A. breaks B. has broken C. were broken D. had been broken
52. Xiao Liu spoke English so well as if he ____________English in England.
A. studied B. has studied C. had studied D. studied
53. She looked as if she ___________ill. A. is B. was C. had been D. were
54. The two strangers talked as if they ___________friends for years.
A. were B. would be C. have been D. had been
55. It seems as if it ____________rain. A. will B. is going to C. is to D. were going to
56. He is talking so much about America as if he ____________there. A. had been B. had been C. was D. been
57. He smiled as if he ____________my thought. A. read B. was reading C. had read D. had read
D.目的状语从句的虚拟:
(1) case, for fear that, lest引导的目的状语从句，动词用“should + 动词原形”结构，表示忧虑或目的。
eg.① Please remind me of it again tomorrow in case I (should) forget. 请你明天再提醒我这件事，以免我忘记。
② She emphasized it again and again, lest he (should) forget. 她一再强调这一点免得他忘记。
③ We had a meeting and talked the matter over face to face for fear that there should be any misunderstanding.
我们开了一个会，面对面谈了这件事，以免发生任何误会。 ④ In case I (should) forget, please remind me of my promise.
⑤ Take your coat in case it rain/(just) in case it should rain. ⑥ I took an umbrella with me for fear that it should rain.
⑦ I daren’t tell you what he did, for fear that he should be angry with me.
⑧ I had to run away for fear (that) he might one day kill me.
⑨ Lest you should not have heard all, I shall begin at the beginning. lest: conj. 唯恐， 免得
(2) 在in order that和so that引导的目的状语从句中，往往用can(could)或may(might)。
eg. ① I shall write down your telephone number so that I may not forget. 我要把你的电话号码记下来，以免忘记。
② They worked harder than usual in order that they could finish the work ahead of time. 为了能提前完成工作，他们比往常更加努力。
③ We will tell you the truth so that you can judge for yourself. 我把真实情况告诉你，使你能自己作出判断。
II.名词性从句的虚拟语气：
A. 主语从句的虚拟语气：
主语从句通常用于“It is + 形容词名词动词的-ed形式 + that ...”结构。主语从句中是否用虚拟语气取决于所用的形容词或动词的-ed形式，其谓语动词常用 “should + 动词原形”(美国英语常省略should，只用动词原形)。常用在以下句型：
It is/was + important/necessary/desirable/imperative/advisable/ essential/ natural/ strange… + that + S. + (should) do/have done + ….
It is/ was+ desired/suggested/settled/proposed/requested/demanded…+ that + S. + (should) do/have done + ….
It is/was + a pity/shame…+ that + S. + (should) do/have done+….
(1) 表示建议或命令:
eg. ① It is important that we (should) work out a study plan. 重要的是我们要制订出一个学习计划。
② It will be better that we (should) meet some other time. 最好我们在另一个时间见面。
③ It is suggested that each student (should) sing a song in English. 有人建议每个学生都要唱一首英文歌曲。
④ It is demanded that he should leave at once. 要求他立刻离开。
(2) 表示惊讶:
eg. ① It is strange that he should have failed to see his own shortcomings. 真奇怪他竟看不到自己的缺点。
② It is natural that you should forget it first. 你起先记不住是很自然的。
③ It is a pity/shame that I should be at school instead of lying here in hospital. 真可惜，我应当在学校而不是躺在医院里。
必背：常见的要接含有虚拟语气主语从句的词:
形容词：important, necessary, urgent(紧迫的；迫切的), essential(必不可少的), vital(必不可少的), strange, proper，
desirable(想望的,可取的)/imperative(迫切的,紧急的)/advisable(明智的,可取的)/ natural等；
动词的-ed形式：arranged, suggested, ordered, required, desired, demanded, proposed等。
eg. ① It is necessary that the program (should) be loaded into the computer. 有必要把程序输入电脑。
② It is strange that he should have learned so much in such a short time. 很奇怪他竟然在如此短的时间内学了那么多的东西。
③ It is desired that we (should) get everything ready by tonight. 希望一切在今晚前准备就绪。
【典题练习】
58. It is really strange that the girl ____________so early. A. has been married B. has married C. be married D. would marry
59. It _________very nice if only it were possible. A. will be B. would be C. is D. were
60. It is necessary that an efficient worker __________his work on time. A. finishes B. can finish C. finish D. has finished
61. It is a pity that Lao Li isn’t here. If he ___________, we would be happier. A. came B. comes C. had come D. has come
62. It is strange that she _________do that sort of thing. A. would B. could C. might D. (should)
63. It is impossible that he ______have missed the train. A. would B. / C. could D. might
64. It’s a great pity that he should __________his bike. A. had lost B. lose C. have lost D. have been lost
65. It’s astonishing that she ___________these words. A. has said B. should have said C. had said D. said
66. It’s strange that he ___________to see the film. A. didn’t go B. hadn’t gone C. not to go D. not have gone
67. It is important that we ____________wild animals. A. will protect B. should protect C. shall protect D. are protect
68. It is necessary that the problem __________at once.
A. solves B. should solve C. should be solved D. will be solved
69. It is strange that he ___________interest in much of his research.
A. should have lost B. would lose C. had lost D. will lose
B. 宾语从句的虚拟语气：虚拟语气常用在表示要求、建议、命令或愿望的动词后的宾语从句中。
1. wish后的宾语从句中的虚拟语气。
wish的宾语从句(常省去that连词),表达与事实相反的愿望,须用虚拟语气,构成虚拟语气形式主要谓语动词的变化来表现，
通常依据三种情况：
(1) 对现在的虚拟，用一般过去时(表示与现在事实相反的愿望)； S. + wish/wished + (that) S. + did/were +…
(2) 对过去的虚拟，用过去完成时(表示过去事实相反的或未实现的愿望)； S. + wish/wished + (that) S. + had done +…
(3) 对将来的虚拟，用过去将来时(表示将来没有把握或不可能实现的愿望); S. + wish/wished + (that) S. + would/ could + do…
eg. ① I wish I could fly. 我希望我能飞。 ②I wish I were a bird. 但愿我是一只小鸟。
③ I wish I knew the answer.我要是知道答案就好了。 ④ I wish I knew the answer
eg. ① I wish she had taken my advice. 那时她要是接受我的建议就好了。
② I wish that I had seen her yesterday.真希望我昨天见过她。 ④ He wished he had studied last term
③ I wish I had known it before. 我希望以前就对此事有所了解。 ⑤ We wish you had come to our New Year’s party.
⑥ I wish I had enough money to buy a car. 我希望能有足够的钱来买一辆小汽车。(表示的是现在)
⑦ He whishes he had not lost the chance. 他真希望没有失去机会。(表示的是过去)
eg. ① I wish you would stay a little longer. 我真希望你能多呆一会。(用would＋动词原形表示对将来的愿望)
② I wish it could stop raining.但愿雨能停。 ③ I wish you would stay an hour longer. 我希望你再呆一个小时。
④ I wish I would join the army when I grow up. 我希望长大后能够参军。(表示的是将来)
[注意]：wish 后面宾语从句中的虚拟语气，要按“后退一步法”处理从句中谓语动词的时态。表示何时的愿望，
与哪个事实相反, 不能以主句的时态为判断依据，而应根据从句的意义判断。
[提示]：由于wish和hope的汉语意思差不多，在使用上往往容易出错。wish一般表示“希望”、“但愿”，表示不可能
实现的愿望，后接从句时要用虚拟语气；hope表示“希望”，指可以实现的希望，后接从句时用陈述语气。
eg. ① The students hope that their football team will win the game. 学生们希望他们的足球队获胜。(可能实现)
② I wish I could see him now. 我希望现在就能看到他。(不可能实现)
【典题练习】
70. I wish I ____________you yesterday. A. saw B. did see C. had seen D. were to see
71. I ____________I knew him. A. expect B. hope C. want D. wish
72. How I wish I _____________as young as you are. A. am B. was C. were D. are
73. Mary wished she __________to Bob.
A. not to be married B. haven’t been married C. wouldn’t have been married D. hadn’t been married
74. The little girl wished she ___________to Beijing. A. will go B. can go C. would go D. want to go
75. He wishes ____________mistakes.
A. he doesn’t always make B. he isn’t always making
C. he didn’t always make D. he wouldn’t be always making
76. Where is Xiao Zhang I wish I ____________him at once.
A. can find B. will find C. could find D. could have found
77. “Have you ever been to Beijing ” “No, but I wish I _____________.” A. have B. will C. do D. had
2. would rather /would as soon( would sooner) 或 would prefer等后接宾语从句的虚拟：
短语would rather, would prefer, would sooner等表示“宁愿”, 后面的宾语从句中常用虚拟语气。在这种结构中,从句中的谓语动词通常用一般过去时或过去完成时形式表示虚拟，其句型：
(1) S + would rather/would sooner/would prefer + (that) S. + did + … 用过去时表示当时和将来的情况
(2) S + would rather/would sooner/would prefer + (that) S. + had done + … 用过去完成时表示过去的情况,
eg. ① I would rather you left today. 我宁可你今天走。 还表达希望或婉转的责备
② I would prefer he didn't stay here too long. 我倒希望他不要在这儿呆得太久。
③ I’d sooner she left the heavy end of the work to someone else.
④ I would prefer he worked hard. 我倒希望他能够努力学习。
⑤ I’d rather you didn’t make any comment on the issue for the time being.我倒希望你暂时先不要就此事发表意见。
⑥ Wouldn’t you rather your child went to bed early？为什么你不愿让你的孩子早点上床睡觉呢？
⑦ I would rather I hadn't seen that film yesterday. 我宁愿昨天没有看那场电影。
⑧ I would just as soon you had returned the book yesterday. 我真希望你昨天把这本书还了。
【提示】：would rather 主要有两种用法。
(1) 后接不带to的不定式 would rather do sth. than do sth.
eg. ① I'd rather play tennis than swim. 我宁愿打网球，也不愿游泳。 ② I'd rather not go to the movies. 我宁愿不去看电影。
③ Which would you rather have, tea or coffee 你喜欢喝茶，还是咖啡 ④I’d sooner/rather die than marry you.
(2) 后接不用连词的that从句:
eg.① I'd rather you went home now. 我希望你现在就回家。
② I would rather my daughter attended a public school. 我希望我的女儿能上公立学校。
【典题练习】
78. I’d rather you __________to see me next week. A. come B. will come C. would come D. came
79. “Shall I open the window ” “I’d rather you _________.” A. not B. don’t C. shouldn’t D. didn’t
80. My wife would rather we __________each other.
A. didn’t marry B. wouldn’t marry C. hadn’t married D. shouldn’t have married
3. suggest, order等动词的虚拟语气：
表示“要求、建议、命令”等动词后面的宾语从句中的虚拟语气。这类动词包括：demand，suggest，order，insist，propose
等。这些动词后面的从句中用 “should + 动词原形”构成虚拟语气， 其中 “should” 可以省略。
(1) ask (询问): eg. ① He asked which experiment we (should) do.
② The examination instructor asked that the students (should) not use a calculator. 考官要求学生不要使用计算器。
(2) advise (劝说): eg. Please advise me whether I (should) accept the offer.
(3) beg (求乞): eg. I beg that one of us (should) be allowed to go first.
(4) demand (要求): eg.① She demanded that we (should) let her in.
② The workers demanded that their wages (should) be raised by 10 percent. 工人们要求增加百分之十的工资。
(5) propose (提议): eg. I propose that Comrade Zhang Hong (should) be chairman.
(6) recommend (劝说): eg. The doctor recommended that I (should) stay a few more days.
(7) require (要求): eg. He required that we (should) work all night.
(8) urge (敦促): eg. They urged that the library (should) be kept open during the vacation.
(9) prefer (宁愿): eg. She preferred that we (should) have the discussion right after the lecture.
(10) insist (坚持要做) eg. ① He insisted he (should) be sent there to work.
② He insisted that all of us (should) be there on time by any means.他坚持要我们大家想尽办法按时到那儿。
(11) command (命令) eg. The commission commanded that the work on the building should cease(停建).
(12) request (请求): eg. They requested that he (should) sing a song. 他们要求他唱一首歌。
(13) order (命令): eg.① He ordered that the students (should) wash the clothes every week by themselves.他要求学生 ( http: / / n. / xs / " \t "_blank )们每周都要自己洗衣服。
② He insists that he (should) do morning exercises every day.他坚持每天都要做早操。(要求)
(14) suggest (建议):eg.① The teacher suggested that we (should) clean the blackboard after class. 老师 ( http: / / n. / jstd / " \t "_blank )建议我们课后把黑板擦了。
② He suggested that I (should) stick to my decision.他建议我坚持自己的决定。(建议)
【典题练习】:
82. He suggested that we ___________TV on week nights.
A. don’t watch B. wouldn’t watch C. not watch D. not to watch
83. The lawyer asked the case _____________until next week.
A. be put off B. to be put off C. was put off D. should put off
84. The commander ordered the soldiers _____________here for the night.
A. stayed B. stay C. would stay D. had stayed
85. The teacher demanded that the exam __________before eleven.
A. must finish B. would be finished C. be finished D. must be finished
86. He insisted that he _____________me before. A. see B. should see C. had seen D. saw
87. Mother insisted that the child’s hands ____________before dinner.
A. should wash B. be washed C. would wash D. had washed
88. The young man insisted that he ___________nothing wrong and __________free.
A. do, set B. had done, should be set C. do, be set D. had done; must be set
89. Mother suggested that I ________my homework first before watching TV. A. did B. do C. shall do D. have done
90. They requested that he ____________on the radio. A. spoke B. speaks C. speak D. would speak
【注意】:
(1) insist 表示“坚称；主张”时，宾语从句要用陈述语气；
eg. ① She insisted that she had seen a thief climb into the house through the window. 她坚持说她曾看见一个小偷从窗口爬进了房间。
② He insisted that he was honest.他坚持认为自己是诚实的。
(2) 当 suggest 表示“表明；暗示”时，宾语从句也要用陈述语气。
eg. ① The smile on his face suggested that he had passed the exam. 他脸上的微笑表明他已通过了考试。
② The look on his face suggested that he was quite satisfied with what I had done for him.他的表情暗示出他对我为他所做的事非常满意。
【提示】：
一个坚持：insist 两个命令：order, command 三个建议：suggest, advise, propose 四个要: demand, require, ask, desire
【比较】：动词suggest和insist后面的宾语从句，应根据不同情况选用陈述语气或虚拟语气。
suggest作“建议”解时，用虚拟语气，作“使想起、暗示”解时，用陈述语气。insist作“坚决要求”解时，用虚拟语气，作“坚持认为”解时，用陈述语气。
eg. His silence suggested that he agreed with my decision.他的沉默暗示他赞同我的决定。(暗示)
eg. He insists that doing morning exercises does good to people's health. 他坚持认为做早操对健康有益。(强调)
C.表语从句和同位语从句的虚拟语气:
在表示建议、劝告、命令、要求、坚持(suggest, order , demand, propose, request , command , insist )等相关的名词后的表语从句和同位语从句中, 谓语动词要用“(should) + 动词原形” 虚拟语气结构。
eg. ① My advice is that you (should) practise speaking English as often as possible. 我的建议是你尽可能经常地练习说英语。
② The demand is that the composition (should) be written on one side only. 按照要求作文必须单面誊写。
③ It is my desire that all the members of the family (should) gather once a year. 我的愿望是所有家庭成员一年团圆一次。
④ The suggestion that education (should) be reformed is reasonable. 教育要改革的建议是合理的。
⑤ The order that we should reach the small village before daybreak came just now.
要求我们在天亮之前赶到小村庄的命令刚刚下达。(同位语从句)
⑥ The suggestion is that we (should) recite a passage each day.建议是我们每天应背诵一篇短文。(表语从句)
⑦ It is demanded that we (should) get everything ready by tonight.我们被要求今晚之前把一切都准备好。(主语从句)
⑧ My suggestion is that we (should) tell him.
⑨ The only request is that this (should) be settled as soon as possible.
⑩ There was a suggestion that Brown (should) be dropped from the team.
⑾ She rejected my suggestion that I (should) meet her.
⑿ The decision is that the meeting (should) not be put off.
⒀ An order has come that all the old houses (should) be put down.
必背：表示建议、劝告、命令等含义的名词常见的有:
@ advice 建议 @ demand 要求 @ desire 愿望 @ decision 决定 @ idea 意见 @ motion 提议
@ order 命令 @ proposal 提议 @ suggestion 建议 @ regulation 规章 @ request 请求 @ requirement 要求
【典题练习】:
91. The suggestion is that a hotel ____________at the foot of the mountain.
A. put up B. is put up C. should put up D. should be put up
92. The decision is that Mary _______________abroad. A. go B. goes C. should going D. would go
93. An order has come that English ____________in this school.
A. is taught B. will be taught C. should teach D. be taught
94. The teacher’s advice is that we ____________time.
A. don’t waste B. not waste C. not to waste D. will not waste
95. His proposal is that all the students____________ to see the film.
A. not to go B. not go C. didn’t go D. never to go
96. The teacher agreed to the suggestion that the students ____________two weeks to prepare for the exam.
A. give B. should give C. be given D. would be given
97. She rejected my suggestion that I ______________her.
A. shall marry B. should marry C. could marry D. ought to marry
98. I’m sorry that you _____________such a stupid mistake.
A. should make B. will make C. would have made D. should have made
99. The suggestion has been made ___________the basketball game ___________put off.
A. for; to B. that; be C. which; should be D. to; being
100. The order came that the medical supplies ___________to the village soon.
A. would be sent B. should send C. be sent D. must be sent
101. She made the demand that she __________at once. A. leave B. leaves C. left D. to be left
102. My suggestion was that the meeting __________off till next week.
A. to put B. be put C. should put D. be putting
III.定语从句的虚拟语气：
在It is (high) time (that) ...结构中，that定语从句的谓语动词用过去式或“ should + 动词原形”, 但 should 不能省略; 表示“到某人该做某事的时间了”。
eg.① It is time that the children went to bed. 到孩子们睡觉的时间了。 ② It’s time that we began our meeting. 是该开会的时候了。
③ It is high time that we began the meeting. 正是我们开会的时间了。
④ It is high time that we should tell him the truth. 是我们该告诉他真相的时候了。
【典题练习】:
103. It’s time she __________her clothes. A. will wash B. washed C. would wash D. wash
104. It’s high time we __________to school. A. go B. will go C. are going D. went
105. It’s high time that we ____________. A. get up B. are going to get up C. should get up D. shall get up
106. “What will you do during the summer holiday ” “I don’t know, but it’s high time ___________something.
A. I’m deciding B. I’ll decide C. I decided D. I decide
IV.并列句的虚拟语气：
在虚拟语气中，有时假设的情况并不是以条件状语从句的形式表示，而是通过相应的介词或连词来表示:
(1) but : 是并列连词, 引导并列句，表示转折。有时第一个分句用虚拟语气, 说明一件应该做而没有做成的事；第二个分句用直接陈述语气,说明一个事实，即对第一个分句加以说明。
eg. ① I could have gone to see him but I was too busy then.
② Helen would have graduated with her class, but she was seriously ill then.
③ I told him to go there himself, but perhaps I should have gone together with him. 我让他自己去那里，但也许我应该和他一道去。(连词but暗示条件)
【典题练习】:
107. I __________to the dance last night, but my father came.
A. went B. would go C. will have gone D. would have gone
108. He could have gone to work on time, but it ___________.
A. is pouring B. was pouring C. would be pouring D. will be pouring
109. She could have passed the exam, but she ___________ill at the time.
A. is B. would be C. was D. had been
110. I __________to the party last night, but my parents ____________.
A. could go; came B. could have gone; would come C. could have gone; came D. had gone; would have come
111. I would have come earlier, but I __________that you were waiting for me.
A. didn’t know B. hadn’t known C. would have known D. haven’t known
112. I would have invited her to the party, but I ___________her well.
A. don’t know B. didn’t know C. doesn’t know D. hadn’t known
113. I told Sally how to get here, but perhaps I ____________for her.
A. had to write it out B. must have written it out C. should have written it out D. ought to write it out
114. He _____________the test, but he wasn’t careful enough.
A. could have passed B. were able to pass C. must have passed D. might be able to pass
115. * A few minutes earlier and we ____________the train.
A. have caught B. had caught C. could have caught D. were to catch
116. I ________you some money, but I hadn’t any on me then.
A. would lend B. would have lent C. could lend D. may have lent
(2) or, otherwise, or else等连词引导的句子是并列句,第一个分句说明条件;常用直接陈述语气; 第二个分句说明相反的结果, 常译成 “不然”, “否则”, 常用虚拟语气。
eg. ① I got up early enough or I couldn’t have caught the first bus.
② She was ill, otherwise she would have been present at the meeting.
她病了，否则的话就会出席会议了。(条件通过连词otherwise or表示出来 If she had not been ill...)
③ Please cal before you come, otherwise we might go out.
④ He studied very hard last term, or else he couldn’t have passed the exam.
【典题练习】:
117. He worked very hard, or he __________his family.
A. couldn’t support B. can’t support C. won’t support D. couldn’t have supported
118. He ________up early, otherwise he would have missed the train. A. gets B. got C. would get D. would have got
119. Put on your raincoat, otherwise you ____________ wet. A. got B. get C. would get D. would have got
120. I was busy yesterday, otherwise I ____________your birthday party.
A. attended B. had attended C. would attend D. would have attended
121. “Why didn’t anyone ring me up “Sorry. I’ve lost your telephone number, otherwise I ____________long before.
A. had rung you up B. must have rung you up C. would have rung you up D. ought have rung you up
122. I’m glad I went over all my notes, otherwise ______________.
A. I may have failed B. I’d fail C. I’d have failed D. I’ll have failed
V.介词的虚拟语气：
(1) without : prep. 也可以引导虚拟语气, 相当于if引导的否定句, 条件暗含在短语中:
eg.① He would not get such a result without your help. 没有你的帮助，他就不会有今天的成果。(条件暗含在介词短语without your help中)
② Man couldn’t live without air or water. (= if there were no air or water.)
③ I would have failed without your help. (= if you hadn’t helped me.)
④ We would not have finished the word on time without your help (=if you had not helped us)
⑤ Without electricity life would be quite different today. (If there were no electricity…,)
(2) with: prep. 也可以引导虚拟语气, 相当于if引导的肯定句, 条件暗含在短语中:
eg. ① With all the work finished, I should have gone to the party last night. (= If all the work had been finished, …)
② What would you do with a million dollars (if you had a million dollars )
(3) but for (=without…): “如果不是…” + 名词，(but for…短语相当于一个虚拟条件句,因此，句中谓语动词也要用虚拟语气)。
eg. ① But for the rain, (if it had not been for the rain,) we would have finished the work
② But for you, I could not be recovered so soon. 要不是有你，我就不会恢复得这么快。
③ But for your help we couldn’t have succeeded in the experiment.
④ But for the snow we would have had a very pleasant journey. (=If there hadn’t been snow, we would have had a very pleasant journey.)
⑤ But for the great determination, he wouldn’t have got the new geography book. (=If the boy hadn’t had great …，)
⑥ But for your help, we couldn’t have finished the task in time. (= If you hadn’t helped us… tomorrow…) 要不是你的帮助，我们就不会按时完成任务。
【典题练习】:
123. He told me how he had given me shelter and protection without which I _____________of hunger.
A. would be died B. would have died C. would die D. will die
124. There __________be no life at all without the sun, air or water. A. will B. can C. shall D. would
125. Without your help, our team __________the last match. A. won’t win B. will lose C. wouldn’t have won D. can’t win
126. He ___________through the winter without her. A. can’t live B. couldn’t live C. can’t have lived D. wouldn’t have lived
127. Without electricity human life ___________quite different today. A. is B. will be C. would have lived D. would be
128. The boy _________ without my help. A. would fall over B. would have fallen over C. will fall over D. must fall over
129. But for the Party, he ____________of hunger 30 years ago. A. would have died B. would die C. must have died D. must die
130. But for the teacher, I _____________so much progress.
A. wouldn’t make B. wouldn’t have made C. haven’t made D. hadn’t made
131. But for your help, I ___________the work so soon.
A. can’t have finished B. can’t finish C. couldn’t have finished D. couldn’t finish
132. He is working hard for fear that he ________the exam. A. fails B. failed C. would fail D. fail
133. You ____________earlier. The bus left a moment ago.
A. would come B. should have come C. may come D. have come
VI.其他形式的虚拟语气:
A. 用于表示愿望的感叹句: 在表示祝愿的感叹句中，用动词原形，表示愿望。
eg. ① Long live the People's Republic of China! 中华人民共和国万岁！ ② May you be happy! 祝您快乐！
③ God bless you! 上帝保佑你！ ④Success attend you! 祝你成功！ ⑤The Lord save us! 愿主救我们！
B. 情态动词用于虚拟语气:
部分情态动词的过去形式(could, might, should, would), 可以用于非真实条件句以及其他结构中表示虚拟语气。
(1) 表示想像或猜测:
eg. ① If I could speak French, I would teach you. 如果我会说法语，我就能教你。(我不会，所以不能教你)
② If you phoned him right now, you might get the matter settled. 如果你现在给他打电话，你就可以把问题解决了。
③ There could be something wrong with the tape recorder. 这台录音机可能出毛病了。
④ He might have said so. 他可能这样说过。 ⑤ Could he have done such a foolish thing 他会做这样的傻事吗？
(2) 表示委婉或客气: 虚拟语气(could, would, might + 动词原形)可使说话者的口气变得委婉客气。
eg. ① You could answer this email for me. 你可以替我回这个电子邮件。
② Would you mind opening the window 劳驾把窗子打开, 好吗？
③ Could you leave me your telephone number and address 你能将电话号码和地址留给我吗？
④ You might as well put off the discussion till next week. 你们不妨把讨论推迟到下个星期。
比较: (1) would like to do : 愿意，想要 (2) would like to have done :本来想
eg. ① I would like (to have) a word with you.我想和你谈一谈。(现在想) ② I would like to have talked with you.我原本想和你谈一谈的。(没有谈成)
(3) 表示惋惜或责备
eg. ① Given more time, we could have done better. 如果给我们更多时间，我们能够干得更好些。(我们并没有得到更多的时间)
② You could have got up a little earlier！ 你完全可以早点儿起来！(实际上没有早起)
③ It was cold yesterday. I should have worn a heavy coat. 昨天很冷，我该穿件厚外套的。(但我没穿)
④ This wall shouldn't have been pained blue. 这墙不应该漆成蓝色。(但已漆了)
提示：当代英语一个显著的变化就是虚拟语气的使用越来越少, 许多该用虚拟语气的地方都用陈述语气代替。
eg. ① He suggested that I went to the hospital at once. 他建议我们立刻去医院。(原应用should go)
② We shall write down the address lest we forget. 我们要把地址记下来，以免忘记。(原应用should forget)
③ Imagine you are an astronaut. 设想你是个宇航员。(原应用were)
④ This same thing, happening in the past, would lead to a disaster.同样的事，如发生在过去，就会酿成大祸。(条件暗含在分词短语happening in the past中)
⑤ He must have been there, or he never could know the place so well.他一定是去过那儿，否则他绝不会对那个地方如此熟悉。(暗含条件是连词or)
情态动词复习中应该注意的几个方面： 1. can在否定句和疑问句中表示推测，may用在肯定句中表推测，表示“可能”。can not表示不可能，may not表示可能不。can用在肯定句中可以表示理论上的、客观上的可能性。 2. must有三方面的含义：必须；一定；偏偏，非得。 3. should表示按道理应该；也可以表示竟然、万一。 4. shall用在第一、三人称疑问句中，表示征询意见；用在第二、三人称陈述句中，表示命令、警告、允诺。 5. can, could表示“能力”，be able to表示经过一番努力，说明过程非常艰难。 6. will表示一种临时反应，be going to表示计划、打算，也可以表示按照迹象即将发生。 7. “情态动词＋have＋done”表示“过去”，“完成”，“虚拟”和“推测”的含义。高中阶段英语的虚拟语气应该把握以下几个方面： 1. if条件句中的虚拟语气。关键把握好主句和从句的动词的时态。若表示与过去事实相反或不一致，则从句中用had done，主句中用would have done（以would为例来说明）；若表示与现在的事实相反或不一致，则从句中用did / were, 主句中用would do；若表示与将来的虚拟，则从句谓语有三种形式：did / were; were to; should do，主句中用would do。had, should, were三个词可以提到从句的句首，直接放在if的位置上，其它部分不做任何改动。另外，同学们还得关注混合虚拟语气，也就是主句和从句在时间上并不一致，比如说从句表示的是与过去事实相反，而主句则表示与现在事实相反。 2、含有“建议、命令、要求”使用“should do”。我们不必考虑是什么从句，也不管表“建议、命令、要求”这些词语是什么词性，凡是句子当中包含了这三方面的含义，我们统统用“should do”来表示虚拟。因为，“建议、命令、要求”这些含义本身就表示一种虚拟，①在一些含有某些特殊形容词的主语从句中也使用“should do”虚拟语气。这些特殊形容词大体有necessary, natural, strange等。其中should往往翻译成“竟然”。 ②wish后边宾语从句的虚拟语气，若表示与现在事实相反或不一致，谓语动词使用did, be动词用were; 若表示与过去事实相反或不一致，则谓语动词使用had done。 4. 含有情态动词的虚拟语气。主要考查“情态动词＋have＋done”。综合以上几点，高考英语考查的虚拟语气大体分为以下四种： ① If条件句中的虚拟语气； ② 谓语动词用“should do”； ③ 谓语动词用“had done”表过去，用“did(were)”表示现在或将来的； ④含有情态动词的虚拟语气。
一、虚拟语气语法基础练习：
1. If I ____________where he lived， I _____________ a note to him.
A. knew, would B. had known, would have sent C. know, would send D. knew, would have sent
2. If they __________ earlier than expected， they ___________ here now.
A. had started，would be B. started, might be C. had started, would have been D. will start, might have been
3. I didn't know his telephone number. _________ it, I ___________ then.
A. Had I known, would ring him up B. Should I know, would have rung him up C. If I knew, would ring him up D. Had I known, would have rung him up
4. Mary is ill today. If she ___________, she __________ absent from school.
A. were not ill, wouldn't be B. had been ill, wouldn't have been C. had been ill, should have been D. hadn't been ill, could be
5. Were I to do it, I ___________ it some other way. A. will do B. would do C. would have done D. were to do
6. I _________ him the answer ___________ possible, but I was so busy then.
A. could tell, if it had been B. must have told, were it C. should have told, had it been D. should have told, should it be
7. Without your help, we______________ so much.
A. won't achieve B. didn't achieve C. don't achieve D. wouldn't have achieved
8. You didn't take his advice. ________ his advice, you ________ such a mistake.
A. Had you taken, wouldn't have made B. If you had taken, would make
C. Were you lo take, shouldn't have made D. Have you taken, won't have made
9. We wish we _________ what you did when we were at high school. A. did B. could have done C. have done D. should do
10. She wishes she ___________ to the theatre last night. A. went B. would go C. had gone D. were going
11. Tom is very short now. His mother wishes that he __________ be tall when he grows up.
A. could B. should C. would D. were able to
12. My sister advised me that I ____________ accept the invitation. A. could B. must C. should D. might
13. He asks that he __________ an opportunity to explain why he's refused to go there.
A. is given B. must give C. should give D. be given
14. Do you think of Wang Fang's suggestion that he ___________ Mr. Li to the party
A. will invite B. have invited C. is invited D. invite
15. I insisted that he ____________ at once. A. be gone B. go C. would D. might go
16. Li Ming insisted that he ____________ anything at all.
A. hadn't stolen B. shouldn't steal C. doesn't steal D. steal
17. It is quite natural that my coming late again ____________ them very angry.
A. had made B. would make C. makes D. make
18. He acted as if he ____________everything in the world. A. knew B. knows C. has known D. won't know
19. Read it aloud so that I ___________ you clearly. A. may hear B. will hear C. hear D. have heard
20. They got up early in order that they ____________ they first train.
A. caught B. will catch C. might catch D. shall catch
21. I am sorry that he ________ in such poor health. A. are B. shall be C. were D. should be
22. That is a good book. You_________ it yesterday. A. could buy B. should buy C. should have bought D. bought
23. It is high time we ___________ home. A. will go B. would go C. have gone D. went
24. I'd rather that you _____________ home. A. went B. have gone C. will go D. had gone
25. If only I _____________ to the lecture！ A. listen B. will listen C. am listening D. had listened
26. ----If he__________, he __________ that food. ---- Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.
A. was warned, would not take B. had been warned, would not have taken
C. would be warned, had not taken D. would have been warned, had not taken
27. I didn't see your sister at the meeting. If she _______________, she would have met my brother.
A. has come B. did come C. came D. had come
28. Without electricity, human life ____________ quite different today. A. is B. will be C. would have been D. would be
29. He __________ you more help, even though he was very busy.
A. might have given B. might give C. may have given D. may give
30. If city noises _____________ from increasing, people ______________ shout to be heard even at the dinner table 20 years from now.
A. are not kept, will have to B. are not kept, have to C. do not keep, will have to D. do not keep, have to
31. Mike's father, as well as his mother, insisted that he ___________ home.
A. stayed B. could stay C. has stayed D. stay
32. Mr. Smith insisted that he ____________ the work all. A. had done B. have done C. did D. so
33. Jane would never have gone to the party _______________ that Mary would come to see her.
A. has she known B. had she known C. if she know D. if she has known
34. If you had enough money, what ____________？
A. will you buy B. would you buy C. would you have bought D. will you have bought
35. If you ____________ that film late last night, you wouldn't be so sleepy.
A. didn't see B. haven't seen C. wouldn't have seen D. hadn't seen
36. Our monitor requested that _______________.
A. all the class studied more carefully the problem B. the problem was more carefully studied
C. with great care the problem could be studied D. all the class study the problem more carefully
37.---- Would you have called her up had it been possible？----Yes, but I __________ busy doing my homework.
A. was B. were C. had been D. would be
38. His tired face suggested that he _________ really tired after the long walk.
A. had been B. was C. be D. should be
39. It is important that we ___________.
A. shall close the window before we leave B. will close the window before we leave
C. must close the window before we leave D. close the window before we leave
40. I didn't know his telephone number, otherwise I ______________ him.
A. had telephoned B. would telephone C. would have telephoned D. telephone
41. The teacher demanded that the exam ____________ before eleven.
A. must finish B. would be finished C. be finished D. must be finished
42. She made the demand that the journalists _____________ at once ____________ Iraq.
A. leave; for B. leave; to C. left; to D. to be left; for
43. He is talking so much about America as if he _____________ there.
A. had been B. has been C. was D. has gone
44. The young man insisted that he ___________ nothing wrong and ____________ free.
A. did; set B. had done; should be set C. should do; be set D. had done; must be set
45. I suggested there ____________ be a kind of language all could understand and use _____________.
A. can; it B. /; / C. would; it D. may; /
46. The suggestion has been made ___________ the basketball game ___________ put off.
A. for; to B. that; be C. which; should be D. to; being
47. The order came that the medical supplies _______________ to Beijing for the Sars soon.
A. would be sent B. should send C. be sent D. must be sent
48. It is important that we ___________ wild animals. A. will protect B. should protect C. shall protect D. are protecting
49. Had you listened to the doctor, you _________ all right now. A. are B. were C. would be D. would have been
50. ____________ any change about the date, please tell me immediately.
A. Will there be B. Should there be C. There will be D. There should be
51. ____________ today, he would get there by Friday.
A. Would he leave B. Was he leaving C. Were he to leave D. If he leave
52. Should it rain, the crops _____________.
A. would be saved B. would have been saved C. will be saved D. had been saved
53. You ______________ come earlier. The bus left a moment ago. A. would B. should have C. may D. have
54. He treated me as though/as if ___________ his own son. A. I am B. I would be C. I was D. I were
55. I __________ you some money, but I hadn’t any on me then. A. would lend B. would have lent C. could lend D. may have lent
56. A few minutes earlier and we ___________ the rain. A. have caught B. had caught C. could have caught D. were to catch
57. ---- “Have you ever been to Beijing ” ---- “No, but I wish I _________” A. have B. will C. do D. had
58. I’m glad I went over all my notes; otherwise ___________. A. I may have failed B. I’d fail C. I’d have failed D. I’ll have failed
59. ---- “What will you do during the summer holiday ”---- “I don’t know, but it’s high time ___________ something.”
A. I’m deciding B. I’ll decide C. I decided D. I decide
60. What should we do if it _________ tomorrow A. should snow B. would snow C. snow D. will snow
61. If only I _________ my watch! A. hadn’t lost B. haven’t lost C. didn’t lost D. don’t lose
62. You _________ such a serious mistake if you had followed his advice.
A. may not make B. might not make C. shouldn’t have made D. might not have made
63. We ______________ the work on time without your help.
A. hadn’t had finished B. didn’t have finished C. couldn’t have finished D. can’t have finished
64. ---- “Where have you been ” ---- “I got caught in traffic; otherwise _____________ sooner.”
A. I would be here B. I have been here C. I had been here D. I would have been here
65. If it were not for the fact that you ________________ ill, I would ask you to do this right now.
A. were B. had been C. are D. should be
66. ----I’ve bought a box of chocolates for our daughter. ----Oh, how good a dad! But she doesn’t like sweet things, __________that
A. Don’t you know B. Haven’t you known C. Didn’t you know D. Hadn’t you known
67. ----Have you decided already ----Yes, I __________at once.
A. have decided B. decided C. will decide D. had decided
68. Glad to see you back. How long _________in Russia
A. did you stay B. have you stayed C. were you staying D. have you been staying
69. He works in a factory now, but he ___________ on a farm for 20 years.
A. worked B. has worked C. had worked D. had been working
70. Where on earth have you been We __________ you back much earlier.
A. were expecting B. are expecting C. had expected D. expect
71. ----I beg your pardon! ----Oh, you __________ to me carefully just now!
A. didn’t B. haven’t listened C. don’t listen D. weren’t listening
72. ----Mr. White didn’t come last night, did he ----No. We ______________.
A. had waited B. have been waiting C. were waiting D. had been waiting
73. ----Could you take a message for Mr. Green ----Certainly. I ________ him about something at any case, so it _______ may other.
A. may see; isn’t B. see; won’t be C. will see; isn’t D. will be seeing; won’t be
74. ---Who is the old man talking with your teacher ---I don’t know. I ______________ him before.
A. was never seeing B. had never seen C. never saw D. wouldn’t see
75. I can guess you were in a hurry. You ____________ your sweater inside out.
A. had worn B. wore C. are wearing D. were wearing
76. Going out for tea with friends _________ increasingly popular during the past twenty years.
A. becomes B. became C. has become D. had become
77. As far as we know, Tom spends at least as much time watching TV as he ______________.
A. does writing B. writes C. writing D. does to write
78. ----I hope you enjoyed the film last night. ----How on earth do you know I went to a film I __________ you.
A. won’t tell B. didn’t told C. haven’t told D. don’t tell
79. Turn off the tap please. The water __________. A. was wasted B. wastes C. is wasting D. is wasted
80. ----I thought I asked you to fix the radio. ----Oh, I’m sorry. I _________ it right away.
A. am to do B. will do C. was about to do D. am going to do.
81. ----The farmer president was caught at last. ----Really Where ____________ himself
A. had hidden B. has he hidden C. was he hidden D. has he been hiding
82. He suggested that the meeting _____ put off. A. not be B. should not C. wouldn’t D. be not
83. What would have happened if you _______ her child
A. hadn’t helped B. couldn’t help C. wouldn’t help D. didn’t help
84. It is strange that he __________ so. A. thinks B. think C. thought D. will think
85. If I ______ with her last summer, I ______ with her now.
A. worked…am getting on very well B. had worked…would get on very well
C. had worked… would have got on very well D. had worked…will get on very well
86. I wish I ___ _____ my uncle yesterday. A. met B. have met C. would meet D. had met
87. The old professor gave orders that the experiment _________ before 6.
A. was finished B. will finish C. be finished D. shall be finished
88. It’s high time he _____ h高中英语语法词法知识讲解--------动词的概述：
一、动词的定义和特征：
1.动词的定义：动词是表示动作或状态的词。 eg. walk, play, sleep, live, like, know, consist, resemble (相似)等。
2. 动词的特征：动词和名词、代词一样，也有人称和数的变化，谓语动词的人称和数一般必须与主语的人称和数一致。英语
动词是词类中最复杂的一种，它的主要语法特征是：
1) 时态(tense): 十六种时态； 2) 语态(voice): 两种语态； 3) 语气(mood): 两种语气； 4) 体 (aspect): 动态与静态。
二、动词的分类： (1) 及物动词 (transitive verb) + 宾语： eg. John Ford himself opened the door to me.
1. 实义动词(行为动词): (2) 不及物动词(intransitive verb) ： eg. The car stopped.
动词的分类： 2. 连系动词(link verb)：连系动词是一个表示谓语关系的动词 + 表语 eg. It is not late. / The dish smells good.
3. 助动词( auxiliary verb)：助动词本身无词汇意义，不能单独作谓语。它们有do, be, have, shall(should, will(would)等。
4. 情态动词(model verb)：情态动词词义不完全，在句中不能单独作谓语，只能和实义动词一起构成谓语；
它们有shall, should, will, would, can, could, may, might, must, dare, need, ought to等。
5. 短语动词(phrasal verb)：短语动词是一个固定短词组，由动词加介词或副词等构成，起作用相当于一个动词。
eg.① The plane took off at seven sharp. ② Put out your cigarettes. ③ I don’t care for Helen’s new curtain.
④ The gang robbed her of her necklace. ⑤ We are all looking forward to your party on Saturday.
三、动词的基本形式： 现将五种基本形式举例列表如下：
1.原形： 原形 第三人称单数现在式 过去式 过去分词 现在分词
2.第三人称单数 work works worked worked working
英语动词五种基本形式： 3.现在分词： write writes wrote written writing
4.过去式： have has had had having
5.过去分词： do does did done doing
常见不规则动词的变化一览表：
原形 过去式 过去分词 原形 过去式 过去分词 原形 过去式 过去分词
burst knit hold
cast hear lay
cost hide keep
cut hang kneel
forecast bend lead
hit bind lean
hurt bleed learn
let breed leave
put bring light
set build mean
shed buy make
shit catch pay
shut hold rend
get creep say
spread deal seek
trust dig sell
bet bet/betted bet/betted feed send
bid bid/bade bid/bade, bidden fight see
destroy weep lie
原形 过去式 过去分词 原形 过去式 过去分词 原形 过去式 过去分词
shine win shake
shoot wind show
sit wring shrive
sleep arise sow
slide awake speak
smell bear spring
speed begin steal
spell blow strive
spill break swear
stick choose swim
stand drink take
strike do tear
sweep eat throw
teach fly wake
tell forbid weave
think forget write
know give come
overthrow go become
ring grow run
rise regret study
高中英语语法词法知识讲解--------助动词
一.概念: 什么是助动词？助动词是帮助主要动词构成各种时态,语态,语气以及否定或疑问结构的动词, 助动词分为时态助
动词和结构助动词两种。
二、特点：
1)助动词自身没有词义，不可单独使用。 eg. He doesn't like English. 他不喜欢英语。 (doesn't是助动词，无词义；like是主要动词，有词义。)
2)助动词协助主要动词完成以下功用，可以用来：
a. 表示时态， eg.①He is singing. 他在唱歌。 ②He has got married. 他已结婚。
b. 表示语态， eg. He was sent to England. 他被派往英国。
c. 构成疑问句， eg. Do you like college life 你喜欢大学生活吗？
d. 与否定副词not合用，构成否定句，eg. I don't like him. 我不喜欢他。
e. 加强语气， eg. He did know that. 他的确知道那件事。
f. 最常用的助动词有：be, have, do, shall, will, should, would
A.半助动词
在功能上介乎主动词和助动词之间的一类结构，称为半助动词。常见的半助动词有be about to, be due to, be going to, be likely to, be
meant to, be obliged to, be supposed to, be willing to, have to, seem to, be unable to, be unwilling to等。......
B.情态助动词
1.情态助动词包括will(would), shall(should), can(could), may(might), must, need, dare, ought to, used to, had better后接原形不定式。
2.情态助动词不受主语的人称和数的限制。
3.两个情态助动词不能连用。 中文:他将能够及时完成此事。 (误)He will can finish it in time.
C.基本助动词
基本助动词: 基本助动词只有三个：be, do, have, 他们没有词汇意义，只有语法作用，如协助构成进行体，完成体，被动态，否定句，疑问句等。
汉语中只有助词，而没有助动词。这又是英汉两种语言的一大差别。英语的助动词，就是起辅助作用的动词，本身没有独立
的词义，不能单独做谓语，在句子中只起语法作用，和实意动词一起构成谓语(叫复合谓语)，表达否定，疑问，时态，
语态和其他语法关系。其基本形式和作用如下表：
原形 现在式 过去式 过去分词 现在分词 作用
be am, is, are was, were been being 构成各种进行时态和被动语态
have have / has had 　had 　having 构成各种完成时态
do does/ do did 　done doing 构成疑问、否定句，加强语气、代替前面相同的动词
shall shall should / / 构成各种将来时态
will will would / / 构成各种将来时态
三、助动词的分类：
按结构分：时态助动词和结构助动词
时态助动词有：be(am, is, are; was, were),have(has, had),will(would)和shall(should)和主动词一起构成各种时态、语态和语气。
结构助动词：do(does, did),本身无词义，它仅为无助动的动词提供助动词，构成疑问结构和否定结构。
四、助动词具体用法：时态助动词同主动词一起构成十六种时态和十种被动语态结构。
注意：被动语态没有完成进行时和将来进行时态
(一)、助动词be的用法
助动词be有八种形式:
原形现在时过去时过去分词-ing式（现在分词）beam第一人称单数。I am…wasbeenbeingis第三人称单数。He is …, She is …, It is …are第二人称单数和复数。you are… ,they are…were注意:①它们的肯定、否定、缩略形式。第一人称的反意疑问句的句尾中用aren’t I ,极少用amn’t I 或ain’t I
②be的现在词和过去分词的否定形式是在前加not being和not been它们没有缩略形式。
1. be + 现在分词，跟现在分词构成各种进行时态：eg. We are playing video games on TV last night.昨晚我们在电视上玩电子游戏。
2. be + 过去分词，跟过去分词构成被动语态： eg. He’s not respected by the press.他们不受报界的尊重。
注意：be+过去分词”不一定都是被动语态，有时可能是系表结构，两者主要区别是：被动语态表示以主语为承受者的动作；
而系表结构则表示主语的特点或所处的状态。
3. be(am, is, are)+ 动词不定式，可表示下列内容：
a. 用现在时表示最近、未来的计划或安排，说明： 这种用法也可以说成是一种将来时态表达法。
eg. He is to go to New York next week. 他下周要去纽约。
b.表示命令， eg. You are to explain this.　对此你要做出解释。
c.征求意见， eg. Who is to go there 　谁该去那儿呢？
d.表示相约、商定，eg. We are to meet at the school gate at seven tomorrow morning.　我们明天早晨7点在校门口集合。
(二)、助动词have的用法:
助动词have的五种形式：
类别肯定否定缩略否定 1) have +过去分词，构成完成时态。原形havehave not haven'teg. He has left for London.　他已去了伦敦。'veve not2) have + been +现在分词，构成完成进行时。现在式第三称单数hashas nothasn'teg. I have been studying English for ten years.'ss not我一直在学英语，已达十年之久。过去式hadhad nothadn't3) have+been +过去分词，构成完成式被动语态。'dd noteg. English has been taught in China for many years.现在分词havingnot having无中国教英语已经多年。过去分词had无无(三)、助动词do的用法：结构助动词do三种形式：
类别肯定否定缩略否定原形dodo notdon't现在式第三称单数doesdoes notdoesn't过去式diddid notnot didn't
1.帮助构成实意动词一般现在时和一般过去时的疑问式和否定式：
eg.①Do you know John 你认识约翰吗？ ②Mary didn’t come to see me yesterday.玛丽昨天没来看我。
③You like this picture, don’t you 你喜欢这张画，不是吗
2.代替前面已经提到过的动词，避免重复：
eg.①---Do you smoke –Yes, I do. —你抽烟吗？-是的，我抽。 ② I smoke. So does he. 我抽烟。他也抽。
③He doesn’t like it. Neither do I. 他不喜欢，我也不。
3.帮助加强谓语动词的语气，该do、does或did要重读;did加强过去时谓语动词语气时，这个谓语动词要用原形。
eg.①I do like you.我真的喜欢你。 ②She / He does like you.她/他确实喜欢你。
③She / They / We did go swimming yesterday.她/他们/我们昨天确实去游泳了。
另外：如果谓语中有助动词或情态动词，要加强语气时就能用do的各种形式来强调，一般方法是把需要强调的词全用大写字母来书写。
一般祈使句前面加助动词do构成肯定的强语势祈使句，末尾加感叹号。第二人称祈使句强调语气有两种其它形式：
1) 用never代替don’t. 2)主语you不省略或不加呼语。eg. Find yourself someone else to shout at.你跟别人喊去！
当谓语动词前有否定意义的副词（never, seldom, hardly, rarely, scarcely等）时，起强调作用的助动词(do, does, did)要加在该动词前
面而不是加在副词的前面。eg. He seldom does come late.他的确极少迟到。
注意：be, have, do 都能做实意动词用：
eg. ①These are computers.这些是计算机。 ②We’re having breakfast.我们正在吃早饭。③I did some washing last night.我昨晚洗了衣服。4.构成否定祈使句，说明： 构成否定祈使句只用do，不用did和does。
eg. ①Don't go there.　不要去那里。 ②Don't be so absent-minded.　不要这么心不在焉。
5. 用于倒装句。eg. Never did I hear of such a thing.　我从未听说过这样的事情。
说明：引导此类倒装句的副词有never, seldom, rarely, little, only, so, well等。
(四)、助动词shall和will的用法:
1. 助动词shall/will构成一般将来时；should/would构成过去将来时。
eg.①We shall/will be rich, if we succeed.我们将很富有，如果我们成功的话。
②They will be rich, if they succeed.他们将很富有，如果他们成功的话。
③They said they would be rich, if they succeeded. 他们说他们将很富有，如果他们成功的话。
2. shall 用在第一、三人称作主语的疑问句中，来征求意见，表示“要不要……”。
eg.①Shall I go now 要我现在就走吗？②Shall the reporters wait outside or what 要记者们在外面等还是怎样？
3. shall 用于所有人称，表示说话人的决心、保证、许诺、威胁、警告、命令等强烈的感情。
eg.①You shall have an answer by tomorrow. 到了明天，你会得到答复的。 ②The enemy shall not pass. 决不允许敌人过去。
③The ceremony shall not be postponed/put off. 仪式不会推迟的。
4. would 可以表示过去的习惯，类似used to:
eg.He would come to see me on Sunday when he was here. 他在这里的时候，星期天就来看我。
5. will可以表示“愿意、肯、会、固执”等意义，而非将来:
eg.I will pay you for it. 我会付给你钱买下它的。
6. will可以表示倾向、习惯（总是会，老是等意思），在否定句中可以表示“不肯、不能”等意思:
eg. ①Boys will be boys. 男孩子总归是男孩子。 ②Oil and water will not mix. 油和水是不会混合在一起的。
③This machine won’t work.这台机器不工作了/坏了。 ④These things will happen. 这样的事情总是会发生的。
五、再论助动词：
(一) be，have和do（主要的助动词）
1. 在否定句和疑问句中，be与do的用法遵从助动词的下列规则：
否定句中，助动词+not：eg. ①He isn′t coming．他不来了。 ②It did not matter．没关系。
疑问句中，主语+助动词： eg. ①Was he waiting？他当时在等吗？ ②Does she see us？她看到我们了吗？
2. have 在疑问句及否定句中的位置一般与助动词相同： eg. Has he(got )to go？他一定得走吗？
但有时也用do／did形式： eg. Does he have to go？他一定得走吗
3. be与带to的动词不定式连用： eg. They are to wait for us at the station．他们将在车站等我们。
have后也可接带to的动词不定式，但有两种结构除外。do与不带to的不定式（即动词原形）连用：eg. Did he write？他写信了吗？
4. be，have和do作助动词使用时，需要带分词或不定式，但在答句或评语等中常省略。
eg.—Have you seen it？—你看见了吗？—Yes，I have(seen it)．—是的，(我看见了)。
5. 在be，have和do作普通动词使用而有自己本身的意思，如have有“拥有”的意思、do有“干／从事”的意思等时，
它们只能是句子中唯一的动词：eg.①He is lazy．他很懒惰。②He has no job．他没有工作。 ③He does nothing．他什么事也不干。
在这种情况下，do与助动词do／did连用：eg. What do you do in the evening？你一般晚上做什么？
have可以用两种方法进行变化，即用助动词do／did或不用：eg. Have you(got)time？／Do you have time？你有空吗？
(二)、can，could，may，might，must，ought，will，would，shall和should 是情态动词，也称情态助动词。
1.情态动词的第三人称单数后不加s： eg.I must我必须 / he must他必须/ I can我可以/ he can他可以
2.它们在构成否定形式和疑问形式时均遵循助动词的规则：eg. will not… / ought not…/ will he… /ought he…？
3.它们没有真正的过去时态。情态动词有四种过去形式，即could，might，should和would，但用途有限。
4.情态动词没有不定式或分词形式，所以不能用于进行时态。
5.除ought之外其他情态动词后一律跟不带to的动词不定式(即动词原形)：eg. You should pay./You ought to pay.你应该付钱。
情态动词后面应带动词原形(而非分词等)，但有时该动词可省略；
eg.—Can you understand？—你明白吗？—Yes，I can(understand)．—是的(，我明白)。
(三)、need，dare和used（半情态动词）
1.当need和dare作助动词时，可遵循情态动词的句式，后面跟不带to的动词不定式：eg. He need not wait．他不用等。
但也可与do／did形式连用，这时后面要接带to的动词不定式：
eg.①He doesn′t dare to interrupt．他不敢插嘴。 ②They didn′t need to wait．他们不需要等。
注意：need和dare也可作普通动词用，有词形变化，并可与分词连用：
eg.①He needs help．他需要帮助。 ②They dared me to jump．他们激将我，要我跳下去。
2. used有时说成used to，只指过去的事。它的否定式和疑问式常常遵循助动词的规则：eg.I used not／usedn′t to go．我一向不去。
虽然严格来讲used不带不定式，但经常可以听到didn′t use to 和did he／she等+use to？的形式。
六、分析助动词和情态动词的异同：
相同点：(1)都可构成疑问句，并且都能用在肯定或否定的简略式回答中。
eg. Was the car going beyond the speed limit 小车是否在超速行驶？Yes, it was.是的，在超速行驶。
(2)都可与not连用构成否定句。 eg. At first, it didn’t sell very well.起初，它的销路不好。
(3)都能构成反意疑问句。 eg. You didn’t let me drive, did you 你没有让我开车，对吗？
(4)都可以在so……或 neither(nor)……句型 中，代替前面的动词（短语）。
eg. You can’t do it, nor can I, nor can anybody else.你不能那样做，我也不能，任何人都不能。
不同点：谓语中只能有一个情态动词，但可有多个助动词。eg. He was being trained to be a doctor.他当时正接受培训，要成为一名医生。
七、助动词巩固练习:
1.If it is fine tomorrow, we ___________ a football match. A. have B. will have C. has D. shall has
2.When he was at school, he ______early and take a walk before breakfast. A. will rise B. shall rise C. should rise D. would rise
3.In the past 30 years China _________ great advances in the socialist revolution and socialist construction.
A. has made B. have made C. had made D. having made
4.I __________ go to bed until I _________ finished my work. A. don’t; had B. didn’t; have C. didn’t; had D. don’t; have
5._________you think he _________back by dinner time
A. Do; have come B. Did; will have come C. Does; will come D. Do; will have come
6.He said that he dropped his bag when he ________for the bus. A. was runing B. was running C. were running D. is running
7.No sooner _________he arrived home than he _________to start on another journey.
A. has; was asked B. have; were asked C. had; is asked D. had; was asked
8.“_________you give me a room for the night ” I asked on arriving at the hotel. A. Should B. Can C. Might D. May
9.There are nine of them, so _________ get into the car at the same time.
A. they may not at all B. all they may not C. they can’t all D. all they can’t
10.“We didn’t see him at the lecture yesterday.” “He _________ it.”
A. mustn’t attend B. cannot have attended C. would have not attended D. needn’t have attended
11.“You realize that you were driving at 100 mph, don’t you ” “No, officer. I_________. This car can’t do more than 80.”
A. didn’t need to be B. may not have been C. couldn’t have been D. needn’t have been
12.He was a good runner so he ________escape from the police. A. might B. succeeded to C. would D. was able to
13.If they _________, our plan will fall flat.
A. are co-operating B. had not co-operated C. won’t co-operate D. didn’t co-operate
14.I hoped _________ my letter.
A. her to answer B. that she would answer C. that she answers D. her answering
15.He _________ live in the country than in the city. A. prefers B. likes to C. had better D. would rather
16._________ to see a film with us today A. Did you like B. Would you like C. Will you like D. Have you liked
17.I’m sorry, but I had no alternative. I simply _________what I did.
A. must do B. had to do C. ought to have done D. have to do
18.“Time is running out,_________ ”
A. hadn’t we better got start B. hadn’t we better get start C. hadn’t we better get started D. hadn’t we better not started
19.No one _________that to his face. A. dares say B. dares saying C. dare say D. dare to say
20.The students in the classroom ________not to make so much noise. A. need B. ought C. must D. dare
21.You _________ last week if you were really serious about your work.
A. ought to come B. ought to be coming C. ought have come D. ought to have come
22.The elephants ought _________hours ago by the keepers.
A. to be fed B. to feed C. to being fed D. to have been fed
23.“I wonder why they’re late.” “They _______the train.”
A. can have missed B. could miss C. may have missed D. might miss
24.“Tom graduated from college at a very young age.” “He ________have been an outstanding student.”
A. must B. could C. should D. might
25.You __________ the examination again since you had already passed it.
A. needn’t have taken B. didn’t need to take C. needn’t take D. mustn’t take
26.He is really incompetent! The letter __________ yesterday.
A. should be finished typing B. must be finished typing C. must have finished typing D. should have been finished typing
27.The boy told his father that he would rather ________an astronaut. A. become B. to become C. becoming D. became
28.When we reached the station, the train had still not arrived; so we ________.
A. needed not to hurry B. needn’t have hurried C. need not to have hurried D. didn’t need to hurry
29.Since your roommate is visiting her family this weekend, __________you like to have dinner with us tonight
A. will B. won’t C. wouldn’t D. do
30.He was afraid what he had done ________a disastrous effect on his career. A. might have B. could be C. have been D. shall be
31. _______ you ready A. Are B. Have C. Will D. Can
32. _______ here early A. Will he B. Was he C. Did he be D. Were he
33. I _______ happy about the price of eggs. A. am't B. am not C. do not D. won't
34. Since last year I________ him only once. A. have seen B. have been seeing C. see D. was seeing
35. Donald __________ sixteen tomorrow. A. is being B. going to be C. shall be D. will be
36. I ________ the story at all. A. don't like B. like C. am fond of D. would like
37. I would rather __________ than play now. A. to study B. am studying C. study D. studied
38. I'd rather you __________anything about it for the time being. A. do B. didn't do C. don't D. didn't
39. The car ________much money. A. not cost B. not have cost C. isn't cost D. didn't cost
40. I _______ like to eat fish. A. am B. have C. do D. be
41. __________ repeat the question A. Shall I B. Will I C. Would you like that I D. Do you want that I
42. My teacher knows more than _______. A. my uncle knows B. my uncle does C. they know D. they don't know
43. He _________to meet us at the station, but didn't see us. A. did go B. did went C. goes D. had
44. Not only ________us light. A. does the sun give B. the sun gives C. gives the sun D. the sun does give
45. ________ you tell me what has happened A. May B. Must C. Can D. Could
46. Anne __________tomorrow. A. can sing B. can to sing C. is going sing D. going to sing
47. You ________hand it in at once, you may hand it in tomorrow. A. needn't B. may not C. can't D. must not
48. Tell the boy that he should______in the river. A. swims B. swim C. swimming D. to swim
49. Joan ________play on Saturday. A. going to B. can C. is going D. can to
50. Susan and I can go to the lecture ____________.
A. but neither can Charles B. and so Charles can C. but Charles can't D. and Charles also can
高一英语语法习题精炼：
1. I don’t think Mary and Sue __________before, ______________
A. have met; haven’t they B. have met; have they C. have seen; do I D. have seen; don’t they
2. “Who is the beautiful woman over there ” “Do you ____________the tall one by the window ”
A. find B. point C. ask D. mean
3. As your spoken English gets better, ______________your written English.
A. so does B. so will C. such does D. such will
4. If you don’t go, _____________ I A. so do B. so will C. nor do D. neither shall
5. Parents aren’t always able to _________their children’s need. A. make B. meet C. get D. take
6. Swimming is always ____________to Bob. I always find him ___________in it.
A. interested; interesting B. interesting; interesting C. interested; interested D. interesting; interested
7. They study in _______________a school but in _____________.
A. a same, a different grade B. the same; different grades C. same; different grade D. that same; the different grades
8. It’s getting late. We must be off now. Which of the following can’t replace the underlined part
A. begin B. be leaving C. start D. go
9. I still remember being taken for the first time _____________a rainy evening to the village where my mother was born.
A. in B. at C. on D. during
10. ___________the beginning of the meeting, we heard a report by Comrade Zhao. A. By B. In C. At D. On
11. “Jack is a hardworking boy.” “_______________.”
A. So is he B. Nor is he C. So he is D. Neither he is
12. Could you tell us something about ____________time of your summer holidays
A. the happier B. happy C. happier D. the happiest
13. My letter _________my parents this morning was ____________my study at school.
A. for; on B. to; about C. for; about D. to; for
14. Tom studied harder this term. _____________he has made great progress in his lessons.
A. As a result B. After all C. By the way D. In stead
15. How do you find ____________to work with him A. this B. that C. it D. yourself
16. We had plenty of food ___________not much water. A. and B. but C. because D. or
17. The Smiths like to eat ___________. They have a nice _____________garden in front of their house.
A. vegetables; vegetables B. vegetable; vegetable C. vegetable; vegetables D. vegetables; vegetable
18. Please read the passage fast to ____________.
A. have an idea B. find a good idea C. get a general idea D. make an idea
19. It’s nice _____________me with my lessons.
A. of you to help B. for you to help C. of you helping D. for you helping
20. Which of the following sentences is different from the others in meaning
A. He’s sure to come and see you. B. I’m sure that he will come and see you
C. I’m sure of his coming to see you. D. He’s sure that he’ll come to see you.
21. __________the end of the story, the two young people met again and got married.
A. At B, In C. By D.
山东省青岛市2010届高三教学质量统一检测 英语
1. I was told that __________________10:15 flight would take us to Shanghai in time to reach _________________Fudan University.
A. the; 不填 B. the; a C. a; the D. 不填; the
2. Isn't it lovely to think that I myself on the sunny beach tomorrow at this time？ A. will enjoy B. am enjoying C. will be enjoying D. shall enjoy
3. I'm interested in a one-bed room. Do you have any ________________？A. convenient B. available C. possible D. personal
4 . — Why isn't Cathy here yet — She ______________to be picked up at the station. A. could wait B. must wait C. might be waiting D. can be waiting
5.Who can tell me if there is a bookstall around ________________I can buy a latest magazine
A. where B. which C. that D. what
6. Miss Jones once _________________music at Bardon School for years and now is an actress.
A. has taught B. taught C. had taught D. teaches
7. The public ________________of the environmental problem will make the government take it seriously.
A. awareness B. revolution C. existence D. evidence
8. Will you see to that my birds are well looked after while I am away A. them B. yourself C. it D. me
9. I have no dreams to have a happy life. A. rather than B. more than C. other than D. less than
10. — Who should be responsible for the accident — The boss, not the workers. They just carry the orders .
A. as told B. as are told C. as telling D. as they told
11. His explanation was so clear that everyone could understand it with .
A. possibly the least effort B. the least effort possibly C. the possible least effort D. the least possible effort
12. Not having worked out the problem, leave the office.
A. so he was not allowed to B. and he didn't want to C. the teacher couldn't make him D. he couldn't free himself to
13. Is it a wonder that little cells can store 　much energy
A. so; so B. so; such C. such; such D. such; so
14.— How could you your friend so easily — She is the kind of person who in a crowd.
A. pick out; stands out B. make out; stands for C. take out; stands by D. bring out; stands aside
15. He said that doing part-time jobs did no good to students, but few his view. A. agreed B. permitted C. shared D. nodded
山西阳泉市、大同市、晋中市2010届高三三校联考英语
1. Wouldn't it be ______ wonderful world if all nations lived in ________ peace with one another
A. a ; / B. the ; / C. a; the D. the; the
2. However ________ they are designed, pens should function as a tool to write with. A. differ B. difference C. different D. differently
3. Saying “hello” to somebody today can_____a new friend tomorrow. A. hand in B. result in C. lie in D. lead in
4.—I'm sorry I broke the glass. —_________. A. I see B. No problem C. Forget it D. You’re welcome
5.--- Where is Jack I can’t find him anywhere. --- He ______ his homework upstairs.
A. might have done B. must have done C. might be doing D. must do
6.—_________ Betty this morning — Not yet, but she is sure to be here before noon.
A. Did you see B. Will you see C. Do you see D. Have you seen
7. The US auto (汽车) industry, a symbol of the American spirit, narrowly escaped a sudden breakdown, _______ China has become the world's top automaker.
A. when B. while C. but D. although
8. The H1N1 flu, often _________ “swine flu” by the public media, is a disease which can be prevented, controlled and cured.
A. calls B. to call C. calling D. called
9. There is no _____ that the Chinese people will present to the world a successful, splendid and unforgettable exposition（博览会）.
A. belief B. way C. doubt D. need
10. Confucius Constitute is a worldwide non-profit （非营利的）organization, _______ the Chinese government set up to popularize(推广)
the teaching of Chinese and spread the Chinese culture. A. that B. it C. one D. ones
11. After the military parade(阅兵) at the Tian’anmen Square, the soldiers and the equipment returned _________ they belong.
A. the place B. where C. there D. what
12. The food was good, _______ he had little appetite (食欲). A. so B. otherwise C. however D. but
13. I haven’t got ___nails to mend the cupboard. I need another three. A. enough big B. big enough C.much bigger D. many enough
14. It was only in 1997 __ J. K. Rowling completed the first Harry Potter story, ___ was also known as Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone.
A. that; that B. that; which C. when; that D. when; which
15. Sometimes we are asked ______we think the likely result of an action will be. A. that B. what C. which D. whether
辽宁省大连市2010年高三年级双基测试卷英语
1. It’s reported that she will appear as a judge in the movie. A. to dress B. dressing C. dressed D. being dressed
2. If you talk to your children as if they __ adults, you will strengthen the bonds and become closer friends.
A. are B. were C. have been D. would be
3. Mukti, journalist, believes low carbon living is easy and fun, good for planet and improves our quality of life.
A. a; a B. the; a C. the; the D. a; the
4. --- Pardon I didn’t quite catch you. --- I said our foreign guests to Dalian the night before.
A. came B. had come C. would come D. were coming
5. The happiest of people don’t have the best of everything; they just make the most of everything that comes along their way.
A. necessarily B. simply C. actually D. normally
6. Both students and parents appreciate the great importance schools have ___ to eyesight protection
A. reacted B. attended C. attached D. adapted
7. More and more people prefer to do volunteer work in areas appeal to them to learn more.
A. where B. whatever C. wherever D. which
8. Welcome to the World Expo, which will take place in Shanghai May 1 October 31.
A. during; on B. from; to C. between; of D. on; till
9. In my opinion, achieving what you set out to do isn’t so important. is joy in the journey that truly matters.
A．it B．There C．This D．As
10. I hope you can forgive me. I promise I will never break the with you again.
A．interview B．schedule C．arrangement D．appointment
11. Nowadays no one seems to show any interest in his novel, which, though, _________a best seller.
A．had been B．was C．has been D．would be
12. Japan’s population was largest in 2006. It to fall below 100 million by the middle of this century.
A．is expected B．is expecting C．has expected D．will be expected
13. ----- Time passes quickly, doesn’t it ---- Yes. It will be only a few months we take the 2010 College Entrance Examination.
A．since B．after C．before D．when
14. My newly – purchased magazine is nowhere to be found. I have left it on the train
A．Could B．Should C．Must D．Would
15. ---- Marsdon’s department store is having a sale this week. Shall we go and have a look ---- . And I want to pick up a cheap video camera.
A．You are right B．I hope so C．Let me see D．I’d love to
七、助动词巩固练习答案:
1-10 BDACDBDBCB 11-20 CDCBDBBCCB 21-30 DDCABDABCA
31. (A) 32, (B) 33. (B) 34. (A) 35, (D) 36, (A) 37. (C) 38. (B) 39. (D) 40, (C)
41. (A) 42. (B) 43. (A) 44. (A) 45. (D) 46. (A) 47. (A) 48. (B) 49. (B) 50, (C)
山东省青岛市2010届高三教学质量统一检测 英语
1-6 ACBCAB 7–11 ACCAD 12–15 DDAC
山西阳泉市、大同市、晋中市2010届高三三校联考英语
1-5 ADBCC 6-10 DBDCC 11-15 BDABB
辽宁省大连市2010年高三年级双基测试卷英语
1~5 CBDBA 6~10 CDBAD 11-----15 BACAD高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解---------代词及练习
一.概念:
代词是代替名词以及起名词作用的短语、分句和句子的词, 英语的代词使用得很广泛；汉语代词用得较英语少许多。eg. ① Because he had a bad cold, Jack decided to stay in bed the whole day.② The Browns said they might move to California. ③ Bob always answers his teacher’s questions well; that shows that he works very hard at home.④ I had a chat with our group leader. It was very helpful.二、代词的种类：按其意义,特征及其在句中的作用分为:1.人称代词(personal pronoun) : 主格 : I you he she it we you they 宾格 : me you him her it us you them2.物主代词(possessive pronoun) : 形容词性 : my your his her its our your their 名词性 : mine yours his hers its ours yours theirs3.反身代词 (reflexive pronoun) : 单数 : myself yourself himself herself itself oneself 复数 : ourselves yourselves themselves 4.相互代词(reciprocal pronoun) : each other; one another5.指示代词(demonstrative pronoun) : 单数 : this that it such same 复数 : these those such same6.疑问代词(interrogative pronoun) : who ; whom; whose; which; what 。7.关系代词(relative pronoun) : who; whom; whose; which; that; as。8.不定代词(indefinite pronoun) : some; something; somebody; someone; any; anything; anybody; anyone; no; nothing; nobody; no one; every; everything; everybody; everyone; each; much; many; little; a little; few; a few; other; another; all; none; one; both; either; neither。三、相关知识点精讲
1.人称代词:
1)人称代词的人称、行、数和格,如下表所示 :
数人格称 单 数 复 数
主 格 宾 格 主 格 宾 格
第一人称 I 我 me we 我们 us
第二人称 you 你 you you 你们 you
第三人称 阳性 he 他 him 他们 they 她们 它们 them
阴性 she 她 her
中性 it 它 it
2)人称代词的指代:顾名思义,人称代词表示人。然而，人称代词并不全指人，也指物。eg. ----Where are the plates ---They are in the cupboard.3)人称代词的功用:(i)有主格和宾格之分, 通常主格作主语,宾格作宾语。
eg. ① I like table tennis. (作主语) ② Do you know him (作宾语)
(ii) 人称代词还可作表语, 作表语时用宾格。 eg.---Who is knocking at the door ---It's me.
(iii)人称代词后,如跟有who或that引导的从句,则常用主格。 eg. It’s I who did it.(iv) 人称代词单独使用时, 一般不用主格而用宾格。 eg. ①---I’d like to go back in here. ----Me, too. ②---Will anyone go with him ----Not me.(v.) 人称代词在as和than之后与其他人或事物进行比较时, 如果用作介词,用宾格。如果用作连词，则用主格。eg. ① He is older than me. / He is older than I am. ② Edward is as good a student as him. / You are taller than she is.(vi)在感叹句中,人称代词宾格可用作主语,起强调作用。 eg. ① Me get caught！ ② Him go to the States！(vii) we和you可用作同位结构的第一部分。也使用we 和you 泛指一般人 eg. ① We girls often go to the movies together. ②He asked you boys to be quiet.(viii) 使用she代表国家、船只、月亮、大地等 eg. China is a great country．She has a long history．(Xi) 并列主语或宾语中顺序是：you，he(she) and I； we，you and theyeg：----I love you more than her, child . ----You mean more than _________love her or more than she loves_________A. you；me 　　B. I；you 　　 C. you；you 　　D. I；me2. 物主代词：1) 表示所有关系的代词叫物主代词.物主代词分形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词。2) 形容词性物主代词的作用：(i) 形容词性物主代词相当于形容词,可在句中作定语。eg.①Our teacher is coming to see us. ②This is her pencil-box.(ii) 与own连用其强调作用。eg. ① I saw it with my own eyes. ② Mind your own business! ***如进一步强调可加very。 eg. I’d love to have my very own room.***此结构还可以与of连用。 eg. ①I have nothing of my own. ②The Wangs had no children of their own.(iii) 形容词性物主代词有时可有定冠词the代替。 eg.① He received a blow on the head. ② A bee stung her on the nose. ③How’s the family 3)名词性物主代词的作用:(i)名词性物主代词的作用相当于名词,在句中可用作主语,宾语和表语。
eg.① Our school is here, and theirs is there.(作主语) ② --- Is this English-book yours (作表语) --- No. Mine is in my bag. (作主语)③ I've already finished my homework. Have you finished yours (作动词宾语)④ Her daughter is rather stupid, but both of yours are very clever. (作介词宾语)(ii) 用作礼貌用语。 eg.① Yours sincerely (truly, faithfully). 您的忠诚的(忠实的,可以信赖的) 。(信尾)② A Happy New Year to you and yours from me and mine.(iii) of + 名词性物主代词: @ 表部分概念 : eg. He is a friend of mine. / Is he a neighbor of yours
构成双重所有格 @ 有感彩 : eg. Look at that big nose of his! / This dog of ours never bites.3. 反身代词:
英语中用来表示"我自己","你自己","他自己","我们自己","你们自己"等意义的代词称为反身代词,也有人称之为自身代名词。
1)反身代词的作用:(i)作动词的宾语,表示动作的承受者就是动作的发出者,主语和宾语指同一个人或一些人。
eg.① He called himself a writer. ② Would you please express yourself in English ③ She allowed herself a rest. ④ You may hurt yourself if you play with the knife. ⑤ We gave ourselves up. ⑥ Little Tom is only four, but he can feed himself, wash himself and dress himself.(ii) 作介词的宾语。 eg.①The door opened of itself. ②You must keep the secret to yourself.***表位置的介词后,反身代词用人称代词宾格替代。eg. ① I looked around me. ② He shut the door after him. ③ The mother drew the children towards her.****在某些介词之后,用反身代词和人称代词宾格均可。eg.① There are seven in the family besides me/ myself. ② Except for us/ourselves, the whole village was asleep. ③ Sandra’s sister is even taller than her/ herself.(iv.)作表语。
eg.① It doesn't matter. I'll be myself soon. ② The girl in the news is myself. ③ That poor boy was myself. ④ Bob is not quite himself today.
(v.)作主语或宾语的同位语,表示亲自或本人.
eg.① I myself washed the clothes.(=I washed the clothes myself.)(作主语同位语)
② You should ask the teacher himself.(作宾语同位语) / I myself can repair the bike. (作主语同位语)
(vi.) 反身代词与介词的搭配用法:@ for oneself : 亲自 eg. You’ll have to see if he has gone to school for yourself.@ of oneself :自动地 eg. The computer can shut off of itself. @ in oneself :本质、本身 eg. Jim is not bad in himself, but he is a little shy. / but he’s so weak-minded. (优柔寡断)@ to oneself :独自享用 eg. One would rather have a bedroom to oneself. @ by oneself (= alone; without help) :单独地 eg. One can’t play tennis by oneself.@ beside oneself : (由于气愤/激动等)发狂; 忘形 eg. He was beside himself with joy when he heard he had passed the exam.@ between oneselves : 保密;不外传 eg. Between ourselves, I think Mr. Smith has not quite got over his illness yet.(vii) 反身代词与动词的搭配用法:@ be oneself : 处于正常状态; 显得自然 eg. ①She is quite herself today. ② I'm not quite myself today．我今天不大舒服。@ enjoy oneself : 玩得愉快 eg. ①We all enjoyed ourselves at the party yesterday. ②Have you enjoyed yourself today 你今天玩得愉快吗？@ seat oneself : 坐下 eg. Please seat yourselves, everybody!@ dress oneself in… : 穿…… eg. She always dresses herself in red .@ help oneself : 随便吃……;自行取用 eg. ①The money was on the table and no one was there, so he helped himself to it. ②Don't get nervous，help yourself to what you like．别紧张，喜欢吃什么就吃什么。@ come to oneself : 苏醒 eg. A moment later, he came to himself.@ make oneself at home : 不要客气 eg. ①He made himself at home whenever he came to my home. ②Make yourself at home．不要拘礼；请随便吧。@ devote oneself to: 专心于… ; 献身于…eg. My teacher devoted herself to English teaching.@ find oneself in/at… : 发觉自己来到… eg. When he woke up, he found himself in hospital.@ apply oneself to : 专心致志于……eg. You would pass your exams if you applied yourself to your study.@ adapt oneself to : 适应于……eg. It took him a while to adapt himself to his new surroundings.@ think for oneself : 独立思考eg. You should develop the good habit of thinking for yourself.@ absent oneself : 缺课、缺勤 eg. He had absented himself from the office for the day.@ behave oneself : 使(自己)举止良好eg. I want you to behave yourselves while I’m away.@ boast oneself : 自夸eg. He is always boasting himself.4. 相互代词:表示相互关系的代词叫做相互代词。相互代词有each other 和one another两种形式。在当代英语, each other和one another没有什么区别。相互代词的所有格分别为 each other’s 和 one another’s。1) 相互代词的作用:(i)作宾语:eg. ①We should learn from each other / one another. (作宾语) ②Do you often write to each other / one another (作宾语)(ii) 定语.作定语用时,相互代词用所有格形式.
eg.① We often borrow each other's / one another's books. (作定语) ② They looked into each other’s eyes for a silent moment. (作定语)
③The students corrected each other's / one another's mistakes in their homework. (iii) each 和other可分开使用。eg. ① Each of the twins wanted to know what the other was doing. ② Each tried to persuade the other to stay at home.
5.指示代词:
1)指示代词的形式 : this, that, these, those。 2) 指示代词的含义 ：指示代词与定冠词和人称代词一样,都具有指定的含义,它们所指的对象取决于说话者和听话者共同熟悉的语境。 eg. I liked this movie today better than that concert last night.3) 指示代词的作用:(i) 主语 eg.①These aren’t my books. ② Who’s that speaking (ii) 宾语 eg.① She will do that. ② How do you like these (iii) 表语 eg.① My point is this. 我的意思是这个。 ② Oh, it’s not that. 噢，问题不在那儿。(iv) 定语 eg.① This book is about Chinese traditional medicine. ② I like those flowers.(v) 状语 eg.①The book is about this thick.(“这么”表示程度) ② I don’t want that much.
4) this (these)与that (those) 的用法:(1) this(these)一般用来指在时间或空间上较近的事物或人; that和those则指时间和空间上较远的事物或人。eg.① This is a pen and that is a pencil. ② We are busy these days.③ In those days the workers had a hard time. ④ I’ll come to see you one of these days.
(2) 有时that和those指前面讲到过的事物,this 和these则是指下面将要讲到的事物。
eg.① I had a cold. That's why I didn't come.
② What I want to say is this ; pronunciation is very important in learning English.
(3) 有时为了避免重复提到的名词,常可用that或those代替。
eg. Television sets made in Beijing are just as good as those made in Shanghai.
(4) this 在电话用语中代表自己,that 则代表对方。 eg. Hello! This is Mary. Is that Jack speaking？(5) 用于固定习语:@ like this : 像这样 eg. I have never seen her like this before.@ this and that : 这那 eg. When the old friends met, they would talk about this and that.@ that’s all right : (不用了)没关系 eg.---I have a car outside. I’ll give you a ride home. ---Oh, that’s all right. It isn’t much of a walk.@ for all that : 尽管如此 eg. It was May, but for all that the rain was falling as in the heaviest autumn downpours.@ more than that :更重要的的是 eg. She is young and beautiful. More than that, she is happy.@ and (all) that : ( BrE.) 等等 eg. Did you bring the contract and (all) that @ That’s why… : 那就是为什么 eg. I’m thinking of your future, you know. That’s why I’m giving you a piece of advice.@ at that : eg. It was in the dead of the night, and a cold night at that. 那是深夜,而且是一个寒夜。@ that’s that : 就是这样;就这样定了 eg. Well I’m not going , and that’s that.@ that is ( to say) : 也就是说;即; 换句话说 eg. You’ll find her very helpful—if she’s not too busy, that is.(6) Such 的用法:指示代词such 意谓 “这样”,具有名词和形容词的性质, 在句中可用作以下成分:(i) 主语 eg. ① Such is life. ② Such often occurred in those days.(ii) 宾语 eg. Take from the drawer such as you need. (iii) 表语 eg. The book is not such that I can recommend it. (iv) 宾语补语 eg. If you are a man, show yourself such.(v) 定语 eg. The foreign visitors said they had never seen such cities before. /Such men usually succeed.注意: such + a + n (单数) eg. He is such a hero.(vi) such as / such …as : as 是关系代词 eg. ① China has rich resources, such as oil, coal and iron. ② Such books as these are rare. *** such as to do sth. eg. His carelessness is such as to make it unlikely that he will pass his exam.(vii) such … that : that 是连词 eg. He shut the window with such force that the glass broke.比较: ① Here is such a big stone that no man can lift it. (that: conj. 引导结果状语从句) ② Here is such a big stone as no man can lift. ( as : 关系代词, 引导定语从句)(viii) such 用于固定词组:@ no such eg. I’ll do no such thing. / There is no such thing as a free lunch.@ …and such: 诸如此类的事物/人 eg. Just before Christmas they wanted help with trees and such.@ any such : eg. Any such request is sure to be turned down.@ some such : eg. Some such story was told to me years ago.@ every such : eg. On every such occasion dozens of people get injured.@ as such : 严格说来; 从字面上看 eg.----Well, did they offer it to you -----No, not as such, but they said I had a good chance.@ such as : 例如; …等等 eg. Opportunities such as this did not come every day.@ such as it is/they are: (数量不多或质量不好时说)虽说不多; 尽管不好 eg. The food, such as it was, was served at nine o’clock.(IX) such引起倒装句，谓语数取决于后面主语的数：e.g ①Such is my answer. ②Such are our people．
注意：做定语，注意和so 的区别，尤其是在so …that， such…that 句型中。e.g. ①I have never seen such beautiful flowers．(复数名词前，so 不可) ②I have never seen such a great film．(也可为so great a film) ③We have such beautiful weather today that we should go out for an outing．(不可数词前，不可用so) /④There are so many people in the hall that it's hard for me to find him．(在数量概念的many，much，little，few 之前，不可用such )(7) Same 的用法: 指示代词same意谓 “同样”, 具有名词和形容词的性质,常与定冠词连用,在句中作以下成分:(i) 主语eg. The same is the case with me.(ii) 宾语 eg. We must all say the same.(iii) 表语eg. It’s all the same to me.(iv) 定语eg. He always sits in the same chair.(v) 状语eg. Thank you all the same. (vi) the same …as/ the same…that 的用法: 比较: ① I don’t feel the same about you as I did. 我现在对你的看法和过去不一样了。 ② I live in the same district that(=as) he lives in. 我和他住在同一个区。 ③ I live in the same district that he lives.解析: ①句中的as 不可换成 that，因为引导方式状语从句。 ②that可换成as， 因为二者都是关系代词。但是③that是关系副词则不可换成as。(vii) 用于固定习语 :@ all / just the same : 尽管如此; 虽是这样 eg. ① I don’t think he’ll wish to see me. But I’ll come all the same. ② All the same, there’s some truth in what she says. ③ ----Will you stay for lunch ----No, but thanks all the same.@ much the same : 基本一样 eg. ----How is he today ----Much the same.@ be all the same to sb. : 对某人无关紧要/无所谓 eg. It’s all the same to me whether we eat now or later.@ one and the same : 同一个人/事物 eg. It turns out that her aunt and my cousin are one and the same. 原来她姑妈就是我表姐。@ (the) same again : (spoken) 同样地(饮料)再来一份 eg. Same again please! @ same here : (spoken) 我也一样;我也是 eg. ----I can’t wait to see it. ----Same here.@ (the) same to you : (回应问候,辱骂等)你也一样 eg.----Get lost! ----Same to you!(8) So 的用法:
指示代词常作以下成分:(i) 宾语 eg. ----I will write today. ----Do so.(ii) 表语 eg. Be it so. 这样就行。(iii) 用于省略句 eg. ①----I don’t like him. ----Why so = Why is that so ② ----Oh! I’ve finished. ----SO have I.(9) it 的基本用法: (1) 用作人称代词，代替前文提到过的事物。eg. ① Go and see who it is. ② ---Who is that ---It’s the postman. ③The train has arrived. It arrived half an hour ago.④John likes playing Ping-pong/He always does it in the afternoon．(指代上下文提到的事物)；(2) 用以代替提示代词this, that。 eg. ①—What’s this —It’s a knife. ②—Whose watch is that —It’s mine.(3) 起指示代词的作用，指一个人或事物。 eg. —Who is knocking at the door —It’s me.(4) 指环境情况等。 eg. It was very noisy (quiet) at the very moment.(5) 指时间、季节等。 eg. ①—What time is it —It’s eight o’clock. ②It often rains in summer here. ③It is getting warmer and warmer． ④It's very quiet at the moment．(可指时间、天气、环境等)(6) 指距离。eg. ① It is a long way to the school. ②How far is it from here to your home (7) 作形式主语。 eg. ①It is not easy to finish the work in two days. ②It is no use crying over spilt milk.③It is as pity that you didn’t read the book. ④It's important for us to learn a second language．⑤It's no use talking to him． ⑥It's known to all that the earth goes round the sun．(8) 作形式宾语。 eg. ①I think it no use arguing with him. ②I found it very interesting to study English.③He made it clear that he was not interested in that subject.④We feel it our duty to help others． ⑤He made it clear that he would leave the city.(9) 用于强调结构。强调结构：It is (was) +被强调部分＋that (或who)… 注意: 在强调结构中，如被强调部分为时间状语或地点状语，其后的连接词也绝不能为when 或where，而应用that 。在复习中，一定要注意句式的不同。eg. ①It was in Shanghai that I bought the guitar．(that引起强调句)　　②It was Shanghai where I bought the guitar．(where引起定从)　　③It was twelve o'clock when we arrived there．(when引起时间状语从句) 　　④It was at twelve o'clock that we arrived there．(that 引起强调句)⑤It was Xiaoming whom(that)I met in the street last night. ⑥It was in the street that I met Xiaoming last night.⑦It was last night that I met Xiaoming in the street. ⑧It was I who met Xiaoming in the street last night.(10) 含有“It is …”的句型@ It is time (for sb.) to do sth. eg. It is time for us to put our heart into study.@ It is (high) time that sb. did sth.(虚拟语气) eg. ① It is (high) time that we should study hard now/ we studied hard now. ② It's time we went home(11) It is + 形容词（+of / for sb.）+ to do sth.通常用 of的词有brave, clever, careful, hopeless, kind, good, naughty, nice, silly, stupid, foolish, wise等。(12) It is + 形容词 + that + sb. + (should) do sth.（虚拟语气）eg. ① It is necessary that we should save our time to do something useful rather than play computer games all day.② It was strange that he (should) come so early.(13) It is the + 序数词 + that + 主语 + 现在完成时 | It was + the+ 序数词 + that + 主语 + 过去完成时eg. ①It’s the first time that I have been here. ②It was the second time that he had seen the film.(14) It is up to sb. to do sth … 应由某人做某事。 eg. It is up to you to decide whether we start or not.6. 疑问代词:疑 who : (主格,谁) 问 whom :(宾格,谁) (只能指人) 它们都具有单数或复数概念。疑问代词用于问句中，代 whose :(属格,谁的) 一般都放在句首，并在句子中作为某一句子成分。词 what :(什么) (可指人或物) what 除指人与物外;还可以表示时间、数量等。which :(哪个, 哪些) 1) 疑问代词的作用 :(i) 主语 eg. Who is going to come here tomorrow
(ii) 表语 eg. What is that
(iii) 定语 eg. Whose umbrella is this
(iv) 宾语 eg. Whom are you waiting for 2) 疑问代词引导间接疑问句 : eg. ① Tell me who he is. ② Do you know what his name is 3) 疑问代词 (who; what; which ) + ever (=on earth) 加强语气。 eg. ① Who ever are you looking for ② What ever do you mean ③ Which ever do you want 4)各词具体用法: @用于疑问句 : eg. Who put that light out / Who told you so (1) who: 主格,只有名词性质 @用于修辞性疑问句 : eg. Who could blame you / Who would have thought of that (2) whom : 宾格,只有名词性质 @ Whom(=Who) are you talking about / By whom is the letter signed @ Who did you meet there (口语) / I gave it away. To whom {who (口语)} (3) whose : 属格, 和物主代词一样,有名词和形容词性质 @ 定语: eg. Whose umbrella is this (形容词性)@ 表语: eg. Whose is this picture (名词性)(4) what : 亦有名词和形容词性质 @ 用于疑问句 ① What makes you think that (主语)② What is he (表语)③ What are you doing (动词宾语)④ What was he speaking to you about (介词宾语)⑤ What question did he ask (定语) @ 用于修辞性问句及感叹句 What more do you want (其含意是 “你该知足了”) What a fine day! @ 用于省略句 eg. Something is the matter, but I don’t know what. /I’ll tell you what.(5) which:亦有名词和形容词性质 @ This is my copy, which is yours (定语) @ Which of the stories do you like best (宾语) @ Which of you will go with me (主语)5)疑问代词的用法比较:(1)who与what : who多指姓名、关系等; what多指职位、地位等。(2) who 与which : who对人数未加限制; which对人数有限制。(3) what与which：what不限制范围; which限制在一定的范围。 7.关系代词:
说明: 关系代词是一种引导定语从句并起连接主句和从句作用的代词。关系代词有 who, whose, whom, that, which. 它们在句中可用作主语,表语,宾语,定语。在主句中,它们还代表着从句所修饰的那个名词或代词(即先行词)。eg. ① I hate people who talk much but do little.(主语)② I'm looking at the photograph which you sent me with your letter. (宾语)③ With the money that he had saved, he went on with his studies. (宾语)④ Do you know the lady who is interviewing our headmaster (主语)⑤ He is the man (whom) you have been looking for.(宾语)⑥ You are the only one whose advice he might listen to. (定语)⑦ She is no longer the person who she used to be ten years ago.(表语)8.(缩合)连接代词:连接代词由于其形式和功用与关系代词相似,所以归入关系代词的范畴。（缩合）连接代词主要由先行词与关系代词缩合而成，多用于引导名词性从句（即主从、宾从、同位语从句和表语从句）。 eg.① What I want is water. (主从)连接代词what = that which② What I want are apples.(主从)主who=anyone/the person who③ I eat what I like.(宾从) 要 that =he/the man who④ That is what I have to say.(表从)有whatever = anything that⑤ The news that he has gone abroad is true.(同为从)whoever =any person whowhichever= anyone who/which9. 不定代词:
概念: 不指明代替任何特定名词或形容词的代词叫做不定代词。不定代词表示各种程度和各种类型的不定意义。他们在逻辑意义上是数量词，具有整体或局部的意义。分类： 1)普通不定代词: some, any, no| somebody, anybody, nobody, someone, anyone, no one, something, anything, nothing |one; none 2)个体代词 (all, every, each , other, another, either, neither, both, half| everybody, everyone, everything )3)数量代词 (many, much, few, little, a few, a little, a lot of, lots of, a great deal, a great many)具体用法说明: 不定代词在句中可作主语,表语,宾语和定语。现将几个常用的不定代词举例说明如下:
1)some的用法:说明: (i) some多用于肯定句,表示"一些,几个"作形容词时, 后面可以接:不可数名词+单数动词 eg. Some rice in the bag has been sold out./Give me some water, please.可数名词+复数动词 eg. Look! Some (of the) students are cleaning the library.(ii) some + 单数可数名词 , 意谓 “某个” eg.①Some boy wrote this word on the blackboard. ② He’s living at some place in Dandong.(iii)some多用于肯定句中；但亦可用于疑问句大多表示“请求”或“建议”，希望回答yes(同意)。 eg.① Will you get me some matches ②Would you like some tea (iv)some用于疑问句,有时表示反问。 eg. Didn’t he give you some money (v)some 用于修饰数词, 表示 “大约”。eg. It happened some twenty years ago.2)any的用法:说明: (i) any: 表示"一些,任何"用作形容词时,后面可以接:不可数名词+单数动词 eg. There isn't any orange in the bottle. /Have you got any tea 可数名词+复数动词 eg. If you have any questions, please ask me. (ii) any多用于疑问句。eg.①--How many people can you see in the picture --I can't see any.
② Are there any stamps in the drawer ③ Do you know any good doctor (any + 单数可数名词)(iii) any用于否定句或从句中,常与never, without, seldom, hardly等词连用。eg.① There are not any books./There isn’t any water. ② He never had any luck. ③ He went away without saying good-bye to any of us. ④Now he seldom has any visitors.(iv)any 用于if或whether引导的宾语从句中。eg.① Let me know if you hear any news. ②I wonder if you have met any of these people before.(v) any 用于条件句中。eg.① If you have any news, call me up right away. ② If there is any new news, tell me at once.(vi.)any 用于肯定句中, 表示“任何”, 通常重读; 通常修饰单形可数名词(有时修饰复数)和不可数名词。 eg.① Come any day you like. ②Any time you want me, just send for me. (vii) any : adj. eg. Is there any water eg. Get me some if you find any. / I don’t think that any of my friends have seen them.adv.+ 比较级 eg. Is she any better /He was too tired to walk any further.3)复合不定代词的用法说明: 不定代词some, any, no与-one; -body; -thing可组成12个复合代词，它们只有名词性质。
指人 someone anyone no one everyone
somebody anybody nobody everybody
指事物 something anything nothing everything
所有格(-one和-body) someone’ssomebody’s anyone’sanybody’s no one’snobody’s everyone’severybody’s
+ else 的属格 someone else’s anyone else’s no one else’s everyone else’s
特点:(i) -one/-body的复合代词只用指人。它们形式上是单数，但可用复数代词they或them指代。eg.① There is someone in his office. Do you hear them talking ② Somebody must have been using my books. They’ve got all misplaced on the shelf. (ii) -one/body的复合代词可有’s所有格形式。如果后有else, ’s所有格则移至else之后。eg.① Everybody’s business is nobody’s business. 事关大家无人管。② My car has broken down. Can I borrow someone else’s ③ His hair is longer than anyone else’s.(iii)复合不定代词有形容词修饰时, 要后置。eg.① Somebody important has arrived, I’m sure. ② There is something wrong with him.(iv) 复合不定代词不可和of短语连用。eg. Does anybody of you finish it (╳) Does any one of you finish it (√)单数one复数ones所有格one’s反身代词oneself4)one 的用法:说明:不定代词词单数(复数),既可指人,亦可指物。one(s)具有名词和形容词性质，在句中可用one(ones)指代可数名作主语、宾语和定语等。
特点: (i) 相当于名词, 泛指 “人们”、“一个人”、“任何人”，无修饰词语。eg.① One can’t be too careful in matters like this. 在这种问题上一个人多小心都不为过。 ② One should do one’s best at all times. ③ One shouldn’t be too hard on oneself. (ii) one ：n. 也可指 “一个人”。 eg. He is not one to be easily frightened.(iii) one + of + 名词或代词复数 eg. I’ve made some cakes. Would you like one of them (iv) one 与the other和 another 连用, 表示对比。eg. The brothers are so alike that I sometimes cannot tell one from the other.(v) one(s)作为不定代词,即可代替前面刚刚提到过的名词,以免重复, 代替人或物均可。eg.① I haven’t a pen. Can you lend me one ② I prefer red roses to white ones. 注意: a/the/ the first (序数词)ect. +( adj.) + one/ones eg. ① No, that’s not their car. Theirs is a blue one. ② My house is the first one on the left.③ My shoes are similar to the ones you had on yesterday.(vi) one(ones)在this、that、these、those、either、neither、another、which、own、基数词、形容词最高级等词之后,可省略。 eg.① I won’t go by your car. I’ll use my own(one). ② I have only one bike but you have two (ones)③ Of all the runners my brother was the swiftest. ④I think that (one) looks the most original.⑤ Here are the designs. Which (one) do you prefer 比较: eg. ① We’d like to exchange our home with a British family’s one. (╳)正误: ② We’d like to exchange our home with a British family’s (home). (√)③ We’d like to exchange our home with that of a British family. (√)④ ---Did you get any postcards ---Yes, I bought four/four nice ones. (√)⑤---Did you get any tickets ---Yes, I bought four ones. (╳) ***在表示所有关系的词(如:my、your、Mary’s等)、some、any、both或数字之后不用one(ones)；与形容词连用除外。(vii)与时间名词连用,表示某种不确定的时间。 eg.① I’ll speak to him one of these days.eg.②One day he’ll understand his mistake. ③ One summer evening I went for a stroll(散步) in the park.(viii) 用于固定习语:@ all one : 一样 eg. He can go or he can stay; it’s all one to me.@ one after the other : 一个接一个 eg. The sky was gently turning dark and the men began to leave one after the other.@ the little ones :小孩子 eg. The little ones always know a good man from a bad one.5)no的用法:说明: 不定代词no只有形容词性质,在句中作定语。no表示否定，意谓“没有”，“不是”，可修饰单形、复形可数名词和不可数名词。(i) there is(are) + no | have(have got) no | = any any…eg.① There are no letters for you today. ② I’ve got no home. ③ I am in no mood for jokes.(ii) be + no = not a…eg.① The girl was not a beauty. = The girl was not a beautiful girl.②He is no friend of mine. = He is not a friend of mine.(iii) 其它动词 + no eg.① She made no mistakes in her exam. ② He could expect no sympathy from his father.(iv) no + doing (用于警告、命令等标识) eg. ① No smoking ! ② No parking!(v) no + adj./adv. 修饰的原级、比较级,和副词比较级， 表示程度,用作状语。eg.① But this is no unimportant question, my dear friend.②She was no older than her friend. ③ He went no further. (vi) not : adv. 用于否定动词。 eg. He doesn’t like coffee not a/the/all/every/enough | not + 介词、副词、姓名等。 eg. ① There is not a chance. (毫无机会) ② ----Do you like you new teacher ----Not the least. (一点也不) ③ Not all of us like this film. ④ Not everyone knows this. ⑤not on Sunday/wisely/Georgeno+ n/doing | no 不能用于a, the, all, both, every等词之前。不能与介词、副词、姓名等连用。eg.① no time/ telephone ②no spitting 6)none的用法:说明: 不定代词none通常只有名词性质,在句中作主语、宾语等。none与no性质不同，no只有形容词性质。二者意义相同，皆意谓“没有(人或物)”，既可指人，亦可指物。1)用于指代单形、复形可数名词和不可数名词。(none: 指代复数时,指代三者或三者以上)。eg.① None have arrived yet. ② I wanted some more coffee but none was left.***none + of + 复数可数名词/不可数名词 + 谓语(单数/复数)eg.① None of his friends has ever been to Paris. ② None of the dogs was /were there.③ None of the money was ever recovered. ④None of them were aware of the danger.2)用作主语、宾语、表语、同位语等。eg.① None of them spoke English except me. (主语) ②That’s none of your business. (表语)③ I had none of the signs except dizziness. (宾语) ④ We none of us said anything. (同位语)3)用于固定习语:@ none but : only 只有 eg. None but a strong man could have lifted it.@ none other than : 竟然(强调出人意外的人或事) eg.① It’s none other than Tom! 这正是汤姆! ②Her first customer was none other than Mrs. Smith.@ have / want none of sth. : 拒绝接受; 什么也不要 eg. I offered to pay but he was having none of it.@ none the less = nonetheless [﹑n n ‵les] 尽管如此 7)all的用法：
说明: all具有名词和形容词的性质，指三者以上,或不可数的东西。谓语动词既可以用单数,也可以用作复数。在句中作主语、表语、宾语、同位语和定语。
eg.① All of us like Mr. Pope. 我们都喜欢Pope先生.(作主语) = We all like M.r Pope. (作同位语)
② All the water has been used up. (作主语) ③ That's all for today. (作表语)
④ Why not eat all (of) the fish (作宾语) ⑤ All the leaders are here. (作定语)1) all相当于名词,指人, 意谓 “大家” = everybody。 eg.① All are welcome. ②It’s hard to please all.2) all相当于名词，指物， 意谓“一切”=everything。eg.① I don’t find any change here, all looks as it always did. ② All is not lost. 注意: All…not…=Not all… 并非一切(表部分否定; 全否定用none)。eg. All is not gold that glitters. = All that glitters is not gold.3)all + of + 复数名词/不可数名词/人称代词复数宾格。 eg.①All (of) the boys want to become football players. ②All (of) these books are expensive.③He has written three novels and all of them were best sellers. ④All of us were disappointed by him. 4)用作主语同位语时有不同的位置。eg.①They all found the teachers helpful. ②We are all extremely fond of her. ③The villages have all been destroyed.5)相当于形容词， 在句中作定语，可修饰单形、复形可数名词以及专有名词。eg.① All roads lead to Rome. ② We worked hard all year. ③All hope has gone. ④Every road is often crowded now in all Beijing when in rush hour.6)用于固定习语：@ all in all : 从各方面考虑; 总的说来 eg. All in all, there were twenty present.@ first of all: 首先 eg. First of all, you must be frank. @ above all: 最重要的是 eg. Above all, make sure you keep in touch.@ after all: 毕竟;终究; 究竟 eg. So you made it after all!@ for all : 尽管; 虽然 eg. For all the book was written by en unknown writer, it’s a best seller.@ from all sides: 从四面八方 eg. We realized we were surrounded from /on all sides.
8)both的用法：
说明: 个体代词both意谓 “两个(都)”, 具有名词和形容词性质,在句中可用作主语、宾语、定语等，可指人或指物。它表示复数，但只能指 “二个”。(i)主语+谓语(复数):eg.① Both should make concessions(让步). ②Michael has two sons. Both are clever.** both + of + 复数名词/复数代词:eg.① Both (of) the films were very good. ② Do both(of) your parents like dancing ③ Both of them came to see Mary. ④ Both of the books are very interesting.(ii)宾语: eg. ① Why not use both ② I don't know which book is the better; I shall read both.③ She invited both of us to the party. (iii)同位语(与其他复数名词或代词并列出现,表示"两个都"):eg.① The girls both left early. ②Lucy and Lily both agree with us.
③They both passed on their sticks at the same time. ④We both had a haircut.注意:作宾语同位语时,谓语宾语之后。eg. ①They told us both to wait. ②I’ve met them both before.(iv)表语:eg.① How are your parents They're both fine. ②These children are both mine.注意: a.如谓语为含有助动词或情态动词的短语动词, both位于助动词或情态动词之后。eg.① The friends have both been invited. ② You must both come over some evening.b.简短回答时,both须位于助动词或情态动词之前。eg.①---Have you finished ---Yes, we both have. ②---Are they ready ----Yes, they both are.(v) 定语: both用作形容词,放在名词或代词之前,修饰该名词或代词,表示"两者都"。
eg.①Both his younger sisters are our classmates. ②There are tall trees on both sides of the street. ③Both men were interested in the job.(vi) both用于否定句表示部分否定; 全否定用neither。 eg. Not both of them like reading books.9) neither的用法：
说明:具有名词和形容词性质,意谓 “(二者之中)哪个都不”，在句中作主语、宾语。作主语谓语动词需用复数形式;修饰名词时,名词用单数,但表示复数概念。(i)主语和宾语:eg.① I try on two dresses, but neither fits me. (主语) ② If you run after two hares, you will catch neither. (宾语)** neither + of +复数名词/代词eg.① Neither of them was any good. ②Neither of my friends has come yet.(ii)定语:eg.① Neither brother has been abroad. ②I have read both of the books and neither book is good.10)either的用法：说明:相当于名词或形容词时,意谓 “(二者之中)任何一个”与正相反。 在句中作主语、宾语、定语(后跟单形名词)。经常与of短语连用。eg.① Either of the plans is equally dangerous. (主语) ② The news didn’t shock either of them. (宾语)③ Have you seen either of your parents today (宾语) ④ He could write with either hand. (定语) ⑤ Take either half; they’re exactly the same. 11)many和much的用法：说明:表数量的不定代词和具有名词和形容词的性质,在句中可用作主语、宾语、定语等，都意谓 “许多”，“大量”。 many + 复数可数名词; much + 不可数名词。与many和much有以下相同短语:many = a lot of /lots of /plenty of /a large number of/ a good many/a great manymuch =a lot of/ lots of /plenty of /a great deal of(i) 用于疑问句、否定句，或if或whether引导的宾语从句。eg.① Do you know many people in London ② Did you have much rain of your holidays ③ I had not very much advice to give him. ④I wonder if many people will come to the party.**** 用于肯定句,仅限于正式英语。 eg. I know many who would not agree with you.(ii) 当many和much用作主语或用以修饰主语时,有时也可用于肯定句。eg. ① Many(Many people) think that the situation will improve. ② Much of what he says is true. / Much time would be saved if you did it in this way.(iii) too/so/as/how 与many 和much的连用,用于肯定句。eg.① There are too many mistakes in your exercises. ② No, I won’t do it. It’s too much trouble.③ Take as much milk as you want. ④ I’ve got so many jobs to do today.(iv) much作宾语,可用于肯定句。eg.① My mother meant much to me. ② I would give much to know what he is thinking now.(v) many/much + of sth.eg.① There were lots of people on the beach. Many of them were holiday-makers.②Much of the time was wasted.(vi) more/most是many/much的比较级和最高级。eg.① I found more letters lying on his table today. ②He knew more about me than I thought.12)every和each的用法：说明: (1)个体代词every只有形容词性质, 在句中作定语。常用于修饰单数可数名词，而说的对象至少有三个。(2)个体代词each具有名词和形容词性质, 在句中作主语、宾语、定语等。既可指人，也可指物。而说的对象至少有两个。eg.① He knew by heart every word in her letter. (定语)② Every time I ring you up, I find you engaged. ③ Each went his way. (主语) ④He gave two to each. (宾语)⑤ They were each sentenced to thirty days. (同位语) ⑥ He gave each boy a present. (定语)(3)every与one和body构成合成词, 即everyone, everybody 名词性质,指人,二者同义,意谓＂每人＂，　表示单数。但可用复数物主代词they, them, their 指代。eg.① Everybody has his own weak points. ② Everybody is afraid, aren’t they (4)every, everyone, everybody不可与of 短语连用; 而every one可与of短语连用。eg.① Everyone of us likes this movie. (╳) ②Every one of us likes this movie. (√)(5)everyone, everybody只能指人; every one既可指人，又可指事情。eg.① Every one of us will be present. (指人) ② We played several matches against them, but unfortunately lost every one. (指事情) (6) each one of… | each + of 短语,其后须用复数可数名词或复数人称代词。eg. ①Each of the men signed his name as he came in. ② I’ll send each of them some seeds in the autumn.(7)each着重于个别性,其构成成分各具特性; every则着重于整体性,其构成成分有共性。eg.① Each answer/Each of the answers is worth 20 points. = The answers are worth 20 points each.②She knows every student in the school.(8) 固定短语 : @ every year or two: 每一两年@ every other… : 每隔… eg. We go to Europe practically every other year. @ every once a while : 时常 eg. John comes to visit me every once in a while.@ every which way : 四处 eg. When the police arrived, the crowd started running every which way.@ every now and again : 偶尔 eg. We see each other every now and again.@ every now and then : 有时 eg. Every now and then he regretted his decision.表格小结:everyeach1)不可单独使用1)可单独使用2)仅作形容词2)可作名词,形容词3)着重"全体",毫无例外3)着重"个别"4)用于三者或三者以上每一个人或物4)用于两者或两者以上中的每一个人或物①Every student loves the English teacher. = All students love the English teacher.
②Every child likes playing. = All children like playing.①The teacher gave a toy to each child.
②Each ball has a different color.当我们说every child和every student时,我们想到的是全体的情况,every的意思与all接近,表示他们都如此。当我们说each child, each student或each teacher时,我们想到的是一个人的情况。not every 表示部分否定。eg. Every man is not honest.=Not every man is honest.not each不可用来表示部分否定。
13) few, a few, little, a little在用法上的区别:
(1)a few和a little是一对用作表数量的不定代词的固定词组。它们具有名词和形容词性质，在句中可用作主语、宾语、定语等。意谓“少数”、“少量”，其意义是肯定的。few和little是对应的否定意义。a few : 表示肯定, “虽少,但有几个” + 可数名词 a little: 表示肯定, “虽少,但有一点” 不可数 few: 表示否定, “不多,几乎没有” 复数 little: 表示否定, “不多,没有什么” 名词eg.① There are only a few left. (主语) ② Many a little makes a miracle9 (奇迹). (主语)③---How many do you want ----Just a few, please. (宾语)④ Just put a little on each plate. (宾语) ⑤ A few birds can be seen in that place. (定语)⑥ There was a chill in the air and a little fresh wind. 寒气袭人,清风几许。 (定语)⑦ A lot of guests were invited, but few came. ⑧ There’s little to be done about it. (主语)⑨ I have very few left. ⑩ You have done very little for us. (宾语)(2) (a) few/(a) little + of 短语eg.① Only a few of the children can read. (主语) ② I met a few of my friends there. (宾语)③ Give me a little of that wine. ④ I have eaten a little (of the food). ⑤ Few of my friends like her. ⑥ I see very little of him.(3) a little和little也可以用作副词,a little表示"有点,稍微",little表示"很少".
eg.① I'm a little hungry. (修饰形容词hungry) ② Let him sleep a little. (修饰动词sleep)
③ Mary, go a little faster, please. (修饰副词比较级) ④ She slept very little last night.(4) few作为形容词其比较级和最高级为: fewer; fewest; little 作为形容词其比较级和最高级为: less; least eg.① Who made the fewest mistakes ② The more haste, the less speed. 欲速则不达。 14) 不定代词用在句中的全否定和部分否定:all /both none/ neither everyone/everybody no one / nobodyeverything 表示全部肯定 nothing 表示全部否定 every +名词 not… any no +名词 注意：(1)当not出现在含有表示全部肯定的不定代词的句子中,不管not在它们之前或之后都表示部分否定。eg.① Both of them haven’t read this story. = Only one of them has read this story.② All bamboo doesn’t grow tall. = Not all bamboo grows tall. (2)any所修饰的名词或由any构成的复合不定代词作主语时,谓语动词不能用否定式。也就是说，只能说: not…any，但不能说：any…not 。 eg.① Anything cannot stop him going there. (╳) ②Nothing can stop him going there. (√) 任何事不能阻止他去那儿。(3)总括性副词如everywhere, always, altogether(全然地), wholly(全部地)和not连用时,也表示部分否定。eg. ① Such a thing can’t be found everywhere. 这种事并非到处可见。 ② Such a thing can be found nowhere. 这种事什么地方也见不到。15) another, other, the other , others, the others的区别:不定代词意义用法说明another 另一个; 任何一个指三者或三者以上中的任何一个,用作代词或形容词。eg.① I don’t like this one. Show me another, please. (pron.)(宾语)② We went into another room. / I will go and see them another day. (n.)(定语)③Would you please make it some other day = another day④ One is blind, another is deaf, and a third is lame. (主语) ⑤It was only another of her many disappointments.another+数词+复形名词eg.① He will stay here for another 3 days.②Another fifty yards farther on you can see his boat.other另外的只作定语,常与复数名词或不可数名词连用；但如果前面有 the, this, that, some, any, each, every, no, one及my, your, his等时,则可与单数名词连用。eg.① Are there any other questions /I have no other friends but you.② Mr. Wang and Mr. Li and three other teachers were there.③ I can’t see you now─ some other time. ④If you want that other boy, tell me.⑤any other plant /every other day /on the other hand⑥Any other person than her husband would have lost patience with her. 除了她丈夫以外,别人都不会容忍她的。 ⑦ There must be some other reason for him to help.⑧ We have no other business before us. 我们手头没有别的事。the other两者中的; 另一个常与one 连用,构成: one…the other 一个……另外一个；eg.①He held a sword in one hand and a pistol(手枪) in the other (hand). ②This seat is free; the other seat is taken.全部其余的作定语修饰复数名词。 eg.① Jones is here, but where are the other boys ② When I returned home, I found my wife talking to Tina. The other guests had gone.others泛指别的人或物是other的复数形式,泛指别的人或物(但不是全部), 不能作定语,构成: some…, others…。eg.① We should not think only of our own children, there are others to be cared for also.②Some went to the cinema, others went swimming. ③This coat is too large. Show me some others, please.
一、代词的基础练习:
1. Tom, please pass ________ the glasses. I want to read the newspapers. A. you B. me C. him D. her
2. The English novel is quite easy for you. There are __________ new words in it.
A. a little B. little C. a few D. few
3. ---You want ________ sandwich ---Yes, I usually eat a lot when I'm hungry.
A. other B. another C. others D. the other
4. The doctors and nurses are doing their best to fight SARS. They think more of others than __________.
A. they B. them C. themselves D. theirs
5. ---Which do you prefer, a bottle of orange or a bottle of milk ---______________, thanks. I'd like a cup of tea.
A. Either B. Neither C. Both D. None
6. ---Oh! I came in a hurry and forgot to bring food. ---Never mind. You can have __________.
A. us B. ours C. you D. yours
7. ----Can I come this evening or tomorrow morning ----_______ is OK. I'm free today and tomorrow.
A. Either B. Neither C. Both D. None
8. ---How are you going to improve __________this term ---Work harder than last term.
A. ourselves B. myself C. himself D. yourself
9. ---Could you tell me _______she is looking for ---Her cousin, Susan. A. that B. whose C. who D. which
10. ---Is __________here ---No. Li Lei and Han Mei have asked for leave. A. everybody B. somebody C. anybody D. nobody
11. Paul has _________ friends except me, and sometimes he feels lonely. A. many B. some C. few D. more
12. If you want to book a round-trip ticket, you'll have to pay ___________ $ 30.
A. more B. other C. the other D. another
13. ---Do you live by yourself, Mr. Wang ----Yes. I have two sons. But _____ of them lives with me. They are now studying in America.
A. neither B. both C. none D. either
14. ---Have you sent your parents an E-mail telling them you arrived safe ---No. ____________ of them can use a computer.
A. None B. Both C. Neither D. All
15. Who taught ________ English last term Was _______ Mr. Smith A. you; it B. you; he C. your; it D. your; that
16. ----That woman has a bag in her right hand. What's in her _________hand A. another B. other C. one D. the other
17. We decided to go for a field trip with some friends of ____________. A. us B. our C. ours D. ourselves
18. ----Is there a bus to the zoo ----I'm afraid there's _________ bus to the zoo. A. no B. any C. some D. none
19. You forgot your dictionary. You may have _____________. A. me B. my C. mine D. myself
20. This is _____________ classroom. Where is __________ A. our; them B. us; they C. our; theirs D. ours; theirs
21. ---- Which of the two dictionaries will you borrow ---- I'll borrow __________, for the different uses.
A. all B. both C. either D. neither
22. ________of them knew about the plan because it was kept a secret. A. Each B. Any C. No one D. None
23. We couldn't eat in a restaurant because _________of us had _________money on us.
A. all; no B. any; no C. none; any D. no one; any
24. They were all very tired, but ___________ of them would stop to take a rest. A. neither B. none C. some D. any
25.There is a No.2 trolleybus and a No.24 bus; _________ will take you there. A. both B. either C. all D. any
26. As we were asleep, ___________ of us heard the sound. A. both B. none C. either D. any
27. ---- Which of the five may I use ---- Oh, ___________. A. any one B. anyone C. anything D. nothing
28.----Are the two answers correct ----No,____________ correct. A. no one is B. both are not C. neither is D. either is not
29. I asked him for some oil, but he hadn't ___________. A. any B. some C. no D. anything
30. You have three English dictionaries, but I have only two _____________. A. ones B.不填 C. the one D. the ones
31. I have a color TV set. I want to sell ____________. A. one B. the one C. that D. it
32. This film is not so good as _________ we saw last week. A. that B. it C. the one D. one
33.__________of us must go there and help him out. A. One or other B. One by one C. One or the other D. One or another
34. We all felt ___________ to be the highest praise. A. it B. that C. that one D. the one
35. Haven't you read ________ English stories Please tell us an interesting one.
A. any B. all C. either D. some
36. ---- Would you like ________dumplings ---- No, thanks. A. some B. another C. any D. all
37. If there is _________ chance, I will try another. A. one B. any C. some D. all
38. ---- Are ________ here to take the college entrance exam ---- Yes, we _____________.
A. all you; are all B. you all; all are C. all of you; are all D. you of all; all are
39. Mr. Green gave the textbooks to all the pupils except ___________ who had already taken them.
A. one B. the ones C. some D. the others
40.---- Have you ever seen a snake alive ---- Yes, I've seen __________. A. that B. so C. one D. it
41.---- Lily , do you have an umbrella It is raining outside. ----Yes, but it's _________.
A. small one B. small umbrella C. only a small one D. that one
42.Tom's mother kept telling him that he should work hard ,but __________ didn't help.
A. this B. which C. any D. it
43.---- Have you got __________red ink ---- Sorry, I haven't got __________.
A. some; some B. any; many C. some; any D. any; some
44. I prefer a street in a small town to ____________in such a large city as Shanghai.
A. that B. it C. this D. one
45. Sarah has read a lot of stories by American writers. Now she would like to read _________stories by writers from _________countries.
A. some; any B. other; some C. some; other D. other; other
46.---- Is _____________ here ---- No, Bob and Tim have asked for leave.
A. anybody B. somebody C. everybody D. nobody
47. Our headmaster advised us that in order to succeed in life, one has to be honest with_____________ friends.
A. their B. her C. one's D. our
48. I borrowed some books ________myself, but when I was going to read them, the lamp went out _________ itself and I had to sit in the dark __________ myself.
A.不填; for; by B. by; for; of C. for; of; by D. of; 不填；by
49. When I first saw the old farmer, I could hardly imagine ___________ invented the machine to pick cotton.
A. himself B. he himself C. he for himself D. he by himself
50. It is impossible for all the people to get the job, because ____________of them are not fit for it.
A. all of B. none of C. each of D. every one of
51. ----Is this your coat ----No, ___________is a blue one. A. me B. my C.I D. mine
52. The teacher offered _________ to you and __________. A. they, I B. them, me C. they, me D. them, I
53. I sent gifts to Tom and Mike but _________ of them showed for their turns. A. both B. neither C. none D. no
54.___________of the players wanted to try, so they all waited for their turns. A. Every B. Each C. Everybody D. One　
55. Can you tell ____________ that I'll be late A. another B. other C. others D. the others
56. He is really quiet. He is a man of ___________ words. A. little B. few C. a little D. a few
57. I don't like this coat. Would you show me _________ A. other one B. a one C. one D. another one
58. It's very hot. Won't you sit down and take ___________ iced water A. one B. any C. some D. no
59. I tries on two dresses but ___________of them fitted me. A. neither B. both C. none D. all
60. He said he would be ready in _________ ten minutes. A. other B. another C. some D. more
61. When asked about the accident, he didn't say ____________. A. many B. much C. some D. all
62. She doesn't want ______________ of them to trouble her. She thinks all her roommates are very naughty.
A. none B. any C. neither D. either
63. There was _________rain last year. There had to pump water from wells. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little
64.----Who is it 　---- _____________. A. Its Jack B. It's Jack C. I'm Jack D. One's Jack
65.__________ do you want, the red one or the blue one A. What B. Who C. Whom D. Which
66.With _____________ did you speak 　 A. what B. which C. who D. whom
67.By ____________ was he bitten A. whom dog B. whose dog C. who D. which
68.Their progress is obvious while ____________ not.　 A. our is B. ours is C. our are D. ours are
69. The boy promised __________ mother never to tell a lie again. A. her B. hers C. him D. his
70. You look tired. Can I help you with _____________ Thanks, but they weigh two kilograms each.
A. those box B. these boxes C. such box D. that boxes
71. She told ____of us the funniest story we have ever heard, so ______________of us could help laughing.
A. all, none　 B. some, neither C. both, any D. all, any
72. Although there are ____________ hands, there isn't so ____________ to do.
A. many; many B. a lot of; many C. a lot of; much D. much; much
73.__________ who wants to can put up __________ hands. A. Anyone, their B. Those, their C. They, your D. Somebody, his
74.____________ corner of the room shall we locate the cupboard in ____________.
A. Which, Any B. Which, Either C. What, Any D. What, Either
75. The new designs are less expensive than ____________. A. the old those B. old these C. the old ones D. others ones
76. The soil here is much richer than ____________ on the hill. A. the one B. one C. those D. that
77. To say something is _________thing and to do it is ________ thing. A. one, other B. a, another C. a, other D. one, another
78. The ___________of the family have noticed him go away without saying ___________.
A. rest, anything B. other, something C. rest, nothing D. others, nothing
79. He needn't take the bus. He has __________.　 A. his a car B. a car his own C. a car of his own D. a his own car
80. China is larger than _____________ countries in Asia. A. any of B. any C. any of the other D. other
81. Canada is larger than __________ countries in Asia. A. any B. any other C. any of the other D. other
82. Don't be so nervous. ____________ of you may try three times. A. Each B. Some C. Every D. None
83. ----Do you know we have two new classmates ----Yes. I know they are twins._____________ of them is tall but____________ of them can play basketball well.
A. All, both B. Either, none C. Neither, both D. Both, either
84. He had good advice for each of us, but only ____________ of us accepted it. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little
85. Would you like ____________ more 　No, thanks. A. any B. little C. another D. some
86.____________of the books in the library is useful to me. A. None B. No one C. Either D. All
87. He felt _______ his duty to remind his mother of the time. A. it B. one C. that D. him
88. You know, I almost hit him. I was ____________. A. that angry B. so anger C. this angrily D. such angry
89._________ was __________ that we helped out of trouble. A. That, her B. It, her C. This, she D. It, the
90. They made ____________ with their body movements in the foreign country.
A. them understand B. them understood C. themselves understand D. themselves understood
91. ----Why is he not here ----He is not quite ___________today. A. him B. himself C. his D. he
92.___________are going to work. A. I, you and he B. He, you and I C. You, he and I D. You, he and me
93. ----Who is not here ----________________. A. None B. NO one C. They D. No
94. Give me _____________five minutes, I want to finish this page. A. other B. the other C. another D. more
95. The number of books in our library is larger than__________. A. that in them B. those in theirs C. that D. that in theirs
96. You must be hungry. Are you sure I can't offer you ________ A. any thing B. everything C. something D. any foods
97. Let's clean _________room first and __________later. A. theirs; ours B. their; our C. theirs; our D. their; ours
98. I have got __________days holiday. A. three other B. another three C. other three D. more three
99. If you have ___________doubt, you can refer to __________of the reference books here.
A. some; some B. any; some C. some; a few D. any; a few
100. I just want an umbrella; _____________will do. A. it B. one C. anyone D. any one
二、代词的基础练习:
1. He did ___________ he could to help me with my maths. A. what B. that C. which D. that what
2. —Hello, is that Mrs. Black speaking —_______________Mary. A. I’m B. That’s C. She’s D. This is
3. —How many students are there in the classroom —__________. A. No one B. None C. Nobody D. Nothing
4. __________of us has an English-Chinese dictionary. A. Every B. Both C. Each D. All
5. Here is a seat for ___________. A. both us B. us both C. both of us D. B and C
6. ___________the pupils are here, some are playing on the sports ground. A. All B. Not all C. None of D. Neither of
7. Some like singing and dancing, __________enjoy reading and drawing. A. the other B. others C. other D. another
8. —Have you finished your report yet —No. I’ll finish it in ___________ten minutes.
A. another B. other C. more D. less
9. —How many elephants did you see in the zoo ___________. A. No B. No one C. None D. Neither
10. —Does he live at this end of the street or that end —____________. A. No one B. Neither C. None D. Both
11. ____________is the population of that country, do you know A. What B. Which C. How many D. How much
12. I saw two films last night and __________was good enough. A. every B. both C. neither D. none
13. The members of the family __________a bike to ride. A. each has B. each have C. has each D. have each
14. —Guess! Who is at the door —___________must be Lin Tao. A. It B. That C. He D. She
15. I found ___________ a very good worker. A. he B. him C. it D. his
16. On ____________head there are two eyes. A. it B. it’s C. its D. is
17. —Is ___________here —No，Bob is absent. A. anyone B. somebody C. everybody D. nobody
18. —Do you like these computers —No, I don’t like ___________. A. all them B. them all C. everyone D. any
19. The headteacher said to the class, “__________of you watched carefully enough.” A. Neither B. Nobody C. No one D. None
20. There are lots of English books here, and ____________of them is easy to understand.
A. both B. all C. every D. each
21. My sister can do _________work, but I can do ____________of the work.
A. the half; the whole B. the half; whole the C. half the; whole the D. half the; the whole
22. The house built of brick lasts longer than ____________built of wood. A. one B. that C. ones D. those
23. I thought it was ____________. A. him B. himself C. his D. he
24. Most of the housework was done by two members of the family, my sister and ______________.
A. me B. I C. myself D. mine
25. He cried out, “____________careless me before!”
A. Never I have met with such a B. I have never met with so C. Never have I met with such a D. Never have I met with a such
26. ____________of them understood the foreigner. A. No one B. None C. Anyone D. Nobody
27. It is twelve o’clock. All the bells in the village churches were striking. ____________year has come.
A. Another B. The other C. Other D. Other’s
28. ___________are good friends. A. He, I and you B. You, I and he C. I, you and he D. You, he and I
29. —How many tigers did you see there —____________. A. None B. No one C. No many D. Not many ones
30. _____________hands are very dirty A. Both your B. Both your two C. Both of yours D. Yours both
31. __________ of her parents is in good health. A. Either B. Both C. All D. No
32. Mr. Smith has four brothers, one is in London, but ___________are in Paris.
A. another B. others C. the other ones D. the others
33. Jim is more careful than ___________student. A. any other B. others C. the other D. other
34. Is there _____________in today’s newspaper
A. something important B. important anything C. important everything D. anything important
35. Everyone in the village could make shoes __________, but ___________didn’t wear their own shoes.
A. himself; they B. oneself; one C. themselves; they D. themselves; none
36. ___________ of the boxes is about seventy kilos. So they are too heavy for __________to lift.
A. Every; everybody B. Any; anything C. All; anyone D. Each; anybody
37.—Do you want tea or coffee —____________. I really don’t mind. A. Both B. None C. Either D. Neither
38. Her shoes are at the door, aren’t ___________ A. her B. she C. hers D. she’s
39. I think __________my duty to help you with your Chinese. A. that B. this C. he D. it
40. She was young and beautiful. ____________, she was happy.
A. More than this B. More than that C. Than that D. That
41. Jane is _____________of a musician. A. anybody B. anyone C. somebody D. something
42. Is ________possible to fly to the moon in a spaceship A. now B. man C. that D. it
43. Do you think the thief to be ___________ A. I B. his C. him D. man
44. ___________midnight __________raining.
A. It was not until; that did it stop B. Not until; it stopped C. It was not until; that it stopped D. Until; it stopped
45. Tom found __________interesting to climb hills. A. it B. it is C. that D. this
46. __________is ten miles from my home to the station. A. That B. This C. There D. It
47. Look at the baby in the picture. Who is _____________ A. he B. she C. it D. him
48. __________ was cloudy, But ___________was also a fine day for a walk. A. There; that B. There; it C. It; there D. It; it
49. How long _____________we parted A. is it since B. is it that C. is it after D. was it when
50. __________is important to study Chinese well. A. That B. This C. It D. What
51. The people there felt ____________not so difficult to work with him. A. it B. its C. it’s D. this
52. He felt _____________to work for human rights and progress. A. it his duty B. his duty C. that is a duty D. that is his duty
53. ____________needs further discussion whether we’ll build a library or not. A. We B. He C. It D. The thing
54. __________ is not good __________without doing anything. A. This; talking B. It; to talk C. It; talking D. That; to talk
55. It ____________Mike and Mary who helped the old man several days ago. A. was B. are C. were D. had been
56. It was on October 1st ____________New China was founded. A. which B. when C. as D. that
57. It was at the gate __________he told me the news. A. that B. what C. which D. where
58. Don’t you think __________a good idea to go to the museum instead of the cinema
A. that B. it C. this D. yourself
59. New English-Chinese Dictionary has been republished several times, ________ more up to date than the last edition.
A. any B. everyone C. either D. each
60. After paying 1,000 dollars __________, you'll all become full members of our club. A. each B. all C. every D. both
61. __________ was her cruelty that we all hated her. A. It B. What C. That D. Such
62. Mary has been ill in bed for a week. I wonder if she is _____________ better now. A. much B. some C. any D. very
63. ----Which of these two ties will you take ----I don't like these. Do you have any____________
A. one B. other C. ones D. others
64. I’d rather ride a bike as bike riding has ________of the trouble of taking buses. A. much B. all C. neither D. none
65. I need some blue ink today but there is ___________ at hand. A. not B. nothing C. a little D. none
66. I found the very watch of mine ___________ I had left ___________. A. where, it B. that, it C.which, one D. where, one
67. I agree with most of what you said, but I don't agree with ___________. A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing
三、代词提高练习：
1. Let _____________promise not to quarrel about such an unimportant matter any more.
A. you and I B. I and you C. yours and me D. you and me
2. _________is ___________ family that the villagers all admire it.
A. It, such an united B. His, such a united C. Her's, so united a D. Theirs, so an united
3. ---- Are you going to buy the blue shoes ---- No, I like __________ red ones over there.
A. these B. those C. this D. their
4. ---- I feel a bit hungry. ---- Why don't you have ___________ bread A. any B. little C. some D. a
5. ---- Have you a color TV ---- Yes, I have a good ____________. A. it B. one C. that D. ones
6. ---- I dislike _________when others laugh at me in public or speak ill of me behind. ---- So do I.
A. them B. those C. it D. that
7. Is this skirt ___________she likes best A. one B. that C. the one D. which
8.---- How many elephants did you see ---- ____________. A. None B. No one C. Not many ones D. No many
9. I'd rather ride a bike as bike riding has _________ of the trouble of taking buses. A. much B. all C. neither D. none
10. She was left alone, with __________to look after her. A. someone B. anyone C. not one D. no one
11. _________of us knows the reason why winter is高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解——感叹词及练习
一、感叹词的定义：感叹词是用来表示说话时表达的喜怒哀乐等情感的词。它不构成后面句子的一个语法成分，却在意义上与
它有关连，后面的句子一般说明这种情绪的性质、原因。缩写形式interj.,是英文interjection的缩写。
二、感叹词的用途：感叹词是英语口语中最富于表现力的词语之一，用途甚广。学会它，对于提高英语的交际能力，
表达复杂的思想起着举足轻重的作用。英语中的感叹词很多，但目前对它进行归纳总结很少，致使对含有感叹词的句子理
解不透。现将部分感叹词的用法进行小结。
三、感叹词的用途分类
(一) Oh: 表示惊讶、指责、痛苦、称赞、懊恼等，可译为“哦”、“哎呀”、“噢”“啊”、“呀”等。
eg.①“Oh， who was that？” Mr． Black asked．“哦，是谁？”布莱克先生问。
②“Oh， how blind you are！” he cried．“哎呀，你们真瞎！”他大声道。
③“Oh， oh！” he cried．“My stomach！ My head！ oh！ oh！”“哎呀，哎哟！”他大声道，“我的肚子！我的头！哎哟！哎哟！”
④Oh， learned judge！ Oh， wise young man．噢，博学的法官！噢，聪明的年轻人！
(二) Ah: 表示惊奇、高兴、讨厌、懊悔、藐视、威胁等，可译为“呀、啊”等。
eg.①Ah， yes， Jeanne married a man with a lot of money．啊，对啦，让娜嫁给了一个很有钱的人。
②“Ah， what splendid clothes！” thought the Emperor．“啊！多华丽的衣服啊！”皇帝想。
③Ah，how pitiful！呀，多可惜！ ④Ah， here is the thing I am after．哎呀，我找的东西在这儿呢。
(三) come: 表示鼓励、不耐烦、引起注意、安慰等，可译为“喂、好吧、说吧、得啦”等。
eg.①Oh，come， Mathilde．Surely you can tell an old friend．嗨，说吧，玛蒂尔德，你对老朋友说说总是可以的吧。
②Come， we must hurry．喂，我们得赶紧啦！
③Come， come， get him his change．Tod，get him his change．好吧，好吧，托德，快把钱找给他，快把钱找给他。
④Come，come！ What were you really doing behind the bicycle sheds？喂！喂！你还在车棚里磨蹭啥？
(四) dear: 表示后悔、难过、怜悯、同情、吃惊、盼望等，可译为“哎呀、天哪”等。
eg.①Dear me！ What awful weather！哎呀！多糟的天气！
②Oh， dear， dear！ Where can Harry be？天哪，天哪，亨利会在哪儿？
③Dear， dear！ Where have I put my keys？哎呀，我把钥匙放在哪啦？
④“Dear me，” he said to himself，“Am I foolish or unfit for my office？”“哎呀！”他心里嘀咕着，“我是愚蠢呢还是不称职？”
(五) well: 表示快慰、让步、期望、讥讽、解释、责备、犹豫等，可译为“好吧、不过、好啦、嗯”等。
eg.①Well，your father has found him in the garage．好啦，你父亲在车库里找到他了。
②Are you sure？ Well，perhaps you，are right．你能肯定吗？嗯，也许你说得对。
③Well，you must come to lunch tomorrow．不过，你明天一定要来吃午饭。
④I handed the note to him and said，“Oh，very well，I apologize．”我把那张票子递给了他，说道：“啊，好极了，我向你道歉。”
⑤Well，why don't you make a notice like theirs？那么，你为什么不做个像他们那样的广告牌呢？
(六) now: 表示警告、命令、请求、说明、安慰筹，可译为“喂、喏、好了”等，有时也可不必译出。
eg.①Now，now， you two；Don't fight again．喂，喂，你们俩，别再打了。
②Now， now， my boy！It's all right！There's no need to cry！好了，好了，孩子，没事了，别哭了。
③Now，let's play basketball．喏，咱们打篮球吧！
④Now，lift me up，Doctor，lift me up．Where is he？把我扶起来吧，医生，把我扶起来。他在哪里？
(七) there: 表示得意、鼓励、同情、悲哀、不耐烦、失望、安慰、挑衅、引起注意等，可译为“哟、瞧、好啦、得啦”等。
eg.①There！There！ Never mind， you'll soon feel better．好啦，好啦，不要紧，你马上会好的。
②There，there，you said too much．得啦，得啦，你说的太多了。
③There—I've filled it up again．瞧，我又把它灌满了。 ④There—what's that？哟，那是什么！
(八) man: 表示兴奋、轻蔑、不耐烦、引起注意、可译为“啊、嗨”等。
eg.①“Use you knife，man！” ordered the British officer nearby．“嗨，用刀子割！”旁边的英国军官命令道。
②Hurry up，man．嗨，快点。 ③We have won the match，man！啊，我们胜利了。
(九) boy: 表示高兴、兴奋、惊奇等，可译为“嘿、哇、哼、怎么样”等。
eg.①Boy，oh，boy！Our team's going to win！How fantastic？哇，怎么样！我们队要赢了！真是太好了！
②Boy！This soup is good，Mama！嘿，妈妈，这汤好得很。
③Oh，boy！I just had a wonderful dream！嘿，我刚才做了个好梦。
(十) 此外还有：
(1) ha（惊奇、疑惑、鄙视）aha（得意、惊奇、嘲弄、满意） (2) hey（喜悦、打招呼）hell（喜悦、惊奇、打招呼）
(3) sh（制止、引起注意）why（吃惊、抗议） (4) nonsense（胡说） (5) Good heavens（惊异、不高兴）
eg.①Ha！Pround as these nobles are，he is afraid to see me．哈！这些贵族尽管傲慢，他却害怕见到我。
②The trousers are all right；now the waistcoat；aha，right again．裤子合身；再请穿上背心试试；啊哈，也很合适。
③Hey！I didn't expect to meet you here．嗨，我没想到会在这儿遇到你。
④Hello？ Yes， this is Professor Hunter's house．喂，是的，这儿是亨特教授的家。
⑤They were about to go down． When Tum suddenly whispered．“Sh！Keep still． Don't move！”他们正想再下去，这时托姆突然低声道：“嘘，安静，别动！”
⑥Why， what's the harm？咳，这有什么害处呢？
⑦ “Nonsense，” the king shouted．“My cook is the best cook in the world．”“胡说！”那国王喊道，“我的厨师是世界上最好的厨师。”
⑧ “Good heavens！ Listen to that silly child，” said the father．“天哪！听听那傻孩子在瞎说些什么！”孩子的父亲说。
注意：当你听到有人这么说英语：
eg. ①Aiya, what’s the matter with you ②Wei, are you John ③Aiyo, I hurt my head.
你会感觉怎么样？Too Chinglish是吗？说的是英语，发出的语气词却是地道的汉语。这种现象太普遍了。原因就在于，我们对老外
的语气词太不了解了。所以要想把英语讲得有洋味儿，你首先要学会像老外那样哼哼哈哈！
四、下面是老外常用的语气词：
(1) Ah [ɑ:] 表痛苦、欢乐、懊悔、憎恨、厌恶、惊讶、遗憾、蔑视等。
(2) Aha [ɑ:'hɑ:] 表满意、快乐、胜利、得意、惊讶等；常含有冷嘲热讽或愚弄意。
eg.①Aha! That's it. Now I know what to do. 啊哈！就是这样。现在我知道该怎么做了！ ②Aha, so there you are! 啊哈，原来你在这里。
(3)Ahem [ 'hem] 咳嗽声，唤起注意, 或表示怀疑。
eg.Ahem, I wonder if I can raise this problem with you now. 呃哼，我现在能否向您提及这问题。
(4) Bah! [ bɑ: ] 轻蔑，厌恶: eg. Bah! You've wasted my time. Goodbye. 呸！你在浪费我的时间，再见。
(5) Blah [bla:] 反复地说，什么什么的。
eg.①All she does is go "blah-blah-blah" all night, but she never says anything worth remembering the next morning.
她整夜说个不停，但没有一句值得记到第二天早上的话。
②You have to listen to Charles talk about how bad the Rockets are and that it needs to be T-Mac's team, blah blah blah.
你必须听着巴克力说火箭有多么糟糕，还有这应该是麦迪一个人的球队，什么什么的。
(5) Brrr [br-r-r] 表领悟或冷颤。
eg. Brrr! It's already March, but it's so cold today! I can't stand it. 呜！都已经三月了，今天还这么冷！真受不了。
(6) Eek [i:k] 表害怕。
eg.Eek! His eyes are wide open! But he's fast asleep! 学徒：咦！他的眼睛睁得大大的！但睡得正香呢！
(7) Umm [ m] 表示犹豫或不确定。 eg.Umm, I’m not sure about that. You'd better go ask John.
(8) Haw-haw ['h :'h :] int. 哈哈大笑。
eg. My head almost dropped from my neck in such a shaking car，haw haw！人在车里，若非脖子皮实，感觉脑袋随时可能被甩下来，哈哈！
(9) Hey 表惊奇，喜悦，疑问，或唤起注意。eg.①Hey! What's up 嗨! 最近怎么样 ②Hey Was that really you
(10) Hmm思考状。 eg.Hmm, maybe I'll check it out. 嗯，也许我需要去看看。
(11) Ho(a)! [ h u ] 表惊奇，满足，喜悦或唤起注意。
(12) Huh [h ] 表轻蔑、疑问或惊异等。 eg. ①What does that tells you, huh 那告诉你什么，你说呢？②Huh = Pardon
(13) Ho [h u] 引人注意, 表示惊讶, 满足。
(14) La [l :] 哎呀，看哪，呀! 吃惊或加强语气时用。 eg.She always likes that one la.
(15) Mmm! 满意时说。
(16) Oh [ u] 哦；哎呀（表示惊讶或恐惧等）。 eg. Oh, really Do you think so 哦，真的吗？你这么认为？
(17)Oho [ u'h u] 嗳惊讶，喜悦，嘲弄时说。 eg. Oho, you're at it again! 啊哈，你又是这样！
(18) Oops [wups] 遇轻微碰撞，事故，意外时说。
eg.①Oops, I farted again 呀，我又放了个屁 ②Oops. You got a hair. 哦你身上有根头发。③Oops, I missed my turn. 糟糕！忘了转弯了。
(19)Oh Oh [ou ou] 表惊讶！ eg. Oh Oh, Mike, it was great dancing with you. 迈克，跟你跳舞，我觉得挺开心。
(20) Ouch [aut ]被弄疼时说。 eg.①Ouch！I was bitten by a bug！ ②Ouch ! I burned my finger!
(21) Ow [au] 剧痛时说。 eg.Ow! I cut my finger.
(22)Psst [pst] 哎，喂，让人注意时说。
eg. ①Psst! Psst! What is the answer for question number 2 ②Psst, wanna buy a kidney 喂！想要买个肾吗？
(23) Phew [fju:] 感厌恶、松一口气时说。
eg. ①Phew! It stinks in here! 呦！真臭！ ②Phew! That was a close call—she nearly saw us! 唷，真悬！她差点看到我们
(24) Sh [ ] 嘘，让人别吵时说。 eg. Sh! Someone’s trying to sleep.
(25)Tsk [tisk] 啧啧，表不赞同、同情、不耐烦等。
eg. ①And she talks about it with such conviction and self-righteousness - tsk, tsk! 她还说得这么振振有词，啧啧！
②A cellphone that can’t get message! Tsk tsk tsk! 手机不能发短信！啧啧。
(26) Tut [t t] 啧!嘘! 不耐烦、烦恼、指责、轻蔑时用。
eg.①Tut-tut, the boy's late again! 咳,这孩子又迟到了! ②Tut, tut! Such a big child acting like a spoiled child. 啧啧！那么大的孩子还撒娇。
(27) Ugh [uk; uh; h; ɡ;] 表示憎恶、厌恶、咳嗽声等。
eg.①Ugh, this place disgusts me. 呃，这地方令人作呕。 ②Ugh! That is disgusting！真恶心
(28) Uh huh [ 'h ] 肯定、赞同时用。 eg.Uh huh. Is there anything else I should remember 嗯哪，还有其他任何是我应该记得的吗？
(29) Uh-oh [' n' u] 糟糕。
eg.----Did you bring the book I lent you (你借我的书带来了吗 ) ----Uh-oh. I forgot. (啊，糟了，我忘了)
(30) Uh-uh [ ] 不同意时说。 eg. ----Did they find anything useful 他们发现什么有用的东西吗？ ----Uh-uh. 没
(31) Um [ m] 迟疑时说
eg.①I must say I find her very odd. 我得说我发现这有一点怪 ②Um, are you sure that was her 你肯定那是她吗？
(32) Whew [hju:] 好悬呀!
eg. Whew! That was close! He almost got himself run over by a car. 唷，真悬！他差点被车轧了！
(33) Whoopee! [ '(h)wupi: ] 欢呼时说。 eg. Peter, you will get a raise in pay. Whoopee! 彼得，你要涨工资了。太好了！
(34) Wow [wau] 哇塞。 eg.Wow, What a beautiful car! 哇塞，这车真漂亮！
(35) Yo [j u] 唷，喂，用以打招呼或唤起注意时说。
eg.The guard sang out, as loud as he could roar. “Yo, there!” 卫兵竭尽全力大喊大叫：“喂，叫你呢！”
(36) Yuck [ j k ] 表厌恶时说。 eg.①Yuck! The carrots taste awful. 妈呀！这些胡萝卜真难吃。
(37) Yum-yum [j m j m] 好吃，真棒。
eg.①Yum-yum, your pizza tastes really good！ ②This hotel is so magnificent! ——Yum! 这个宾馆太辉煌了。——了不起！
(38) All right的用法:
: All right的第一个用法是和ok, yes一样，比如一位母亲在向孩子交待任务：
eg. Walk the dog after finishing your homework, ok All right, I'll do it. (你写完作业后去溜狗，行吗 好吧，我会去的。)
在这个对话里，walk the dog的意思就是“溜狗”。
:All right的另一个意思是“for sure”，“肯定”。比如在一次审讯中，一个疑犯对警察说：
eg. “He was the one who did it, all right。”他的意思就是，“是他干的，我肯定。”
:All right还可以当“还行”，“不错”讲，当它修饰名词时，all right之间要用一个连线连接起来，变成all-right。
注意： 我们可以看看下面两段对话：
eg.①"I heard you had a car accident. Are you ok " "I'm all right now." (“我听说你发生车祸了。你还好吗 ”“我现在还行。”)
②"How do you like that man " "Well, he is an all-right guy." (“你觉得那个人怎么样 ”“嗯，他还可以吧。”)
:All right的最后一个用法就是作为感叹词，表示赞许，意思是“好啊!”“太棒了!”，通常你会在演出的时候听到。
比如说在下面的例句里：
eg. When the guitarist began his solo, the entire audience explodedsintosa roaring"All right!"
　　(当吉他手开始他的独奏时，全场轰鸣，观众高喊‘太棒了!’)
(39) “Woops!”这个词通常是在讲话的人不小心做错了什么事之后或忘记了什么事情时用的。
比如说，一个孩子洗碗的时候不慎打破了一个盘子，他可能就会说：“Woops!”我们
可以看看下面的例句：
eg. "Woops! I accidentally deleted all the files in this folder." (糟糕!我不小心把这个文件夹里文件都给删除了。)
但是如果你被什么东西刮碰蹭，或者被什么东西伤害了，用什么感叹词合适呢 这个时候，ouch!就是最好的选择之一了。比如说，
一个人突然被虫子咬了一口，可以说，“Ouch! I was bitten by a bug!”
五、感叹句的用法及练习题：
定义：感叹句用来表示说话时的一种较为强烈的感情，如：喜悦、赞叹、惊异、愤怒、厌恶等。句末用感叹句号，读时多用降调。
特点：我们中文的表达里有用来表示感叹的句子，通常在句子末尾加上“啊”、“呀”等语气词，同样在英语里面也有表示感叹的句
子，这类句型的特点是带有感叹词“how”或“what”，这两个词是构成感叹句的关键引导词。除此之外，还要在实践中牢记感叹句的结构。
What句式：
(1) What + a/an + 形容词 + 名词单数 (+ 主语+动词)！eg.①What a beautiful girl she is! ②What a strong wind (it is )!
③What a lovely girl she is! 多么可爱的女孩啊！ --→ She is a lovely girl.
【说明】 在感叹句中，What a / an 常用来修饰单数可数名词，若其前面的形容词为元音开头，则用 an。what 是用来修饰复数可
数名词和不可数名词。但有些不可数名词，如 rain, surprise, breakfast, lunch 等，当前面有形容词修饰，使抽象名词具体化时，
则要用 what a / an。
eg.①What a heavy rain it is! 多大的一场雨啊！ ②What a great surprise it is! 这多么令人惊奇啊！ ③What a rich breakfast it is! 多么丰盛的一顿早餐啊！
(2) What + 形容词 + 名词复数 (+ 主语 + 动词)！ eg.①What beautiful girls they are! ② What good books they are!
③What beautiful flowers they are. 多美的花啊！--→ They are beautiful flowers.
(3) What + 形容词 + 不可数名词 (+ 主语 + 动词）！ eg.①What delicious milk it is! ②What cold weather it is!
③What heavy snow it is! 多大的雪啊！--→ It is heavy snow.
(4)What + n. (复数)( a/an+ n.(单数) | what + n.( 不可数) + 主语+ 谓语+！
eg.①What men ( they are) ! / What a pity(it is)! / What fun (it is) !
How句式：(1) How + 形容词(+ 主语 + 动词)！
eg. ①How beautiful this girl is! ②How nice the pictures are! 多么漂亮的图画呀！--→ The pictures are nice.
③How cold it is today! 今天的天气真冷啊！--→ It is cold. ④How happy they look! 他们显得多么高兴呀！--→ They look happy.
⑤How clever you are!你多聪明呀！ ⑥How fast the train is!这火车多快呀！ ⑦How hot the weather is!天气真热呀！
(2) How + 形容词 + a(n) + 单数名词 + 主语 + 谓语 !
eg. ①How pretty a girl she is!这女孩多漂亮呀！ ②How interesting a book this is!这书多有趣啊！
(3) How + 副词(+ 主语 + 动词)！ eg.①How fast the train is moving! 这列车开得多快呀！②How well she sings! 她唱得多好啊！
eg. ③How happily the children are playing! 这些孩子玩得多开心啊！
(4) How +主语+ 谓语! eg.①How it blows! 风刮得多猛呀！ ②How time flies! 时间过得多快呀！
注意：(1) how与其后的副词或形容词构成短语，在句中充当状语或表语，因此，how与其后的副词、形容词不可分开。当后面的
谓语动词是系词，how + 形容词；当后面的谓语动词是行为动词，how＋副词。
eg.①How fine he looks! 他看起来气色多好呀！ ②How carefully he is looking at the blackboard!他在多么细心地看黑板呀！
③How happy he feels!他感觉多开心呀！ How happily he plays! 他玩得多开心呀！
(2) how构成的感叹句中的谓语不用否定形式。
eg.①How unwise you are to go there alone! 你多不明智，一个人去那！ ***不可以说How wise you are not…!
(3) “How ＋形容词”后不能跟复数名词，
即不能说： How pretty dolls you have! 可以用what，即： What pretty dolls you have! 你的玩具多可爱呀！
(4) 表意清楚时，“How＋副词＋主语＋谓语”中的副词可以省去。
eg.① How (fast) the boy ran! 这男孩跑得多快啊！ ②How (hard) the wind blows! 风刮得真大！
(5) 感叹句还可省略如：
eg.① What a fine day! 多么晴朗的天呀！ ② What red apples! 多么红的苹果呀！
③ How cool! 好凉快呀！ ④ How wonderful! 精彩极了！
(6) 两种感叹句的转换：
eg.①What a big box it is! =How big the box is! ②What nice weather it is!=How nice the weather is!
③What clean rooms they are!= How clean the rooms are! ④What a careful student she is! = How careful a student she is!
感叹句的练习题：
填词: 1._________nice it is today! 2._________ a nice day it is today! 3._________ ugly animals they are!
4. ________ clever Tom is! 5. _________ a clever boy Tom is! 6. _________ a beautiful flower it is !
7._______interesting the book is! 8. _________beautiful the flower is ! 9. _________ an interesting book it is !
10._______sunny the weather is ! 11.________ sunny weather it is ! 12. _________hard work it is!
13. ________hard the work is! 14. ________ hard Andy studies! 15. ________well the girls are singing!
16. _________a clever girl she is! 17. _________ an interesting story it is! 18. ________ good children they are!
19. ________ well she sings! 20.________ beautiful flowers they are! 21. _________ nice the pictures are!
22. ________ cold it is today! 23.________ delicious food it is! 24. ________ heavy snow it is!
单选： 1. ___________ food you've cooked! A. How a nice B. What a nice C. How nice D. What nice
2. ___________terrible weather we've been having these days!　 A. What　 B. What a　　C. How　 D. How a
3. _________ I had! You really suffered a lot. A. What a time　B. What time　　C. How a time　　D. How time
词汇辨析小常识：
(1) award ：侧重指官方或经正式研究裁决后对有功者或竞赛优胜者所给予的奖励。 reward ：指对品德高尚和勤劳的人所给予的奖励。也可指为某事付酬金。
1. By rights, half the ___________ should be mine. A. award B. reward　
2. The __________ for this year's best actress went to Meryl Streep. A. award B. reward
(2) back, backward, hind, behind: 这些词均有“在后，向后”之意。
back : 作为副词或形容词时，强调所修饰物的位置以及动作运动方向。 backward : 可用于人或物，指向后的，落后的或迟钝的。
hind : 指成对并且分前后的东西的“后面的”。 behind : 指一物同它物相对的位置或场所。
1. He is __________ the plan. A. back　 B. backward　 C. hind D. behind
2. The dog was sitting on his ________ legs. A. back　 B. backward　 C. hind D. behind
3. Stand __________! You're stepping on my toes. A. back　 B. backward　 C. hind D. behind
4. Although he is clever, he is _____________ in giving his views. A. back　 B. backward　 C. hind D. behind
5.(1999年6月四级第61题) The committee is totally opposed ________ any changes being made in the plans. A. of B. on C. to D. against
6. (1997年6月四级第60题) Because Edgar was convinced of the accuracy of this fact, he _________ his opinion.
A. struck at 　　 B. stroke for 　　 C. stuck to 　　 D.stood for
7.(1989年1月四级第55题) They are considering _________ before the prices go up.
A. of buying the house B. buying the house C. with buying the house D. to buy the house
8.(1997年1月四级第46题) Some old people don't like pop songs because they can't ______so much noise A. resist B. sustain C. tolerate D. undergo
2010年高考英语喜欢与厌恶表达用语归纳
喜好和厌恶（likes and dislikes）直接表达了一个人的情感和态度。究竟是喜欢还是不喜欢，要根据具体情况把你的真实情感明白地表
达出来， 而且表达厌恶时要注意委婉含蓄。
[典型表达]: eg.①I like / love the dinner you prepared yesterday (very much). 我（非常）喜欢 /喜爱你昨天准备的晚餐。
②I quite like the story written by the famous professor. 我很喜欢那位著名教授写的故事。
③I like / love to write poems in my spare time. 我喜欢在业余时间写诗歌。 ④I really enjoy reading English novels. 我确实喜欢看英文小说。
⑤I am fond of listening to popular music like many young people.　像许多年轻人一样，我喜欢听流行音乐。
⑥To tell the truth, I’m rather keen on science fictions. 说实话，我对科幻小说颇有兴趣。　　
⑦I don’t like to play football after supper. 我不喜欢晚饭后踢足球。 ⑧I dislike being treated like that.　我不喜欢被那样对待。
⑨I hate to laugh at others when they are in trouble. 我讨厌在别人处于困境时嘲笑他们。
[案例探究]:
—__________ —I’m fond of playing table tennis. A. Do you like sports B. Which sport do you like best
C. Playing table tennis is fun. D. Is playing table tennis your favorite thing to do
答案与解析：B。本题考查表示喜好的交际用语。答语是：我喜欢打乒乓球。说明对方问的可能是：你最喜欢什么运动？
[巩固练习]:
1. —Walking an hour every day is good for one’s health. —Certainly. However, _______.
A. I love doing it very much B. I don’t hate it C. I don’t like to do it every day D. climbing a mountain is also good
2. —_______. Did you do it yourself —I’m glad you like it. My sister did it for me.
A. I don’t think so B. I like your new hair style C. I have no idea D. You look nice today
3. —Which would you rather have, tea or coffee —________
A. Neither, thank you. B. Yes, both. C. Why not D. Sure, I would.
2010年高考英语就医表达用语归纳:
英语中看病这一交际项目有着各种不同的表达方式。 看病时要真正做到“你有来言，我有去语”就得掌握下列内容。
[典型表达]:
1. 医生询问病人的用语： eg.What’s the matter / trouble with you What’s wrong with you What’s your trouble 你怎么了？
2. 病人应答语： eg.①There’s something wrong with my back. 我背疼。②I have (got) a headache. / My head aches. 我头疼。
③I have got a cough. 我咳嗽。 ④I have got a pain here. 我这儿疼。 ⑤It hurts here and there. 到处疼。 ⑥I don’t feel well today. 我今天感到不舒服。
3. 医生诊断、提建议及安慰用语：eg. ①Let me take your temperature. 让我给你量体温。 ②It’s nothing serious. 没有什么严重的。
③You’ll be all right soon. 你很快就会好的。 ④You had better ask for a leave and have a rest for a few days. 你最好请假休息几天。
⑤Drink more water and have a good rest. 多喝点水好好休息。 ⑥Take these pills 3 times a day. 这些药一天服三次。
[案例探究]:
—I feel sick, doctor. A. How long have you been sick B. I’m sorry to hear that.
—__________ C. How are you feeling now D. Do you have a fever
—I am not sure, but I have got a bad headache. 答案与解析：D。根据下文病人的答语I am not sure可知医生问的是“你发烧吗？”
[巩固练习]:
1. —__________. 　—There is a pain in my chest, and I cough a lot.
A. How are you B. You’d better stop smoking. C. What’s wrong with you D. What can I do for you
2. —I have a serious stomachache. —__________.
A. Take it easy. B. It doesn’t matter. C. That’s OK. D. Really？
2010年高考英语责备和抱怨用语归纳:
在对方做错了事或者没有能够做好某事的时候，我们可能会去责备或者抱怨。值得注意的是，语气要委婉。当我们受到别人的责备
或者抱怨时，我们也要表示歉意。
[典型表达]:
eg. ①He is to blame. 他应负责任。 ②She blamed him for the traffic accident. 她为交通事故责备他。 ③He shouldn’t have done it. 他本不该干那件事的。
④Why can’t you do something about it 你为何不能为那件事出点力？ ⑤—He couldn’t find the place. 他找不到那个地方。
⑥—You told him how to get there, but perhaps you should have drawn a map. 你告诉了他如何去，但是也许你本应画张地图。
[案例探究]: A. Why not B. Really C. I don’t know. D. I’m terribly sorry.
—I was really anxious about you. You shouldn’t have left without a word. —________
答案与解析： D。做了错事理应表示歉意。
[巩固练习]: A. Oh, don’t complain about a gift. B. Sorry. I’ll give you a better one next time.
1. —You shouldn’t have chosen that kind of book for me. —________ C. What’s wrong with you D. What can I do for you
2. —How could you say that —___________ I didn’t mean to hurt you.
A. Excuse me. B. I won’t regret. C. I’m really sorry. D. That’s all right.
3. —Everyone blames Dick for breaking the window. —__________ He was busy doing his homework then.
A. It’s unfair. B. He is to blame. C. Why not D. Not surprising.
2010年高考英语约会表达用语归纳: 清清楚楚地表达所要约会的时间和地点，明明白白地进行预定的活动。
[典型表达]:
eg. ①Are you / will you be free this afternoon 你今天下午有空吗？ ②How about tomorrow morning 　　明天上午怎么样？
③Shall we meet at the school gate？我们在校门口见面好吗？　 Yes, I’ll be free then. 好，那时我有空。
No, I won’t be free then. But I’ll be free tomorrow. 不行，那时我没空儿。但是我明天有空。
④All right. See you then. 好，那时见。 ⑤How about going for a drink together 一起去喝一杯怎么样？
⑥What time shall we go 我们什么时间去？
[案例探究]: A. At any time B. You make the time
—When shall we meet, at 6:00 or at 6:30 —__________. C. Well, either time will do D. Any time is OK
答案与解析: C。此题题干中的信息词是at 6:00 or at 6:30, 表示两个时间概念。答语中的any不合适，因为any指三者或三者以上中的任何一个。
[巩固练习]:
1. —Hello, may I have an appointment with the doctor —___________
A. Sorry. He is busy at the moment. B. Why didn’t you call earlier
C. Certainly. May I know your name D. Sorry. He doesn’t want to see you.
2. —I’ll meet you outside the cinema in an hour, OK —___________.
A. No, 2 hours earlier B. Yes, that’s a good idea C. OK, but I can manage D. No, I don’t think so
3. —____________ —OK. Let’s meet at the usual place.
A. Would seven thirty be all right for you B. Would you like to know where we will meet
C. Would you let me know when we all meet D. Would you mind meeting at the usual place
2010年高考英语告别表达用语归纳:
相见时难别亦难，友情再深终有一别。不要忧伤，不要难过。我们既然要离开，就得学会用地道的英语来委婉地表达我们的离别之意。
[典型表达]:
eg.①I’m afraid I must be leaving now.　 我恐怕得告辞了。 ②It’s time I met my brother. I have to go now. 是我去见我哥哥的时候了，我现在得走了。
③I must be off now.　　我必须得走了。 ④I’m sorry I have to go now. 对不起我得走了。
⑤I think it’s time for us to leave now. 我想现在是我们告辞的时候了。 ⑥ It was nice meeting you.　=Nice to have met you. 遇见你真是太好了。
[案例探究]: 答案与解析: D。客人道别，主人同意,然后道别.
—It’s getting late. I’m afraid I must be going now. —OK. _______ (全国卷2004)
A. Take it easy. B. Go slowly. C. Stay longer. D. See you.
[巩固练习]:
1. —I’m afraid I have to say goodbye to you. —__________.
A. I’m sorry B. That’s all right C. Never mind D. I wish you could stay longer
2. —It’s late. I’d like to say goodbye. —_________.
A. Please stay more a while B. That’s all right
C. Hope you had a good time. See you tomorrow D. I’ll miss you
2010年高考英语道歉表达用语归纳:
在做错事或说错话时，该如何用地道的英语道歉，挽回局面？当别人道歉时，该如何去应答，去宽慰别人呢？
[高考真题]:
1. — We missed you at this morning’s meeting, Diana. — _________, but if I hadn’t had to meet a friend, I would have been there. (重庆2005)
A. Me, too B. I’m sorry C. Never mind D. Thank you
2. — I’m terribly sorry I broke your glass. — __________. (安徽2005)
A. That’s right B. Bad luck C. Sorry D. You can forget it
[答案与解析]:
1. B。理解题干中miss（没有看到）的确切含义是解本题的关键，听话者必须对自己缺席会议道歉，并解释原因。
2. D。当朋友或同事不小心摔坏你的东西时，你就可以说Forget it（没关系、不必在意）， It’s nothing / all right（没关系）或者I never
liked it anyway（我根本不太喜欢这东西），这样，给他一个台阶下，从而打破尴尬局面。
[巩固练习]:
1. — Oh dear! I’ve just broken a window. — __________. It can’t be helped.(2005全国卷I、II)
A. Never mind B. All right C. That’s fine D. Not at all
2. — I’m sorry I’m calling you so late. — __________ okay. (北京2003春) A. This is B. You’re C. That’s D. I’m
2010年高考英语介绍表达用语归纳: 学会用得体的英语去巧妙地介绍自己和别人，能够使气氛融洽，使大家交流轻松愉快。
[典型表达]:
eg. ①May I introduce you to my friend Hang Kai 我可以把你介绍给我的朋友杭凯吗？
　　②Please allow me to introduce you to my classmates. 请允许我把你介绍给我的同学。
　　③I’ d like you to meet my friend, Maria.　　我想请你见一见我的朋友玛利娅。
　　④May I introduce myself I’m Jim Green. 我做一下自我介绍好吗？我是杰姆 格林。
　　⑤How do you do My name is Cui Hengbiao. 你好，我是崔恒标。 ⑥I’m Kate. Happy to know you. 我是凯特，很高兴认识你。
⑦I’d like you to meet Jim. He’s a friend of mine.我想请你见一下吉姆，他是我的一个朋友。
[案例探究]:
—Hi, I’m your new neighbor. My name is David. —_____________
A. Do you live alone B. Where are you from C. Hi! It’s good to see you. I’m George. D. Oh, you are my new neighbor.
答案与解析: C。本题考查介绍的口语交际用语。对方说出了是新邻居并做了自我介绍，你也要问候并做出自我介绍。
[巩固练习]:
1. —Let me introduce myself. I’m Vincent. —____________.
A. What a pleasure B. It’s my pleasure C. Pleased to meet you D. I’m very pleased
2. —Kate, this is Susan Jones, my old school friend. —Nice to meet you. —_________.
A. Nice to meet you B. Me, too C. It’s my pleasure to meet you D. Thank you
3. —Peter, this is my classmate Li Hua. —____________
A. How are you B. How do you like me C. How do you do D. Thank you.
2010年高考英语问路表达用语归纳:
谁都有迷路的时候，谁都有找不到目的地而犯愁的时候。只要你会使用恰当的问路表达方式，前途肯定会是光明的。
[典型表达]:
eg. ①Excuse me. Where is the Pacific Hotel 对不起，请问太平洋宾馆在哪儿？
　　②Go down this street until you see the tall building. 沿着这条路走，直到你看到那个高楼。
　　③Does this road lead to the Agriculture Bank of China 这条马路到/通向中国农业银行吗？
　　④No. Turn right at the first crossing. 不，在第一个十字路口向右拐。
　　⑤Excuse me. Which is the way to the No. 1 Middle School 打扰一下，请问哪条路到一中？
　　⑥You can take No. 503 bus. 你可以乘503路公交车。
　　⑦Excuse me. Could you tell me the way to the airport 打扰了。你能告诉我去飞机场的路吗？
　　⑧It’s over there. It’s in that direction. 在那儿，就在那个方向。
　　⑨Can you tell me how to get to the People’s Park 你能告诉我怎么去人民公园吗？
　　⑩Sorry, I don’t know. I’m a stranger here. 对不起，我不知道。我也是刚来这儿。
[案例探究]:
—Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bank is, please —__________ Oh yes! It’s past the office, next to a big market. (全国2006 I)
A. Mm, let me think. B. Oh, I beg your pardon C. You’re welcome. D. What do you mean
答案与解析: A。本题考查问路情景中的口语交际用语。此题题干中的信息词是Oh yes! 表明说话者有一个思考的过程。意思是“哦，让我想想。”
[巩固练习]:
1. —____________ —It’s only about ten minutes’ walk. A. Hello, can you tell me the way to the station
B. Turn left at the traffic lights. C. Shall I take a bus D. Is it far from here
2. —Excuse me, can you tell me how to get to the airport —____________.
A. Certainly, you can take No. 3 bus B. No, I don’t know how C. Yes, you could go by bus D. Along this road
3. —Excuse me, could you tell me if there is a hospital near here —___________
A. Why not B. No, I couldn’t. C. Sorry, I’m a stranger here myself. D. My pleasure.
2010年高考英语询问表达用语归纳:
在真实的交际当中，对于怎样询问信息以及怎样回答对方的询问，是要做出思考的。询问用语要得体，回答信息要贴近事实。
[高考真题]:
1. —Excuse me, Sir, is the swimming pool open all day —__________. Only from 6:00 pm to 10:00 pm. (广东2006)
A. That’s right B. Yes, of course C. Sorry, I am not sure D. Sorry, I’m afraid not
2. —I wonder if I could possibly use your car for tonight —__________. I’m not using it anyhow. (NMET 2006 )
A. Sure, go ahead B. I don’t know C. Yes, indeed D. I don’t care
[答案与解析]:
1. D。对方问游泳池是否全天开放。另一方回答恐怕不是。因为后一句表明了是仅从6点到10点。英语中用来询问信息的交际用语
有：Excuse me, do you know ... / Could you tell me ... / Have you got any idea why ... 等。用来回答的有：Certainly. / OK.
/ All right. / Sorry, I’ve got no idea. / I’m afraid I can’t ...等。
2. A。一方问：我想知道是否有可能使用你的汽车 另一方则明确告之：当然可以，你用吧。因为我不用。
[巩固练习]:
1. —How often do you eat out —__________, but usually once a week. (天津2004)
A. Have no idea B. It depends C. As usual D. Generally speaking
2. —Excuse me, could you tell me where I could make a call —Sorry, I’m a stranger here. —__________.
A. Thanks a lot B. That’s a pity C. Thanks anyway D. I’m sorry to hear that
3. —Are you satisfied with what she has done —__________. It couldn’t be any better.
A. Not a little B. Not at all C. I’m sorry D. Thank you
2010年高考英语表扬与鼓励表达用语归纳:
在西方，人们总会适时地给对方以表扬和鼓励。人们对于别人的赞扬一般会表示高兴，并且“Thank you!”不离口。
[高考真题]:
1. —What a beautiful picture you’ve drawn! —____________.(四川2006)
A. Not at all B. Thank you C. You are great D. I’m proud of you
2. —Do you think our basketballers played very well yesterday —__________.(上海2001)
A. They are not nervous at all B. They were still young C. They played naturally D. They couldn’t have done better
[答案与解析]:
1. B。本题考查接受表扬的交际用语。对于别人的夸奖，要说声Thank you! 另外，接受别人表扬的答语还有： I’m glad you like it.
2. D。此处They couldn’t have done better是一句赞扬的话。说明他们已经尽了最大努力，不会打得比这再好了。这是最好的。另
外，赞扬和表扬别人的用语还有：Very good! Well done! Wonderful! Excellent! You speak English very well. Your dress is very beautiful!
[巩固练习]:
1. —That was a great dinner. You must have spent all day cooking. —__________. But it really took only an hour.
A. You are right B. That’s all right C. Thanks D. No, of course not
2. —I think you look very nice in the red jacket. —____________.
A. Oh, no, I don’t look nice at all B. I’m glad you think so C. I don’t like red color but my mom made me wear it D. You are very kind
3. —Your tie goes very well with your shirt. —____________
A. Oh, it is on sale. B. I bought it at a half price. C. Does it really look OK D. No, not so nice.
2010年高考英语猜测与预见表达用语归纳: 猜测通常表示说话人的一种主观判断，有时也表示一种客观存在的事实。
[高考真题]:
1. —You know who came yesterday —Yao Ming We had a basketball match.
　—_________ He came and watched the game. (湖北2006 )
A. You guessed it! B. How did you know that C. Well done! D. That was good news!
2. —It’s been raining for a whole week. I think it’ll get fine soon. —___________. We are getting into the rainy season now.(安徽2006)
A. Yes, it will B. Of course not C. It’s possible D. It’s hard to say
[答案与解析]:
1. A. 此处是对于对方的猜测表示的一种肯定。You guessed it.表示“你猜对了。” 英语中表示猜测的句型有：I guess that ...; I guess not; He must have done ...等。
2. D. 一方认为“天很快会转晴”，另一方则表示一种“不肯定”的看法：很难说（It’s hard to say.）。英语中表示不十分肯定的表达法还有：It seems that ...; It looks as if ...
[巩固练习]:
1. —The boys are not doing a good job at all, are they —____________.
A. I guess not so B. I don’t guess C. I don’t guess so D. I guess not
2. —Tom graduated from college at a very young age. —____________
A. He is right. B. He must have been an excellent student. C. You are wonderful. D. Do you see it
3. —Do you think it’s going to rain over the weekend —____________
A. I don’t think. B. It looks so. C. I believe not. D. Are you sure
2010年高考英语观点看法表达用语归纳:
学会用英语表达自己的观点和看法在日常交际中是非常重要的，我们所表述的观点看法要贴近事实，并符合真情实境。
[高考真题]:
1. — It took me ten years to build up my business, and it almost killed me.
— Well, you know what they say. __________.(江苏2006)
A. There is no smoke without fire B. Practice makes perfect C. All roads lead to Rome D. No pains, no gains
2. — How did you find your visit to Qingdao, Joanna — __________.(山东2006 )
A. Oh, wonderful indeed B. I went there alone C. First by train and then by ship D. A guide showed me the way
[答案与解析]:
1. D。根据一方所陈述的：花了我十年时间成就事业，费了不少劲。另一方则表达了观点：不劳无获(No pains, no gains)。
2. A。一方问：你认为你的青岛之行怎么样？另一方则陈述了自己的观点看法：真的很棒(wonderful)！
[巩固练习]:
1. — Andrew won’t like it, you know. — ________ I don’t care what Andrew thinks! (广东2006)
A. So what B. So where C. So why D. So how
2. — What do you want to do next We have half an hour until the basketball game.
— ________. Whatever you want to do is fine with me. (浙江2004)
A. It just depends B. It’s up to you C. All right D. Glad to hear that
3. — What do you think of living in the country, David — ___________.
A. Yes, perfectly B. I agree with you C. Not really D. Well, that depends
2010年高考英语感谢与应答表达用语归纳:
英美人几乎在一切场合都对别人的帮助、赞扬，哪怕是微不足道的事表示感谢。表达感谢很简单，但是要恰到好处却不是容易的。
[高考真题]:
1. — Thanks for the lovely and delicious food. — __________.(2003北京 春)
A. No thanks B. Never mind C. All right D. My pleasure
2. — Thank you ever so much for the book you sent me. — _________. (上海1997 )
A. No thanks B. I’m glad you like it C. Please don’t say so D. No, it’s not so good
[答案与解析]:
1. D. My pleasure. 常常用来回答对方的感谢。常见的回答感谢的方式还有：You’re welcome. / Not at all. / Don’t mention it. / That’s all right. 等。
2. B。此处I’m glad you like it也是回答感谢的一种方式。
[巩固练习]:
1. — It’s been a wonderful evening. Thank you very much. — ___________. (北京2002)
A. My pleasure B. I’m glad to do that C. No, thanks D. It’s OK
2. — I really don’t know how to thank you enough. — ___________.
A. No problem B. Think nothing of it C. Not at all D. It doesn’t matter
3. — It’s been an unforgettable party. Thank you very much. — ___________.
A. No thanks B. It’s OK C. You are welcome D. Just do it
2010年高考英语希望与愿望表达用语归纳:
当希望别人做某事或者不愿意让别人做某事，或者表达自己的一种希望、愿望时需要恰当用词，这样才能准确地传达自己的意图。
[高考真题]:
1. — Will you be able to finish your report today — ____________.(2006全国卷II)
A. I like it B. I hope so C. I’ll do so D. I’d love it
2. — You haven’t lost the ticket, have you — __________. I know it’s not easy to get another one at the moment. (江苏2004)
A. I hope not B. Yes, I have C. I hope so D. Yes, I’m afraid so
[答案与解析]:
1. B. 此处表示一种希望，意思是：我希望今天能够完成报告。常见的表达希望的用语还有I wish to see you again. / I hope to become a teacher. 等。
2. A. 根据语境，此处应用I hope not (我希望没丢)，表示希望不会是某种情况。
[巩固练习]:
1. — Do you feel like taking a walk in the park — ____________. A. You may ask your brother to go, too
B. Yes, but I can’t afford the time C. No, I’m really not in the mood for it this evening D. No, thank you
2. — Bill, would you like to go camping sometime this month — ____________ — Probably just the two of us.
A. Sure, Fred wants to go, too. 　　 B. I’d love to, but I heard it’s too crowded.
C. Fine, as long as it’s a weekend. By the way, who’s going D. Sounds great, when can you get time off from work
3. — Who would you rather have clean the office — ____________.
A. I’d like Tom B. Tom, please C. Tom’d rather D. Tom, of course
2010年高考英语同意与反对表达用语归纳:
英语中，当对方提出某种观点、意见或请求时，你要表示恰当而具体的态度。究竟是同意还是不同意，要有个明确的答复。
[高考真题]:
1. — Do you think I could borrow your bicycle — __________(浙江2005)
A. How come B. Take your time. C. Yes, go on. D. Yes, help yourself.
2. — Do you mind my smoking here — __________! (四川20060 )
A. No, thanks B. No. Good idea C. Yes, please D. Yes. Better not
[答案与解析]:
1. D. 问句为：我能够借用你的自行车吗？ 答语表示同意：好的，请随便吧（Yes, help yourself.）。 另外表示同意的用语还有
Certainly / Exactly / Sure / Of course. / I agree. / No problem. / That’s exactly what I was thinking.等。
2. D. 此处表示委婉的不同意。意思是：你最好不要抽 ( You’d better not smoke.)。另外表示不同意的用语有：No, I don’t think
so. / I’m afraid not. / I don’t agree with you. 等。
[巩固练习]:
1. — Let’s go swimming, shall we ___________ A.Yes, I don’t want to go with you.
B. Yes, but I can’t afford the time C. No, I’m really not in the mood for it this evening D. No, thank you
2. — Bill, would you like to go camping sometime this month — ____________ — Probably just the two of us.
A. Sure, Fred wants to go, too. B. I’d love to, but I heard it’s too crowded.
C. Fine, as long as it’s a weekend. By the way, who’s going D. Sounds great, when can you get time off from work
3. — Who would you rather have clean the office — ____________.
A. I’d like Tom B. Tom, please C. Tom’d rather D. Tom, of course
2010年高考英语祝愿与祝贺表达用语归纳:
日常生活中，我们经常接受别人的祝愿、祝贺，同时我们也应学习去祝愿、祝贺别人。有时还有共同的祝愿(The same to you.)。
祝愿的表达方式很多，但是一定要用得恰到好处。
[高考真题]:
1. Tom: Mike, our team will play against the Rockets this weekend. I’m sure we will win. Mike: ___________! (广东2005)
A. Congratulations B. Cheers C. Best wishes D. Good luck
2. — Guess what! I came across an old friend at the party last night. — ____________. I’m sure you had a wonderful time. (辽宁2004)
A. Sounds good B. Very well C. How nice D. All right
[答案与解析]:
1. D. 表示“祝你好运”说Good luck!。另外表示祝愿的用语还有Have a good trip!（祝一路顺风!）等。
2. C. 由上句“我昨天碰到了一位好朋友”可以知道，下句应表示祝贺。而A、 B、 D项都不表示祝贺。另外表示祝贺的有：
Congratulations to you on your success. (祝贺你成功)等。
[巩固练习]:
1. — I’m taking my driving test tomorrow. — ___________.(NMET 2002)
A. Cheers B. Good luck C. Come on D. Congratulations
2. — Thank God. It’s Friday again. A nice weekend. — ___________.
A. Me too B. That’s all right C. The same to you D. Yes, I’ll be free then
3. — I’ve passed my English test finally. — Really ____________.
A. It’s an obvious fact B. Congratulations
C. I suppose you are right D. You have yourself to thank
4.(1999年6月四级第44题) The price of beer _________ from 50 cents to $ 4 per liter during the summer season.
A. ranged B. differed C. altered D. separated
5.(1997年6月四级第41题) The soldier was _________ of running away when the enemy attacked.
A.scolded　?　　 B. charged C. accused D. punished
6.(1999年1月四级第43题) Generous public funding of basic science would ________ considerable benefits for the country's health, wealth and security.
A. lead to B. result from C. lie in 　　 D. settle down
1.Key: 1-3 CBA
2. Key:1-2 C A
3. Key: 1-3 BCA
4. Key: 1-3 CBA
5. Key: 1-2 DC
6. Key: A C
7. Key: 1-3 CBC
8. Key: 1-3 DAC
9. Key: 1-3 BCA
10. Key: 1-3 CBC
11. Key: 1-3 DBC
12. Key: 1-3 ABD
13. Key：1-3 ACC
14. Key：1-3 CCD
15. Key：1-3 CCD
16. Key：1-3 BCB
PAGE
13.高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解——构词法
一.概念：英语中的构词法主要包括: 转化词, 派生词, 合成词, 混成词, 截短词, 缩略词等, 其中前三种最为重要。
二.相关知识点精讲：
1.转化法：英语中,有的名词可作动词,有的形容词可作副词或动词,这种把一种词性用作另一种词性而词形不变的方法叫作转化法. 1)动词转化为名词：
eg. ①Let's go out for a walk.我们到外面去散散步吧。 ②He is a man of strong build.他是一个体格健壮的汉子。
③Let's have a swim. 咱们游泳吧。 ④You can ask for a help.
⑤Let’s go for a drive next Sunday. ⑥They stopped there for a swim.
解析：很多动词可以转化为名词,大多意思没有多大的变化(如上①);有时意思有一定变化(如上②);有的与一个动词和不定冠词构成短语,表示一个动作(如上③)。2)名词转化为动词：如: mark评分, stage上演, water浇水
eg. ①Did you book a seat on the plane 你订好飞机座位了吗 ②Please hand me the book.请把那本书递给我。
③She nursed her husband back to health.她看护丈夫,使他恢复了健康。 ④We lunched together.我们在一起吃了午餐。
⑤She waters the flowers every day. ⑥
解析: 很多表示物件(如上①),身体部位(如上②),某类人(如上③)的名词可以用作动词来表示动作,某些抽象名词(如上④)也可作动词。3)形容词转化为动词: 有少数形容词可以转化为动词, 如: warm加热,使温暖, further促进,
eg. ① We will try our best to better our living conditions.我们要尽力改善我们的生活状况。
② Cool the water before you drink it. ③The train slowed down as it entered the station.
④ Warm the milk before drinking it.
4)副词转化为动词: 有少数副词可以转化为动词. eg. Murder will out.(谚语)恶事终必将败露。5)形容词转化为名词：eg. ①You should be dressed in black at the funeral.你在葬礼中该穿黑色衣服。②The old in our village are living a happy life.我们村的老年人过着幸福的生活。解析：表示颜色的形容词常可转化为名词(如上①);某些形容词如old, young, poor, rich, wounded, injured等与the连用,表示一类人,作主语时,谓语用复数(如上②)。2.派生法：在词根前面加前缀或在词根后面加后缀构成一个与原单词意义相近或截然相反的新词叫作派生法。
1)前缀：除少数前缀外,前缀一般改变单词的意义,不改变词性;后缀一般改变词类,而不引起词义的变化。
(1)表示否定意义的前缀常用的有dis-, il-, im-, in-, ir-, mis-, non-, un-等,在单词的前面加这类前缀常构成与该词意义相反的新词。
@ 前缀un- eg. unpleasant, unusual, unwanted, uncomfortable, unimportant, unsold, undivided, unreserved;
@ 前缀in-用于除l, b, m, p, r起首的词之前。 eg. incomplete, inconvenient, inability, independent, correct正确的→incorrect不正确的
@ im-用于以b, m, p起首的词之前, eg. impossible, impatient, improper
@ il-用于以l起首的词之前, eg. illegal不合法的, illogical不合逻辑的
@ ir-用于以r起首的词之前, eg. irregular, irrelevant, irresponsible
@ dis-, eg. dishonest, dislike, disagree, discover, dissatisfied, disadvantage, disabled, appear出现→disappear消失
@ non-, eg. non-stop, non-violent, non-smoker, nonmember非成员, stop停下→non-stop不停
@ de-, eg. devalue减少…的价值
@ mis-表示 “坏的, 错误的, 不利的”, eg. misunderstand, misspell拼错, misplace放错, misname误称, mislead误导, misremember记错 , understand→misunderstand, lead带领→mislead领错
(2)表示其他意义的前缀常用的有a-(多构成表语形容词), anti- (反对;抵抗), auto- (自动), co- (共同), en- (使), inter- (互相), re- (再;又), sub- (下面的;次;小), tele- (强调距离)等。
@前缀en-表示 “使得…, 使成为…”, eg. enlarge扩大, enable使能够, endanger危害, encourage鼓励, enjoy使高兴。
@ re-表示 “再, 重新”, eg. reprint, redesign, rebuild, reuse, review, repay, rewrite, reuse再用。
@前缀counter-表示 “反对, 逆, 对付”, eg. counterculture反主流文化, counterpart对应的人或物, countermeasure对抗手段,
countermarch向后转行进。
@前缀anti-表示 “反对, 抵抗, 排斥”, eg. anti-American反美分子, antigas防毒气的, antisocial孤僻的, anticraft防空炮火。
@前缀pro-表示 “赞成…的, 亲…的”, eg. pro-American亲美的。
@前缀mono-表示 “单一, 单独”, eg. monoplane单翼飞机, monologue独白, monotone单独
@前缀semi-表示 “一半的”, eg. semifinal半决赛, semimonthly半月地, semiconductor半导体, semicircle半圆
@前缀bi-表示 “两个的, 两倍的, 双重的”, eg. bicycle, biweekly双周的, biyearly每两年的, bilingual双语的
@前缀auto- 表示“自动”, eg. autochart自动图表
@前缀co-表示 “共同, 共通”, eg. cooperate合作, co-exist共存, co-author合著者之一。
@前缀inter-表示 “…间; 相互的”, eg. internet互联网, international, interchange交换, intercommunicate互联通讯,
interact相互作用, interphone对讲电话。
@前缀tele- (强调距离), eg. telephone电话; television电视
@ a-(多构成表语形容词) ， eg. alone单独的, alike, awake,
@ 前缀sub-表示 “下; 低位; 副”, eg. subway地铁, subhead副标题, subdivide再分, subcontinent次大陆, subtopic副主题,
subtitle小标题。
@前缀ex-表示 “到外面, 向外的, 以前的”, eg. ex-wife前妻, exclude除外, ex-president前总统, ex-change交换
@前缀tri-表示 “三, 三倍, 三重的”, eg. tricycle三轮车, triangle三角形
@ 前缀ultra-表示 “极端的, 超过的, 过于的”, eg. ultra-left极左的, ultra-democracy极端民主, ultra-short超短的, ultrasound超声
@ 前缀over-表示 “过度的, 太多的; 在上面; 全面地; 超越; 翻倒”,
eg. overbold过于胆大的, overcareful过分小心的, overcrowd挤满, overlook眺望, overwork劳累过度, overcoat大衣。
@前缀under-表示 “不足的; 劣于; …之下的”, eg. undersea海底, undershirt内衣, underworld地狱。
@前缀super-表示 “…上, 超级, 过度”,
eg. superhighway, supernatural超自然的, superman超人, superheat使过热, supermarket。
2)后缀:英语单词不仅可以通过加前缀构成新词,也可加后缀构成新词。后缀通常会改变单词的词性,构成意义相近的其他词性;少数后缀还会改变词义,变为与原来词义相反的新词。
(1)构成名词的后缀常用的有-ence,-(e)r/ -or (从事某事的人),-ese (某地人),-ess (雌性),-ful (一……),-ian (精通……的人),-ist (专业人员),-ment(性质;状态),-ness (性质;状态),-tion(动作;过程)等。
@后缀-er / -or表示 “…的人; 供做…的物”, eg. islander, bottle-opener, thinker, writer, learner, passenger, designer, photo copier, write写→writer作家。
@后缀–ist表示 “做…的人; …家; …主义者”, munist共产主义者, Marxist马克思主义者, socialist社会主义者, pianist钢琴家, typist打字员, journalist记者。
@后缀–ism表示 “…主义; ..学说; …行为; …状态”, eg. socialism社会主义, Marxism马克思主义, tourism旅游业
@后缀-ness, eg. darkness, carelessness, gentleness, kindness, business, sadness
@后缀-ing, eg. sightseeing, feeling, painting, finding, saving, earning, meaning, training, belonging, greeting
@后缀–tion, eg. invitation, invention, pronunciation, composition, contribution, collection, situation
@后缀–sion, eg. expression, impression, procession, permission
@后缀–ment, eg. government, movement, development, equipment, announcement, punishment, treatment
@后缀–ship表示 “…的状态; …的技能; …术”, eg. friendship, partnership伙伴关系, seamanship航海术, hardship困苦, readership读者群, scholarship会员身份, ownership所有制
@后缀–hood表示身份, 资格, 时间, 集体, 状态, eg. brotherhood兄弟般的关系, likelihood可能性, neighborhood邻里, childhood童年时代, boyhood少年时代, girlhood少女时代
@后缀–ity, eg. reality现实, ability能力, activity活动, possibility可能性, regularity正规, nationality国籍, disability残疾, minority少数@后缀–ence, eg. difference区别, existence存在, silence沉默, occurrence事件, reference提及, conference会议。
@后缀-ance, eg. appearance出现, performance表演, acceptance接受, assistance帮助, distance距离。
@后缀-ure, eg. pleasure快乐, failure失败, exposure暴露, closure关闭, mixture混合, gesture姿势。
@后缀–ess表示女性或雌性, eg. hostess女主人, mistress主妇, lioness雌狮子, waitress女服务员, act表演→actress女演员。
@后缀–th, eg. truth真理, strength力量, length长度, growth成长, depth深度。
@ 后缀–al, eg. removal除去, survival幸存, proposal建议, trial试验, approval承认。
@后缀–ant表示 “做…事的人或物”, eg. accountant会计, applicant申请者, consultant请教者, servant服务员, assistant助手, expectant期待者。
@后缀–ee表示 “受…者,…行为者”, eg. employee受雇者, payee收款人, referee受委托者, appointee被任命者。
@后缀–eer表示 “与…有关者, 从事…者”, eg. volunteer自愿者, profiteer不当得利者, racketeer诈骗者。
@后缀–ese表示 “…的人, …语”, eg. Japanese, Cantonese广东人, Vietnamese越南人, Viennese维也纳人, Chinese中国人。
@后缀–th, eg. truth真理, strength力量, length长度, growth成长, depth深度。
@后缀–al, eg. removal除去, survival幸存, proposal建议, trial试验, approval承认。
@后缀–ant表示 “做…事的人或物”, eg. accountant会计, applicant申请者, consultant请教者, servant服务员, assistant助手, expectant期待者。
@后缀–ee表示 “受…者,…行为者”, eg. employee受雇者, payee收款人, referee受委托者, appointee被任命者。
@后缀–eer表示 “与…有关者, 从事…者”, eg. volunteer自愿者, profiteer不当得利者, racketeer诈骗者。
(2) 构成形容词的后缀:
@ 后缀–ant表示 “有…性质的”, 如: important, distant, ignorant无知的
@ 后缀–less表示 “无; 不做; 不能”, eg. careless, hopeless, fatherless丧父的, harmless, rainless, countless无数的, speechless无言的。
@后缀-ful表示 “满量”, eg. basketful一篮, handful一把, houseful满屋子, mouth口→mouthful一口
@后缀–ful表示 “充满…的, 有…性质的”, eg. careful, useful, helpful, hopeful, powerful, painful, merciful。
@后缀–able表示 “能够; 适于…; 值得…”, eg. eatable, acceptable, laughable可笑的, comfortable, reason道理→reasonable有道理的。
@后缀–ible表示 “可(被)…的; 能…的”, eg. responsible有责任的, permissible可允许的, divisible可分的, possible可能的。
@后缀–ic表示 “与…有关的; 像…的; 由…产生的”, eg. heroic英雄的, historic有历史意义的, atomic原子的, energetic精力旺盛的, electric电的。
@后缀–ive表示 “拥有…的性质; 有…的倾向”, eg. inventive发明的, imaginative富有想象力的, sensitive敏感的, effective有效的, expressive表情丰富的 。
@ 后缀– ous表示 “具有…的; 多…的; 有…特性的”, eg. various, nervous, continuous连续的, poisonous有毒的, anxious, mountainous多山的, dangerous, courageous英勇的。
@后缀–y表示 “有…的; 由…构成, 似…的; 有点…的”, eg. snow雪→snowy雪的, healthy, wealthy, rainy, windy, silky, greedy, smelly有臭味的。
@后缀–ly表示 “像…的; 有…性质的; 反复发生的”, eg. friendly, motherly母亲似的, manly在男子气的, monthly每月的
@后缀–ent表示 “…的状态”, eg. different, independent, impatient, frequent经常的, excellent极好的
@后缀–en表示 “由…制的”, eg. wooden, woolen羊毛的, gold金子→golden金的。
@后缀–ern表示方向, eg. western, east东→eastern东方的, northern, southern。
@后缀–al表示 “像…的; 与…有关的”, eg. personal, electrical电的, cultural, natural, national, nature自然→natural自然的。
@后缀–ish表示 “似…的; …的”, eg. selfish自私的, foolish愚蠢的, child孩子→childish孩子气的,似孩童的。
@后缀–like表示 “像…的”, 如: childlike孩子般天真的, godlike上帝般的, lifelike栩栩如生的
@后缀–ary表示 “与…有关的; …的”, eg. revolutionary革命的, imaginary虚构的, momentary瞬间的, primary首要的, ordinary普通的
@后缀–ed表示 “有…的; 特有…的”, eg. skilled有技术的, talented有天赋的, wooded林木茂密的
@后缀–some表示 “易于…的, 有…倾向的; 产生…的”, eg. lonesome寂寞的, handsome英俊的, tiresome讨厌的, fearsome可怕的, burdensome沉重的
@后缀–an表示 “…的, 与…有关的, …风格的”, eg. Canadian加拿大的, Australian澳大利亚的, Mexican墨西哥的, American, European欧洲的，American美国的。
(3)构成动词的后缀常用的有-(e)n (多用于形容词之后),-fy (使……化),-ize (使……成为)。
@后缀–ize / -ise表示 “使成为, 使能够, 作…处理”, eg. realize实现, organ → organize组织, industrialize工业化,
mechanize机械化, nationalize使国有化, revolutionize使革命化, modernize使现代化。
@后缀–ify表示 “使成为…的; 使…化”, eg. beautify美化, terrify使惊吓, electrify电气化, magnify放大, pure→purify提纯。
@后缀–en表示 “使有, 使得”, eg. strengthen加强, deepen加深, darken使变黑, shorten使变短, fasten扎牢,wide→widen加宽
@后缀–ate表示 “使, 作为…”, 如: activate使活动, motivate激发, liberate解放, separate分开, hibernate冬眠
(4) 构成副词的后缀:
@后缀-ly, eg. really, simply, happily, publicly, happily, lastly, lately, excitedly, angry生气的→angrily生气地。
@后缀–ward表示方向, eg. upward, inward, westward, homeward, backward, east东方→eastward向东
(5)构成数词的后缀有-teen (十几),-ty (几十),-th (构成序数词)。
eg.①six六→sixteen十六→sixteenth第十六 ②four四→forty四十→fortieth第四十
3.合成法:
A.合成名词:
(1) 名词+名词 eg. ①weekend周末 ②classroom ③basketball ④postman ⑤farmland ⑥coastline
⑦mailbox ⑧landowner ⑨X-ray ⑩workforce
(2) 名词+动词 eg. ①daybreak黎明 ②haircut ③handstand ④handshake ⑤gunfire
(3) 名词+动名词 eg. ①handwriting书法 ②time-consuming耗时的 ③energy-saving节省的
(4) 名词+动词+er/or eg. ① pain-killer止痛药 ②newcomer ③best-seller ④front-runner
⑤breakwater防波堤 ⑥sit-downer静坐罢工者
(5) 名词+介词+名词 eg. editor-in-chief总编辑
(6) 代词+名词 eg. she-wolf母狼
(7) 动词+名词 eg. ①typewriter打字机 ②pickpocket扒手
(8) 动词+ 副词 eg. ①breakthrough突破 ②runaround借口 ③runaway逃亡 ④sell-out售完
⑤breakdown衰落 ⑥handout传单
(8) 动名词+名词 eg. ①reading-room阅览室
(9) 现在分词+名词 eg. ①flying-fish飞鱼
(10) 形容词+名词 eg. ①gentleman绅士 ②freeway ③tightrope ④midday ⑤mainland ⑥short-wave
(11) 副词+动词 eg. ①outbreak爆发
(12) 介词+名词 eg. ①afternoon下午 ②upside 正面的
B. 合成形容词:
(1) 名词+形容词 eg. ①snow-white雪白的 ②worldwide ③nationwide ④duty-free
⑤world-famous：世界闻名的 ⑥lifelong ⑦worthwhile
(2) 名词+现在分词 eg. ①English-speaking讲英语的 ②noise-killing ③fun-loving ④peace-loving
(3) 名词+to+名词 eg. ①face-to-face面对面的 ②heart-to-heart : adj./n 坦诚亲切的
(4) 名词+过去分词 eg. ①man-made人造的 ②hand-made ③horse-drawn
(5) 数词+名词 eg. ①one-way单行的 ②second-hand ③first-rate ⑥five-star五星级的
(6) 数词+名词+形容词 eg. ①two-year-old两岁的 ②800-year-old 八百年的
(7) 数词+名词+ed eg. ①five-storeyed五层的 ②three- legged : 三条腿
(8) 动词+副词 eg. ①see-through透明的
(9) 形容词+名词 eg. ①high-class高级的 ②everyday
(10) 形容词+名词+ed eg. ①noble-minded高尚的⑦well-informed消息灵通的 ②good-tempered ⑥bare-footed ③ill-formed⑤warm-blooded ④middle-aged
⑥red-blooded从满活力的
(11) 形容词+形容词 eg. ①light-blue浅蓝色的 ②dark-red ③light-green
(12) 形容词+现在分词 eg. ①good-looking相貌好看的 ②easy-going ③low-lying地势低洼的
(13) 形容词+过去分词 eg. ①ready-made现成的 ②widespread
(13) 副词+形容词 eg. ①ever-green常青的 ②outright: 完全的； 彻底的 ③upright直立的
(14) 副词+现在分词 eg. ①hard-working勤劳的 ②bravely-fighting :勇猛作战的 ③upsetting令人不快的
(15) 副词+过去分词 eg. ①well-known著名的 ② up-lifted兴冲冲的
(16) 副词+名词 eg. ①fast-food专门提供快餐服务的 ②downhill下坡的 ③uphill 上坡的
(17) 介词+名词 eg. ①inside内部的； 里面的 ②inshore近岸的；近海的
C. 合成动词:
(1) 名词+动词 eg. ①sleep-walk梦游 ②handpick精选 ③typewrite ④brainwash ⑤daydream
(2) 形容词+动词 eg. ①white-wash粉刷 ②deep-freeze
(3) 副词+动词 eg. ①overthrow推翻 ②output ③input ④uphold维护 ⑤uplift鼓励
D. 合成副词:
(1) 形容词+名词 eg.① hotfoot匆忙地 ②daylong ③midway ④meanwhile
(2) 形容词+副词 eg.① everywhere到处 ②somewhere ③anyway
(3) 副词+副词 eg.① however尽管如此 ②evermore始终；永远
(4) 介词+名词 eg.① beforehand事先 ②onshore ③inside ④offhand
(5) 介词+副词 eg. forever永远
(6) 名词+ 数词 eg. headfirst头朝下地
E. 合成代词:
(1) 代词宾格+self eg.① herself她自己 ② himself ③ themselves
(2) 物主代词+self eg.① myself我自己 ② ourselves ③ yourselves
(3) 形容词+名词 eg.① anything任何东西 ②everything ③ nothing ④nobody
F. 合成介词:
(1) 副词+名词 eg. inside在……里面
(2) 介词+副词 eg. within在……之内
(3) 副词+介词 eg. into进入
4.截短法(缩略法): 截短法,即将单词缩写,词义和词性保持不变,主要有截头,去尾,截头去尾等形式。
1)截头： eg.① telephone→phone ② aeroplane→plane ③ omnibus→bus
2)去尾： eg.① mathematics→maths ② co-operate→co-op ③ examination→exam
④ kilogram→kilo ⑤ laboratory→lab ⑥ taxicab→taxi
3)截头去尾: eg.① influenza→flu ② refrigerator→fridge ③ prescription→script
5.混合法(混成法): 混合法,即将两个词混合或各取一部分紧缩而成一个新词.后半部分表示主体;前半部分表示属性。
eg. ① news broadcast→newscast新闻广播 ② television broadcast→telecast电视播送 ③ smoke and fog→smog烟雾
④ helicopter airport→heliport直升飞机场
6.首尾字母缩略法: 首尾字母缩略法,即用单词首尾字母组成一个新词.读音主要有两种形式,即各字母分别读音;作为一个单词读音。
eg. ①very important person→VIP (读字母音)要人;大人物 ② television→TV (读字母音)电视
③Testing of English as a Foreign Language→TOEFL托福Nato
三、巩固练习:
1. That man was _____________enough not to tell the manager that he would not do the job.
A. care B. careful C. careless D. carelessness
2. The soldier died for saving the child, so his___________ is heavier than Mount Tai.
A. die B. dead C. died D. death
3.The child looked ____________at his brother who was badly wounded.
A. sadly B. sadness C. sadly D. sad
4. He is an expert at chemistry. We all call him a _____________.
A. chemistry B. chemical C. chemist D. physician
5. The three- ___________chair isn't suitable for a young child. He may fall off.
A. legging B. legged C. legs D. leged
6. Stephenson became the ____________railway engineer in the world.
A. lead B. leader C. leading D. leadership
7. When the teacher praised him for working out the maths problem, Jack looked ___________about at his classmates.
A. proud B. proudly C. pride D. pridely
8. To everyone's ________,the girl finished the job quite well.
A. satisfied B. satisfactory C. satisfying D. satisfaction
9.—What are you doing here A.600 words; a 600-words B. 600-word;a 600-words
—Oh, my teacher asked me to write a passage about ______________in English.
—You can write ___________passage in English. C.600 words; a 600-word D.600 words; a 600-words
10. No one should enter the spot without the __________of the police.
A. permit B. permission C. permitting D. permittence
11. You must come with us to the police ____________.Our head is waiting for you.
A. headquarters B. headline C. headmaster D. headache
12. Letting that animal escape was no accident; you did it ___________.
A. intend B. intention C. intentionally D. intentional
13. The shop owner welcomed all the guests with a __________smile.
A. practice B. practice C. practical D. practiced
14. The ___________ordered him to pay a $100 fine. A. judger B. judgment C. judge D. judgement
15. My TV is out of order. Can you tell me what is the ___________news about Iraq War
A. lately B. latest C. later D. latter
16. The Great Wall is more than 6000 li in ___________. A. longer B. length C. long D. longing
17. To my ____________,I passed the exam easily. A. joy B. joyful C. joyless D. joyness
18. Canada is mainly an ___________country.
A. English-speaking B. speak-English C. spoken-English D. English-spoken
19. How________ he is! He is always acting _____________.He is really a ___________.
A. foolish; foolishly; fool B. fool; foolish; fool C. foolish; fool; fool D. foolishly; foolish; fool
20. The necklace that she lost is very expensive. It's of great ____________.
A. valuable B. value C. valueless D. unvaluable
21. There were ____________fish in the river in South America.
A. in danger B. danger C. dangerous D. dangerless
22. The letter "b" in the word "doubt" is____________. A. sound B. silent C. silence D. sounded
23. The child looked at me___________. A. stranger B. strangely C. strange D. strangeless
24. The black people were against slavery and fought for their ___________bravely.
A. free B. freely C. freedom D. frees
25. What you said sounded_____________ but in fact it was untrue.
A. reasonable B. reasonful C. reasonless D. unreason
26. We have to learn _____________technology from other countries.
A. advance B. advancing C. advantage D. advanced
27. The children live in a village ___________.They come here almost every day.
A. nearby B. near C. nearly D. near by
28. Mr. Black is an ____________in the army, not an ____________in the government. You can not easily find him in his____________.
A. official; officer; office B. officer; office; official C. official; official; official D. officer; official; office
29. You'd better give up smoking if you want to keep ____________.
A. health B. healthy C. healthily D. healthier
30. ___________ speaking, I didn't do it on purpose. A. Honestly B. Honest C. Honesty D. Dishonest
词法练习题 参考答案：
1-5 BDACB 6-10 CBDCB 11-15 ACDCB 16-20 BAAAB
21-25 CBBCA 26-30 DADBA
PAGE
5.高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解---------介词及练习
一.概念: 介词(preposition)又叫做前置词，一般置于名词之前。它是一种虚词，一般不重读, 在句中不单独作任何句子成分，
只表示其后面的名词或相当于名词的其他结构与句中其他成分的关系。
介词后面的名词或相当于名词的词语叫做介词宾语。可作介词宾语的词语通常有：
1) 名词或名词性从句:
eg. ①He lives near our school. ② This will give me some idea of what life is.
2) 代词: eg. ① I am angry with him. ② She isn’t satisfied with me.
3)动名词或动名词短语: eg. I have an idea fro solving this problem.
4)不定式（只限于介词but和except）：
eg.①I can do nothing for them but just sit her there and hope.
②I can do nothing for them except to send them money.
5)数词： eg. Four from seven leaves three.
6)形容词： eg. I know it from old. 我早就知道它。
7)副词： eg. I can’t stay for long.
注意：英语介词往往相当于汉语的动词。
eg.① The policeman helped the old woman across the street. 警察帮助老大娘过马路。(“过”=across)
②Are you for it or against it 你赞成还是反对？ (“赞成”= for; “反对”= against)
二、介词的种类：
A.介词按其构成分为 1) 简单介词(simple preposition)： eg.at; in; of since, before, after等。
2) 复合介词(compound preposition): eg.as for; as to; into; out of 等。
3) 二重介词(double preposition) eg.from under; from behind; until after; except in等。
4) 短语介词(phrasal preposition) eg.according to; because of; in spite of; on behalf of等。
5) 分词介词( participle preposition) eg.regarding; concerning; including; providing等。
B. 介词按其词义分为 1)地点介词： eg.across; among; around; above; after; along; at; before; behind; below等。
2)时间介词: eg.about; after; sround; as at; before; behind; between; by; during; for, from..
3)比较介词: eg.as; like; over; above等。
4)除外介词: eg.besides; but; except等。
5)反对介词: eg.against; with等。
6)原因介词: eg. for; with; from等。
7)结果介词: eg.for; with; without等。
8)方式介词: eg.by; in; with等。
9)所属介词: eg.of; with等。
10)条件介词: eg. on; without; considering等。
11)让步介词: eg.in spite of; despite等。
12)目的介词: eg.for; to等。
13)根据介词: eg. on; according to等。
三、介词短语及其功用：介词和介词宾语一起构成介词短语(Prepositional phrase), 介词短语在句中可用作：
1)主语：eg.From Beijing to Tianjing is two hours by train. 2)表语： eg.She looks like an actress.
3)宾语： eg.I’ll give you until tomorrow. 4)定语： eg. A friend in need is a friend indeed.
5)补语： eg.They found themselves in a dark wood. 6)状语： eg. Albert has so much work to do so that he is staying late at the office.
四、相关知识点精讲：
1.表示地点位置介词:
1.
1)at ,in, on, to:
at : (1)表示在小地方; (2)表示"在……附近,旁边"； eg. ①He arrived at the station at ten. ②He is sitting at the desk.
(3)表示的位置是某一点； eg. at the third crossroad/ at 108 Beijing Street/ at the North Pole
(4)可接集体活动。eg.at a party/concert/lecture/meeting… at home/ at the corner of the street/at the front of the hall
in : (1)表示 在大地方; (2)表示"在…范围之内"； (3)表示的位置往往是立体的,有长、宽、高等。 eg. ①He arrived in Shanghai yesterday. ②Jiangsu lies in the east of China. ③in the desk/in the corner of the room/in a picture/in the wall
on: (1) 表示毗邻,接壤; (2)表示的位置往往是一个平面或一条线。 eg. Russia lies on the north of China./a city on the river/a hotel on the this road
to 表示在……范围外,不强调是否接壤. eg. Fujian is to the south of Jiangsu Province.
2)above, over, on: 在……上
above: (1) 指在……上方,不强调是否垂直,与 below相 eg. ①The bird is flying above my head.
对;两物体中间有一定的空间距离。 ②There are lights above/over our heads.
(2) 与刻度连用时，用above。 ③Can you see the plane flying over/above the building
eg. three degrees above zero. ④The water came above/over our knees.
over: (1)指垂直的上方,与under相对,但over与物体 eg. ①There is a bridge over the river.
有一定的空间,不直接接触. eg. ①There’s a thick cloud over the north of China.
(2)表示“布满”，“盖满” ②There is a table cloth over the table.
(3)表示“穿越”, “越过”，用over或acorss。 eg.He walked over/across the bridge./There is a bridge over/across the river.
(4)与数字连用时用over=more than。 eg.over 100 people/over 800 metres above sea level
on: 表示某物体上面并与之接触. eg. He put his watch on the desk./ on the wall
3) below, under: 在……下面
under: (1)表示在…正下方,有垂直之意。 eg. There is a cat under the table.
(2)接普通数词，under =less than eg.100 metres below sea level / children under seven years of age / under fifty
below:(1)表示在……下,不一定在正下方 eg. Please write your name below the line.
(2) 与刻度连用时，用below。 eg. ten degrees below zero
小测试：
1. Mary’s________the garden. A.in B.at C.on D.into
2. Don’t worry. She’ll finish the work in______twenty minutes. A. below B.on C.above D.over
3.From the bridge we could see the river__________. A. below us B.below ourselves C.under us D.under ourselves
4.The weather here is 20 degrees___________zero today. A.under B. in C.below D.on
5.He will be back__________20 minutes. A.after below B.in below C.after under D.inunder
6.When they looked up, they saw a plane________the tall building. A. on B.over C.through D.in
7.He finished his work in_________twenty minutes. A.above B.below C.over D.across
8.He lives____________203 Huanghe Street. A. on B.in C.at D.to
2.表示时间介词:
1) in , on,at: 在……时
in: 表示较长时间,如世纪,朝代,时代,年,季节,月及一般(非特指)的早,中,晚等。
eg.in the 20th century / in the 1950s / in 1989 / in summer / in January/ in the morning / in the night (在夜间)/ in one's life/ in one's thirties等。
on: 表示具体某一天及其早,中,晚。
eg. on May 1 st / on Monday/ on New Year's Day/on a cold night in January / on a fine morning/ on Sunday afternoon等。
at: 表示某一时刻或较短暂的时间,或泛指圣诞节,复活节等。
eg. at 3:20 / at this time of year /at the beginning of /at the end of … / at the age of … / at Christmas / at night / at noon / at this moment等。
注意:在last, next, this, that, some, every 等词之前一律不用介词.如:We meet every day.
2)in, after: 在……之后
2.
in +段时间"表示将来的一段时间以后; eg. My mother will come back in three or four days.
after+段时间"表示过去的一段时间以后; eg. He arrived after five months.
after+将来点时间"表示将来的某一时刻以后。 eg. She will appear after five o'clock this afternoon.
3)from, since 自从……
from: 仅说明什么时候开始,不说明某动作或情况持续多久; eg. He studied the piano from the age of three.
sinc: 表示某动作或情况持续至说话时刻,通常与完成时连用。 eg. They have lived here since 1978.
4)after, behind: 在……之后
after: 主要用于表示时间; eg. We shall leave after lunch.
behind: 主要用于表示位置. eg. Lucy is hiding behind an old house.
5) until/till: 直到…为止。 eg.till/until last week/ till/untill now/ from morning till night
6) by: 在某时间之前；不晚于……时间。 eg. by the end of lasy year
小测试：
1. We often go to the park___________Sunday morning. A. on B.in C.at D.from
2. My aunt has worked in a clinic___________1949. A.after B.before C.till D.since
3. His father will be back from London__________a few days. A. since B. on C. in D. to
4.It happened to be very cold_____the morning of our sports meet. A.at B. of C.on D.with
5.He decided to visit the factory _________Friday night. A.at B.in C.on D.over
6.He suddenly returned__________a rainy night. A. on B.at C.in D.during
7.The doctor will be free__________. A. 10 minutes later B. after 10 minutes C. in 10 minutes D. 10 minutes after
8. “How long has his bookshop been in business ” “_______1982.” A. After B. In C. From D. Since
9. The train leaves at 6:00 p.m.. So I have to be at the station ________5:40 at the latest. A. until B.after C.by D.around
10. “Can I stay________the weekend ” A. by; until B. until; around C. till; by D. at; on
“Yes, but you’ll have to leave_________Monday middy at the latest.”
11. They have been in the store__________. A. for a long time ago B. for nine o’clock C.since two hours D.sicne two hours ago
12.I have been playing chess________many years, but I’m hardly a expert. A. in B.with C.since D.for
3.表示方式介词:
(1) by: + 接人或方式等。eg. made by him/by this means eg. by doing this/by car/bus/train/bike/ us/ come in by the door
(2) in: + 接语言/衣物等。eg. in this way eg. in the(this/that) way/ in a high(low) voice/ in pen /ink / English/the rain
(3) with: + 接工具性的名词或其他名词。eg. with this method eg. with a hammer/ a pen(pencil)
(4) on: + 接人体名词和TV等词。 eg. lie on one’s back/ to learn English on TV/on the radio
(5) to : + 接乐器或乐曲名词。 eg.to sing to the piano( guitar) /to dance to music
注意：1.by weight (volume) : 按重/体积 2. by height: 按高度 3.by fax /radio / telephone: 靠传真、无线电、电话
4. by the week/ the hour/ the year 按周/ 按小时/ 按年 5. by the pound按英镑
小测试：
1. He worked out the problem_________that means. A. in B. with C. by D. on
2. Please answer my question_________a loud enough voice. A. by B. at C. with D. in
3.This is the car___________he came here. A. by which B. by that C. in which D. with which
4. He lay_________his back, his eyes_________upward. A. with; looked B. to; looking C. on; looking D. on; looked
5. He often wrote________a pen, but now he is writing______pencil. A. in; with B. with; in C. with; with D. in; in
6.He built a telescope____________with he could study the skies. A. by B. through C. on D. with
7.He often sleeps___________the window___________. A. by; open B.when; opened C.while; opening D. with; open
8.How beautiful the girl looks___________her new clothes. A. on B. in C. with D. for
9.He often learns English__________TV after wrok. A. by B. from C. on D. in
3.
10.They often dance _____________on Sunday nights. A. by music B. by the music C. to music D. to the music
11. The tall building was destroyed___________a big fire. A. with B. in C. by D. on
12. The young man often writes music___________ A. to dance B. to dance by C. to dance with D. to dance to
13. The manager keeps in touch with me___________. A. with fax B. to fax C. by fax D. by he fax
14. He was caught__________the heavy rain. A. by B. on C. in D. through
4.表示除外介词:
除外介词有：besides; but; except和apart from。
(1) besides: 除外……之外(还包括……)。 eg. We need fifteen more people besides your group.
besides + doing sth. eg. What else did you do besides writing a letter
注意: besides: adv. 而且； 再说 eg. I don’t really want to go. Besides, it’s too late now.
beside: prep.在……之旁。 eg. She is sitting beside me on the bench.
(2) except/ but: 除……之外(不包括)。 eg. We work every day except/but Saturday and Sunday.
except for + sth. : 除去整体的一部分或对部分缺点要修正。 eg.①Except for the color, I like the car very much.
eg.②Your composition is good except for some spelling mistakes.
except that + 从句： eg. We know nothing about him except that he is America.
except when +从句： eg. He comes to see me every day except when it rains.
except/ but +to do sth. eg.① I have nothing else to do except look after the child.
②She did nothing but (to)cry. ③ We had no other choices but (to) go the the police station for help.
(3) besides : 用于否定句= except/ but eg. I have no other tools besides/except/but these.
(4) apart from:
= except for: 除……之外(不包括) eg. I’ve finished apart from the last question.
= in addition to; as well as除外……之外(还)； 此外； 加之 eg. What other sports do you like apart from football
(5) other than = except: 除…以外 eg. ①I don’t know any French people other than you.
小测试： ② We’re going away in June but other than that I’ll be here all summer.
1.She said that they had no other choices______go to the teacher for help. A. beside B. besides C. accept D. except
2. Does John know any other foreign language_______French A. except B. but C. besides D.beside
3. No one knew Mr. Benson’s address________his daughter. A. except B. expect C. only D. beside
4. _______his wife, no one went to see him. A. Beside B. Besides C. Except D. Except for
5. The film is good ________its ugly colour A. except B. besides C. beside D. except for
6. We know nothing about her _________she lives downstairs. A. except when B but when C. except for D.except that
7. This kind of animals never comes out_________it’s dark. A. except for B. except that C. expect when D. except when
8. He seldom comes to see me _________for money. A. except asked B. besides to ask C. but to asking D. except to ask
5.表示原因介词:
(1) because of + 名词/代词/ what从句，说明做某事的原因。 eg. ①She was late because of her illness.
② I came here because of you. ③He was angry because of what you did.
(2) for : for…reason(为了…原因)或用于固定搭配。 eg. ①She decided to get a job for several reasons.
②For what reason were you late ③He is praised for writing a good poem.
④China is famous for its long history. ⑤He was scolded for being late.
⑥ He got an award for bravery. ⑦ I couldn’t speak for laughing.
(3) as a result of :由于……的结果=because of eg. The river was flooded as a result of the heavy rain.
(4) owing to:prep. =because of 由于； 因为 eg. Owing to his hard work, he succeeded.
注意：在动词之后或从句之首用owing to表示“因为”。 eg. The game was cancelled owing to the heavy rain.
(5) due to: because of 由于；因为。 eg. The team’s success was largely due to her efforts.
4.
(6) thanks to:幸亏； 由于； 因为 eg. Everyone knows about it now, thanks to you !
小测试：
1.She did’t come to the party__________what you had said. A. because B. for C. because of D. as of
2. He doesn’t believe you ___________what you said is wrong. A. because B. because of C. for D. owing to
3. He was punished___________ breaking the law. A. as B. because C. since D. for
4. The building was burned down __________the big fire. A. because B. for C. as a result of D. owed to
5.__________what reason was Mark put into prison A. Because of B. Because C. For D. Since
6.表示方向介词:
(1) at : 表示方向的一个“点”， 具有攻击的意思。 eg. He shot at a bird./ shout at sb./ rush at sb./come at sb.
(2) to : 指方向,不强调点。 eg. He went to the factory./ throw a ball to sb.
(3) towards : 强调向某处运动的方向。 eg. He walked towards me.
(4) across: 表示横过,即从物体表面通过,与on有关; eg. She swam across the river./walk across the desert
(5) through: 穿过,即从物体内部穿过,与in有关。 eg. He walked through the forest./ walk through the forest
小测试：
1. He shot __________ the bird, but it flew away. A. towards B. at C. to D. /
2. The wolf jumped _________the farmer to eat him. A. to B. for C. at D. on
3. It took me five hours to walk ________the forest. A.over B. across C. through D. in
4. I walked ___________the square to the hotel. A. on B. through C. across D. towards
5. He walked ________ the hall, smiling strangely. A. over B. across C. on D. at
6. They wanted to swim___________the river to the church. A. across B. over C. cross D. through
7.表示目的介词:for
(1) for + 名词= to do sth. eg. ①to go out for food= to go out to look for food
②to go o the pub for a drink= to go to the pub to have a drink
(2) for + doing sth. : 表示用途和原因。 eg. ①The pen is used for writing. ②He was praised for saving a child.
(3) for + 宾语+ 不定式 eg. I opened the door for you to come in.
小测试：
1. He went to the college _________Professor Wang. A. for seeing B. with seeing C. to see D. for to see
2. He went to the college_________an interview with Professor Wang. A. with B. for C. on D. for having
3. Is that cake________or just ________. A. to eat; to look at B. to eat; for looking at C. for eating; to look at D. for eating; for looking at
4. It’s usual ________foxes to come so close to town. A. of B. with C. for D. to
5. It is important________there to be plenty of discussion. A. that B. which C. for D. with
6. It is too late________anyone in the room. A. for B. for to be C. for it to be D. for there to be
7. I’m anxious ________the party to be a success. A. about B. with C. of D. for
8.表示价值等量交换介词:
(1) at : 用示表示“以…的价格或速度”。 eg. at a low cost/ at a high price/at a top(full) speed/ at fifty kms an hour
(2) for :用示表示 “等价交换”。 eg. a chicken for five dollars/ a check for 1,000 dollars
小测试：
1. I bought the book _________one yuan a copy. A. at B. on C. by D. in
2. I can’t buy the house __________such a price. A. for B. on C. with D. at
3. The spaceship leaves the ground _________high speed. A. with B. on C.at D. for
4. The old man sold his old car _________two thousand dollars. A. with B. at C. for D. on
9.表示关系介词: of, from, on, about和to等。
(1) of : 表示所属、关于、同位或说明事物的性质、内容、 eg. the roof of the house (所属) / stories of Lei Feng(关于)
5.
状况等。eg. a man of ability/ a matter of great importance/ the city of Dandong
(2) from : 表示来源。 eg. a sentence from Book II / a letter from America/ a man from Beijing
(3) on : 表示专门论述, “关于” 。
表示这本书,这篇文章或演说是严肃的,或学术性 eg. ①There will be a lecture on economics this afternoon.
的,可供专门研究这一问题的人阅读。 ②He is writing a book on cooking.
③ some advice on how to learn English / a book on time
(4) about：表示内容较为普通,一般性的谈论、叙 eg. ①He told me a lot about his life in the summer vocation.
述； 不那么正式。 ② a book about Africa children
(5) to : 表示方向、途径或内在联系的关系。 eg. an entrance to the hall/ on the way to school/ a note to the text…
小测试：
1. Could you find an answer _______the problem in the book I gave you A. of B. in C. with D. to
2. The storm moved northward yesterday, dropping five inches _______snow during the six hours before noon. A. in B. on C. of D. over
3. After completing his examination ________the patient, the doctor went out to do something. A. over B. of C. on D. to
4. “Here is an article________smoking.” “I’ve heard a lot of discussion _______that problem recently.
A. on; at B. of; from C. about; about D. on; on
5. Yesterday I received a telegram _________his uncle who lives abroad. A. to B. in C. of D. from
6. On his________Japan, he made a lot of friends. A. visit of B. visit C. visit to D. visit about
10.表示让步介词:
(1) in spite of + 名词/代词 : 尽管； 虽然 eg. They got there in time in spite of the rain. (=though it was raining)
(2) despite+ 名词/代词 : 尽管； 虽然 eg. Despite applying for hundreds of jobs, he is still out of work.
注意：两者接的是能引起或带来困难的名词。
小测试：
1.They worked in the fields ________the heavy rain. A. despite of B. though C. in spite of D. although
2. He married her _________. A. despite she looks B. in spite of her looks C. though she looks D.although her looks
3. He can’t work out the math problem_________.
A. in spite of a teacher B. despite he is a teacher C. in despite of a teacher D. though he is a teacher
11.表示伴随介词: with和without
(1) with + 名词/代词 + 形容词/副词/ eg.① He went out to see the film with his girl friend.
(2) without 介词短语/现在分词/过去分词 ② He left without saying goodbye. ③ He came to the party without being invited.
④ He often sleeps with the door open. ⑤ He went out without his cap on. ⑥ Don’t sit with your feet pointing at others.
⑦Don’t go out without the door locked. ⑧The man died without anyone knowing where the coins were buried.
小测试：
1. I don’t think you can finish the work _____my help. A. since B. because C. without D. unless
2. He slept well__________all the wondows open. A. when B. while C. with D. because
3. The murderer was brought in with his hands ________behind his back.
A. being tied B.having tied C. to be tied D.tied
4. They went to see the film__________Bob. A. unless B. besides C. without D. except
5. The teacher came into the classroom__________a large dictionary under his arm. A. and B. for C. with D. for
6. The husband and wife worked in the field ________their little son playing under a tall tree nearby. A. while B.when C. and D. with
7. There is a rope nearby with its end ________in a circle. A. is tied B. tied C. being tied D. to be tied
12.表示根据介词:
(1) according to: 据(…所说)；按(…所报道)；依照；按照 eg. ①According to Mick, it’s a great movie. ②Everything went according to plan.
(2) in accordance with sth: (fml.) 依照； 依据 eg. We acted in accordance with my parents’ wishes.
6.
(3) on :prep. 根据； 由于 eg. On their advice I applied for the job. / a story based on fact
13.相近介词比较：
(1)时间介词at; on 和in的区别：
at: 表示时间点。eg. at seven o’cock/at noon/at midnight / at daybreak/ at dusk/at dawn
on: 表示某一天；某一天的某一段 eg. on Sunday / on the first of October / on Sunday morning/on the afternoon of Saturday/ on a cold evening
in : 表示一段(往往不是具体的一段)时间。 eg. in the morning/ a week/ winter/ May / 2010/ in the twentieth century
小测试： 注意：当morning, afternoon, evening 前面有early和late 修饰时， 通常前用介词in。
1. He will come back_______eight o’clock_______the morning. A. in; in B. at; at C. at; on D. at; in
2.He left for Shanghai__________the following night. A. in B. at C. on D. to
3. They visited the city__________June, 2010. A. in B. on C. at D. by
4. They arrived in Beijing________the morning of July 28th, 2010. A. in B. at C. on D. by
5. The plane arrived at the airport____late afternoon of last Sunday. A. in B. on C. at D.to
(2)时间介词in和during的区别：
in ① 两者都表示一段时间，可以互换。 eg. ①in/ during the winter ② in /during my absence
during ②in:只说明一般的一段时间；during: 强调一段延续的时间。 ③ during my visit/stay/meal
小测试：
1. Great changes took place in my country _______my stay in America. A. in B. since C. from D. during
2. They visited many cities_________their stay in China. A. in B. for C. since D. during
(3)时间介词for, since和afte的区别r：
for: 表示时间长度； 两个介词常 eg. I haven’t seen her for two weeks.
since: 表示从过去某一点开始延续到现在； 用于完成时中。 eg. I haven’t seen her since two weeks ago.
after: 表示从某一点开始，但这一点不延续到现在，不与完成 eg. ①I didn’t see her after school.
体连用，常用于过去时和将来时的句子中。 ②I’ll go to see her after three o’clock.
小测试：
1. They haven’t been there _________2000. A. in B. for C. after D. since
2. He has been in hospital__________ three weeks. A. in B. after C. for D. since
3. They didn’t go there _________2001. A. for B. since C. after D. from
4. The work will be finished__________five o’clcok. A. in B. after C.since D. for
5. He has been away from his hometown _______three weeks ago. A. for B. since C. after D. from
(4)时间介词till,until, to和by的区别：
till : ①两词都表示时间或动作的延续，意义无太大区别； eg. ①I worked till/until eight oclock in the evening.
until : ②用于句首表示强调时常用until。 ② I didn’t see him till/until last week.
from…to… : to可以用until或till替代； ③ Until two o’clock I had to wait.
eg. from morning to/ until/till night / put the meeting to/till/until Tuesday
to : 还可用于表示钟点。 eg. five to two
by :强调一个动作不迟于或在此以前会发生或完成。 eg. ②A: “Can you repair my car by Wednesday ”
eg.①A: “Can I stay until weekend ” B: “No, I’ll need to keep it until Friday.”
B: “Yes, you’ll have to leave by Sunday midday at the latest.”
小测试：
1. You may have my camera, but I must have it back________five o’clock this afternoon. A. to B. till C. until D.by
2. The train leaves at 6:00 p.m. So I have to be at the station_______5:40 p.m at the latest. A. until B. after C.by D.around
3. I didn’t see him_________last month. A. to B. till C. by D. for
4. It’s two_________five already; I must be off now. A. till B. around C. to D. by
7.
5. ________midnigt he’ll stay here. A. Till B. By C. From D. Until
(5)地点介词in front of, before 和 in the front of的区别：
in front of: 表示一个物体在另一个物体之前； eg. There are some trees in front of the house.
in the front of: 在某物体(内部)之前。 eg. in the front of the bus/ in the front of the meeting room/walk in the front
before: 表示排列次序或用于抽象的事物； eg. Your name comes before mine. / We’ll never give in before difficulties.
用于人或物的前部，不说明地点关系。 eg. before my mind / before the court / before one’s eyes / Hard work before us, we never…
小测试：
1. I think I’ll put the desk_______the window. A. before B. in the front of C. in the front D. in front of
2. There is a car parked right________the gate and I can’t get through. A. before B. in the front of C. in front of D. facing
3. Those with babies can get into the train________the other passengers. A. in front of B. in the front of C. before D.to the front of
4. You should put the study of English________everything else. A.before B. in front of C.in the front of D.before of
5. In order to hear clearly, he sat__________the hall. A. before B. in front of C. in the front of D. at the front of
(6) at the end, by the end和in the end的区别：
at the end : + 时间, 表示“在…的末或结尾”, 常用于一般过去和一般将来时；当表示在一段时间末完成一件事时也可用于过去完成时。
+ 地点, 表示“在…的尽头或末端”。
eg.① Mr. Green visited China at the end of last year. ② I’ll go to see you at the end of the month.
③ He has learnt enough to read in Russian at the end of six months. ④ There is a big hotel at the end of this road.
by the end of : + 时间， 表示截止某一段时间， eg. ① They had learnt 600 new words by the end of last term.
常用于过去完成时和将来完成时。 ② We’ll have finished the lesson by the end of the week.
in the end : = finally; at last 表示 “最后”。 eg. I got the job I wanted in the end.
小测试：
1. They had built a new house_________the end of last year. A. in B. at C. by D. to
2. I think the film is a bit weak__________the end. A. to B. at C. in D. by
3. They will leave for the United States______the end of the month. A. in B. at C. by D. to
4. They waited a long time and________the bus arrived. A. to the end B. in the end C. by the end D. at the end
5. The house had been built________of the year. A. to the end B. at the end C. in the end D. by the end
(7) in three days’ time, in three days和after three days的区别：
in three days’ time : 用于将来时, 表示“在三天之后“； eg. He’ll be back in three days’ time/in three days.
= in three days : 用于过去时, 表示“在三天之内”。 eg. He finished his work in three days’ time/in three days.
after three days : 从过去的某一时间点算起的三天之后，相当于three days after或three days later; 也可表示在将来的某一时间点之后。
eg.①He went to Shanghai last month and went back after three days/ three days after(later)
小测试： ②He will come back after three o’clcok.
1. The doctor will be free__________. A. ten minutes later B. after ten minutes C. in ten minutes D. ten minutes after
2. His father will be back from the United States________. A. in a few day time B. in a few days C. after a few days D. a few days after
3. He went to bed at 9 p.m. but didn’t go to sleep__________. A. in four hours B. after four hours C. until in four hours D. until after four hours
4. The boy finished the composition________. A. after three hours B. in three days C. after three hours’ time D. in three hours time
5. ______two o’clcok in the morning they will arrive at the Great Wall. A. In B. Later C. After D. Until
(8) as和like的区别：
as : @ 说明一个人的身份； eg. As a scientist, he is strict in everything.
like : @ 说明一般的“像”。 eg. Like everybody else in the school, he can speak English.
the same…as / such…as eg. I have the same opinion as you. / To sell such a suit as that to a millionaire !
like this/that eg. Don’t talk to your mother like that.
小测试：
8.
1. The word “write” have the same pronunciation_________the word “right”. A. of B. as C. to D.like
2. I’ ve never seen such a clever boy _________you. A. for B. like C. as D. to
3. How can you talk to me__________that A. as B. in C. like D. liked
4. He went to work, first_________a teacher, then a government officer. A. for B. like C. as D. with
5. Though she is twenty, _________she acts_________a little girl. A. but; as B. but; like C. yet; as D. yet; like
(9) three years ago和three years before的区别：
three years ago: 从现在开始的三年前； eg. He left school three years ago.
three years ago: 也用于对过去虚拟的句式中； eg. If you had come here three years ago, you would have seen what a poor life they lived.
three years before: 从过去某一点开始的三年前。 eg. He finally left the school where he had begun to work 20 years before.
小测试：
1. I started working for this company________. A. ten years before B. before ten years C. ten years ago D. ago ten years
2. Last summer I met him in the street and he told me that he has joined the party_________.
A. five years ago B.ago five years C. five years before D. before five years
3. I had thought that he had died at least_________.
A. twenty years ago B. twenty years before C. before twenty years D. twenty years later
4. “You should have come here_________,” the teacher said angrily.
A. five minutes ago B. five minutes before C. in five minutes time D. in five minutes’ time
5. If you_________, you would have met him.
A. came here five minutes ago B. had come here five minutes before C. came here five minutes before D. had come here five minutes ago
(10)表示"在……之间"的介词: between, among的区别： eg. ①What’s the difference between the two words
(1) between指在两个人或两个事物之间; eg. ②There is a football match between Class One and Class Two on the playground.
(2) among指在三个或三个以上的人或事物之间. eg. The teacher is standing among the students.
小测试：
1. His father died__________the two world wars. A. in B. between C. for D. among
2. He is sitting__________Bob, Mary and me. A. among B. between C. besides D. by
3. The high red house stands up ________the trees. A. between B. among C. on D. through
4. He left some money to be divided________all the servants. A. in B. between C. among D. to
5. We’ll never give in____________difficulties. A. before B. in front of C. between D. among
(11) since 和from 的区别：
since :强调一个动作从开始一直持续到说话时，常用于完成时； eg. I’ve been here since three o’clock.
from : 只强调动作的开始，而不说什么时候结束。 eg. He learned English from the age of three.
eg. I’llbe here from three o’clock this afternoon.
小测试：
1. I met her last Christmas, but I had known her by sight________1999. A. for B. in C. from D. since
2. He was interested in drawing________his early childhood. A. in B. during C. from D. since
3. I was there__________three o’clock, but nobody came. A. at B. after C. since D. from
4. I’ve been here_______three o’clcok, but nobody has come. A. at B. after C. from D. since
5. ________Shanghai and Shenyang, the former is larger. A. Of B. From C. Between D. Among
14.介词固定搭配词组：
1.名词与介词的固定搭配：
(1) key, answer, visit, apology, introduction, attitude, monument, devotion… + to
(2) interest, satisfaction, expert… + in (3) mercy, congratulations, effect… + on
(4) prize for / respect for / victory over / struggle with/ excuse for/ for fear of
9.
2.形容词与介词的固定搭配：
(1) afraid, angry, good, bad, clever, surprised, excited, puzzled, frightened…+ at
(2) afraid, sure, certain, full, tired, fond, proud, worthy… + of (3) angry, strict, careful, busy, popular, patient… + with
(4) weak, strict, rich, interested, successful, slow… + in
(5) next, good, polite, kind, cruel, rude, known, married, close, similar, due…+ to
(6) sorry, famous, fit, unfit, eager, anxious, hungry… + for
(7) far, different, free, safe, absent, tired…+ from
(8) sorry, worried, curious, anxious, careful, sure, certain… + about
注意：同一形容词与不同介词搭配其含义不同：
eg.①He is good to her. ②The advice is good for her.
eg.① He was tired of the work. ② He was tired with/from the work.
3.介词的固定搭配：
at: at dawn : 拂晓 eg.They start work at dawn. at daybreak: 拂晓 eg. We left before daybreak/at daybreak.
at sunrise : 日出时; at sunset(sundown) : 日落时; at noon : 在中午; at dusk : 在黄昏 eg. The street lights go in at dusk.
at night : 在夜晚; at home: 在家; at table: 在用餐; at school :在上学; at college :在上大学; at last : 最后; at rest : 静止不动;
at risk= at the risk of :有危险; 冒风险; at the thought of: 一想到；at the cost of：在…的费用；at the bottom of: 在…的底部
at the price of :以…价格； at a speed of: 以…速度；at (the) most/ least: 至多(少); at the head of : 首先; at(on) the top of;
at (a) great expense :以巨大费用; at intervals :每隔; at the foot of; at peace; at war; at present(=at the present time)
小测试：
1. There was a temple at_________. A. the mountain foot B.the foot of the mountain C. the feet of the mountain D. the mountain’s foot
2. The government completed the project_________. A. costly B. at great expense C.expensively D. vey dearly
3. She was frightened _______the thought of that matter. A. on B. at C. to D. in
4. The car can run________a speed of 120 miles anhour. A. in B. with C. at D. on
5. He climbed to the top of the mountain_______ the risk of his life. A. at B. to C. for D. on
from: from memory: 凭记忆; from cover to cover: 从头至尾; from day to day: 日复一日; from beginning to end: 从头
至尾; from head to toe: 从头到脚; from the(bottom of your) heart: 真诚地; 从内心(深处); from door to door:挨家挨户。
in : in high/poor/bad spirits:情绪高涨、低落; in tears:热泪盈眶; in fear:在恐惧中; in danger:在危险中; in peace:和平相处;
in safety:很安全; in need:被需要; in good order:很整齐;in silence:静静地; in good health:身体好; in a fever:在发烧;
in love: 在热恋中; in public:在公共场所; in doubt:有疑问; in print:在印刷; in flower:在开花。
of + 抽象名词 = 形容词:
of + great/much +抽象名词= very +形容词; of + no +抽象名词= not +形容词
eg. ①It is of great/much value. = It is very valuable. ② The camel is of great help to the Abra. = The camle is very helpful to the Arab.
to + 情感名词：
to one’s delight/ surprise/horror/sorrow / joy / regret = to the delight/ surprise/ horror/ sorrow/joy/ regret of sb./ to one’s astonishment/ pleasure
/ to one’s taste/ to a certain degree(extent) : 到某种程度 to one’s measuer: 按照某人的尺寸to the day: 直到今天; to the point:切题
小测试：
1. I agree with him________, but not entirely. A. with a certain point B. to some point C. to some extent D. until a certain extent
2. To my_______, the workers set up a carved figure in front of the building. A. pleasing B. pleasure C. please D. pleasant
3. He is a great thinker and his theory is remembered_______. A. to day B. until today C. to this day D. by this day
4. What he said is _________. A. on the point B. at the point C. by the point D. to the point
5. ______my astonishment, the______girl made a pair of shoes_________her own measure.
A. To; six-year-old; to B. At; six-years-old; at C. For; six-years’-old; for D. To; six-years-old; to
6. To our great_______, Geoffrey’s illness proved not to be as serious as we had feared. A. anxiety B. relief C. view D. judgment
10. 4. “动词+介词”搭配：
注意: 特定搭配与同一介词与多个动词搭配意义不同的情况。
① rob sb. of sth. / clear the road of snow (“夺去、除去”意义的动词与of 连用)
② supply us with food / fill the glass with wine (“供给”意义的动词与with连用)
③ make a desk of wood / make bread from flour / make the material into a coat (“制作、制造”意义与of、from、into连用)
④介词 + the + 部位与动词的关系 (=动词 + sb.’s + 部位，可换用)
strike him on the head(“击，拍，碰，摸”意义与on连用) catch him by the arm (“抓，拉，拿，扯”意义与by连用)
hit the boy in the face (“肚，胸，眼，脸”等人体前部与in连用)
⑤ prevent(stop, keep)sb. from doing sth.(“阻止，禁止”意义与from连用)
⑥ persuade(advise, warn)sb. into doing sth.（“说服，建议”意义与into连用）
⑦ buy sb. for sth.(leave、get、win、gain、lose等“得失”意义与for连用)
⑧ tell sth.to sb.(show、teach、sing、write、read等“告知”意义与to连用)
⑨ give sth. to sb.（give、allow、promise、pass、hand等“授予”意义与to连用）
注意：⑦⑧⑨可换成buy sb.sth.双宾结构。
⑩ say to sb.(suggest、explain、apologize、murmur、whisper与“对象”连用必须用to)不可说suggest sb.sth.。
注意：@ 同一动词与不同介词搭配意义不同。
look for（寻找） agree to sth. hear of(听说) call on(拜访)
look to (眺望) agree with sb. call for(需要)
look at（看） agree on sth. hear from(收到信) call in(请)
@ 同一介词与不同动词搭配，意义各异：
reply to the letter回信，sing(dance)to the music和……唱（跳），amount to 达到，加起来有……，
5.常见“形容词 + 介词”搭配。 eg. afraid of担心…… afraid for 替……而担心 anxious for sth.渴望……
6. “名词 + 介词”要注意习惯搭配和意义区分：
the absence of water缺水 the hope of success成功的希望have a chance of (for) entering college上大学的机会take pride in them为他们感
到骄傲the key to the question问题的答案a medicine for cough治咳嗽的药the ticket for tomorrow明天的票his abesence in Beijing去了北
京 his abesence from Beijing不在北京 the way to study学习方法 the way of studying maths学习教学的方法。
某些名词与介词构成的固定搭配：
①要求接to的名词有：key、answer、visit、entrance、apology、introduction、road等。
②要求接in 的名词有：interest、satisfaction、expert等。
15.省略介词情况：
1.表示“一段时间”的短语中；如：I waited (for) an hour.我等了一个小时。
2.在(at) what time…词组里，at一般要省略，特别在口语中。如What time does the play start 戏什么时候开演？
3.在(in) the same way, (in) this way, (in)another way等词组里，in常省略，特别是口语中。
4.介词for表示时间的省略要求。
(A)以all开头的名词短语，for要省略。如：I stayed with her all he morning.
(B)表示一段时间的短语之前，for可以省或不省。如：I have been waiting hereI (for) more than three hours.
(C)否定句中，表示时间的短语前的for不能省略。如：I haven’t seen you for thirty years.
(D)时间状语在主句之前，for不能省略。如：For the whole morning,the old man kept reading.
5.在all of,both of和half of等短语中，如果of后面还有另外的限定词，of常省略。如all (of) my friends.
6.在以this,that,next,last,yesterday,tomorrow,one,every,each,some,any和all等开始的表示时间的词组前，一般不用介词。
如：next day / last Sunday / that morning / these years; some day /one day / yesterday / afternoon; the night before / last weekend / that day。
7.某些动词短语之后的介词可以省略。
eg.①Nothing can prevent me(from)doing the job. ②She spent nearly two hours(in)translating it.
11.
16.吊尾介词:
往往由于受到汉语的影响而缺少，吊尾介词使用的场合有：
(1)定语从句中，先行词被一个不及物动词所修饰，不及物动词后要接介词，先行词被“动词 + 介词”组成的短语动词所修饰，介词
常在句尾。 eg. He is the man I just spoke to.
(2)what、whose、who、whatever等引导的宾语从句，宾语从句出现吊尾介词。 eg. I can’t imagine what it is like.
(3) 强调句型，特殊疑问句中由于被强调部分和疑问词位置变更，常出现吊尾介词。
eg.①It was the poor boy that we gave the books to. ②What for / Where to / Who with
(4)不及物动词的不定式修饰表“涉及对象、场合、工具、方式、材料”等意义的名词时常带吊尾介词。
eg.①a room to live in / a bench to sit on ②There is nothing to worry about. ③She is a good girl to work with.
(5)某些形容词后接不定式或“动词 + 介词”型短语，动词的不定式形式表“反射”，常用吊尾介词。
①fit、easy、hard、comfortable、difficult、heavy等形容词后。
②The river is good to swim in. / The box is too heavy to carry.
③be worth doing sth. / be worthy of being done / to be done, want/require / need doing
17.介词宾语的两个易错点:
介词的宾语主要是名词和代词，但要注意以下几点：
1. 动词作宾语：动词作介词的宾语原则上要用动名词 ( http: / / www. / )。但是，表示“除……外”的介词 except, but 后通常接不定式作宾语，且这个不
定式有时带to(若其前没有动词do)，有时不带 to(若其前有动词do)。 eg. I had no choice but to wait. 除了等，我没有别的选择。
2. 从句作宾语：能用作介词宾语的从句是以指疑问句开头的句子。 eg. We talked about how we could cooperate. 我们谈到该怎样合作。
注意: that从句通常不能用作介词宾语，遇此情况应在介词后加上 the fact。
eg.They were worried over the fact that ( http: / / www. / ) you were sick. 他们为你生病发愁。(其中的 the fact 不可省略)
但是: 表示“除……外”的介词 except, but 后可直接跟 that 从句。
eg. This suit fits me well except that the trousers are too long. 这套衣服我穿很合适，只是裤子太长。
18.介词--短语动词中的关键角色
A.一般介词可放在whom/which的前面或其所在的从句的句尾，关系代词为that时，只可放在其所在的从句的句尾。
eg.①Is this the car for which you paid a high price ②Is this the car that you paid a high price for
B.介词during, except以及表示（从整体中）“分割”（出部分）的介词of等介词要放在关系代词的前面：
eg.①The years during which he was away ②He wrote many books, some of which
C.其介词与动词不可分割的短语动词中的介词必须放在其动词之后，不可放在关系代词之前：
eg.This is the book which he has been looking for.
19.兼作连词和副词的介词:
①after、since、till / still、before这些词既是介词，又是连词。
②in、on、along、down、up、after、before、along、beyond等介词可兼作副词。
③有的介词可以兼作连词和副词。
eg.①All the students got to school before me.(before为介词) ②We do want to buy something now before prices go up.(连词)
③Haven’t I seen you before (before为副词) ④We haven’t seen each other since last year. (介词)
20.再议只要介词辨析:
1) 表示时间的at, in, on, during，by,over till,until，to：
(1) at表示片刻的时间；如：at 8 o’clock ，常用词组有：at noon, at night, at midnight, at the end of, at that time, at the beginning of, at the age
of, at Christmas, at New Year等。
(2) in表示一天的时间段（如上午、下午、晚上）、朋份、季节、年份、世纪、人生的某个时期；如：in the morning, in the afternoon,
in the evening, in October, in 1998, in summer, in the past, in the future等。
in和during表一段时间内两词可互用。如：in the night, during the night, in the war, during the war。但略有区别：当接表示“活动”的抽
象名词时多用during，接“活动”的动名词及短语时用in
12.
(3) on总是跟日子有关，具体几月几号、星期几等：on Monday, on Christmas morning, on the following, on May Day, on a warm morning等。
(4) by表示到某一时刻、日期、期间之前，"不迟于(not later than)"常与过去完成时连用
(5) over表时间时，“在……期间”或“一面……一面”。
(6) during表示在一时间期间，“在……期间”，强调“自始至终”。
(7) till/until (到……为止) ，在肯定句中要用延续性动词；与短暂动词连用一般用在否定句中，not....until…译为“直到……才”，谓语动
词用短暂性动词。until可以用于句首 eg.①He waited for me till twelve o’clock. ②He didn’t get up till(until) 10 a.m.(不可用to).
注意：在句首出现或强调句型中一般不用till而用until。eg. Not until 9 a.m.did Mr.Smith come back to school.
(8) to表“终结”时常用和from连用，但要注意不与from连用时的意义不同。如：from July to September, from six to(till)eight（从……到……
为止），但from morning till night（从早到晚），不能用to。from … to常构成习惯搭配，不可换用其他介词。
(A) 表持久连续、传递、转移的含义。from time to time(不时，有时)，from day to day (天天),from hand to hand(不断传下去)，from place
to place（处处，到处），from side to side(左右摇摆)，from door to door（家家户户），from house to house（挨家挨户），from shop to
shop(一个商店接一个商店)。
(B)表起始终止的全过程或程度加深、状态变化。from beginning to end /from the beginning to the end of(…从头到尾，自始至终）;from
hand to mouth(仅能糊口)，from bad to worse(越来越糟)，from head to foot(从头到脚),from top to bottom (整个地，彻底地)，
from top to toe(全身)，from start to finish（自始至终，从头到尾）。
(C) from one + 名词 + to another表示“依次”。如from one car to another（顺着车厢依次地）。
(D) 名词 + by + 同一单数名词，表示“一个一个地”，要与from … to短语区别开：one by one 一个一个地；little by little(bit)一点一点
地；step by step 一步一步地，逐渐地（但by and by 不久以后）；sentence by sentence逐句地；day by day一天一天地；side by
side(with…)(和……)并肩，一起；shoulder to shoulder肩并肩地，齐心协力；hand in hand 手拉手，紧紧地;face to face面对面。
注意：早、午、晚前一般用in；但表示具体日子的上午、下午、晚上，则要用on！表示假日时，如果指具体的日子要用on,如果
指的是“时节（含整个之际），则用at如：在元旦那天，许多人去了公园；用on。在元旦时节，中国北方气候很冷；用at .
词组：at the weekend在周末，at Christmas在圣诞节，at Midsummer在仲夏，at Easter在复活节期间
2) 表示时间的since、from、through和for：
(1) since表示从过去到现在的一段时间的过程，接时间点，常与现在完成时连用。since+(具体时刻/that-从句)”表示“自从…起一直到
现在。
(2) from表示从时间的某一点开始，不涉及与现在的关系。一般多与现在时、过去时、将来时连用。如：I hope to do morning exercises
from today./ We have not seen each other since 1995.
(3) for后接一段时间，可与多种时态连用，如与完成时态连用，谓语动词只能用延续性动词；for +(一段斶间)”表示“总共有…之久”。
3) 表示时间的in，after和later：
三者都表示“在（某个时间）之后，区别在于：
①in + 一段时间：表示说话时为起点一段时间之后，常与一般将来时连用；但表示“在……之内”时，用于各种时态。
②一段时间 + later(later是副词)：表示某一具体时间或某一方面具体时间算起的一段时间后。
③after + 一段时间表示：“在……之后”，用于一般过去时（瞬间动词）；但时间为点时间时，只能用after,即after + 点时间，用于各
种时态。after 与某些表示活动的名词连用,表示“在……之后”(注:in 不能这样用)。
另外，in + 一段时间 + ’s + time 与 within + 一段时间的用法如下：
①in a week’s time = in a week ②My brother’s birthday is in two weeks’ time.（作表语）
③I’ll finish the book within two weeks.(within = in less than…用于各种时态，不超出，在……之内)
注意：after有时也可以表示在一段时间之后（常用在过去时里）。如：After two months he returned.
4) 近义词after、behind ：
after用作介词时，很易和另一介词behind混淆不清，因为它们都表示“在…之后”的意思。它们的区别有以下几点：
(一) 一般说来，after指时间的先后次序，意为“在…之后”（later in time than）； behind指位置的前后，意为“在…后面”（in the rear of）。
eg.①I shall be free after ten o'clock．十点之后我有空。 ②The national stadium is located behind the hill．　国家运动场在山岗的后面。
(二)after常用以指顺序，意为“跟在…之后”、“接着”、“接连”（in succession or next to in order）； behind 则表示“隐匿在后”、“背着”
13.
或“遗留在后”之意。
eg.①After you，please！您先请！（出门或进门时的客套用语）
②You should put the direct object after the indirect object．你应该把直接宾语放在间接宾语之后。
(三) 在某些场合下，after和behind可以互换使用，但涵义有所不同。
eg.①Shut the door after you． ②Shut the door behind you．
①句的意思是“随手关门”，after含有离开与关门两个动作的先后的意味；②句的意思是“关上你背后的门”，behind表示门的静止状
态的意味，正因为如此，我们通常说：Don't stand behind the door，而不说：Don't stand after the door.
值得注意的是，在另一些场合下，after和behind 在互换使用后，其意并无区别可言。
eg.①John came in after Alice． ②John came in behind Alice．
behind除作介词外，尚可用作副词、名词和形容词； after除作介词外，还可用作副词、连词和形容词。
5) 短语in the end, at the end of, by the end of：
in the end作“最后”、“终于”解，可单独使用，后不接介词of；
at the end of 表示“在……末梢”，“到……尽头”，既可指时间，也可以指地上或物体。不可单独使用；
by the end of 作“在……结束时”，“到……末为止”解，只能指时间。不可单独使用。
6) 地点介词at、on、in、to、off:
①表场所：at 在较小的场所，in在较大的场所，on在……的平面上。表示“在……上”的on和in时，on只表示在某物的表面上，而
用in表示占去某物一部分。eg. There is a book on the piece of paper./ He dug a hole in the wall.
在表示街道时，其前有门牌号时用at;不标明门牌号时英国用in美国用on.
②表距离：on、to、in、off还可以与方位词连用表示两地相对位置。表示在某范围内，若A地属于B地，用in; 指与什么毗邻，A
地位于B地的外面且有边缘衔接用on；指在某环境范围之外，无边缘的衔接有to; 相隔一定距离off。相关方位词有：north 、east 、
south 、west等
eg. ①Japan lies to the east of China.(范围之外) ②Taiwan lies in the southeast of China.（范围之外）
③Hunan province lies on the west of Hubei province.(毗邻) ④The island lies off the coast of China.(相隔一定距离)
表示打在某人脸上用in；但在说面部表情时，一般用on；在谈到创伤和身体内部时，一般用in。如：他腿受了伤.用in.
③地点介词的引申、比喻意义：in the sun在阳光下，in the dark(ness)在黑暗中，in the dark不知道，in freezing weather在严寒天气中，
in the mud在泥中，in the earth在地下,in the desert在沙漠中,in a heavy rain 在大雨中，in the snow / wind在雪/风中,in public 当众，in
trouble 在困境中，get into trouble陷入困境，out of trouble摆脱困难，beyond hope绝望。
7) arcoss 是指横穿,through 是竖穿过某物,along 是沿着, pass 表示通过某个关口，over翻过等
(1) across 和 through 都可表示“横过”或“穿过”; across在物体表面“穿过”；则表示从一端至另一端在表面上或呈十字交叉的通过，
与on有关”，涉及“面”的概念。through则表示在三维空间人群、物体内部“穿过”，与in 有关。
eg.①He walked across the road carefully. 他小心地走过马路。 ②He walked through the forest alone. 他独自一人走过森林。
有时 across 表示“横过”也可在“体”内进行，但此时它仍与through 有差别：前者表示从某个“体”的一端到另一端，而后者表示穿过
两端。
eg.①He walked across the hall. 他从大厅的一端走到另一端。 ②He walked through the hall. 他穿过大厅。
(2)along 表示“沿着”，通常用于狭长的东西。
eg.①I saw him running along the road. 我看见他沿着这条路跑。 ②We walked along the river. 我们沿河散步。
(3)through指“穿过…(门洞/人群/树林)”； across和over可以指“跨越…(街道/河流)”,可互换,但是表示“翻过…”时只能用over.
(4)注意以下习惯用法：
@与抽象名词连用，表示“通过”，一般只用 through。 eg. He became richer through hard work. 他勤奋致富。
@在美国口语中，可用 from ... through 表示“从……到”(此时不用along 或 across)。
eg.We work from Monday through Saturday. 我们从星期一到星期六工作。
注意：through = from beginning to end“自始至终，从头到尾”。
8) 有关“上下”over / under / above / below/on/beneath：
14.
(1) 用于方位有不同词意、是否垂直、是否接触区别：
on 、over、above译作“在……之上”； beneath 、under、below译作“在……的下面”，其区别在于over、under表示一种直接的、垂
直的上下关系；而above、below则表示一般的“高于”或“低于”，不一定是垂直“在上”或“在下”。
表示“上、下”时，on/beneath表示与表面接触；over / under是表示不与表面接触，上垂直向上、下；above / below也是表示不与表面
接触，但不一定垂直向上、下。
above与over两者都表示“在上”；而一般"在上"， 用above ，表示比较精确地靠近地"垂直在上", 用over。换句话说，表示正上方，
两者均可用；不表示正上方，则通常要用 above。
below与under两者都可表示“低于”；under 主要表示垂直在下的正下方，而 below 则不一定表示正下方(即可以是正下方或非正下
方)。换句话说，表示正下方，两者都可用；不表示正下方，则通常用below。
(2) 数目及其它：
above、over两者均可表示数目、数量等的“多于”、“超过”、“……以上”。在现代英语中，above 表示“多于”时，主要用于表示温度、
高度以及有纵向标准可比的情况。 若含有动态或覆盖的意味，通常用 over，而不用 above。
eg. ①He flew over to France. 他飞到了法国。 ②He flew over to Come over and see us later. 以后来看我们。
表示等级、数量、产量、年龄等“在……下面”“低于……”时，可用below.
below与under两者均可表示数量方面的“少于”，但在现代英语中，以用 under 为多见。（注：在现代英语中，below 表示“少于”，
主要用于表示温度、高度以及有纵向标准可比的情况。）若表示一物被另一物所覆盖，则通常用 under。表示职位、级别等关系时，
用 under 表直接关系，用 below 表非直接关系。
9) 动、静意义介词in, into、on、onto：
onto和into常与动态动词连用，on和in常与静态动词连用。
in, into表示“进入……内”； into表示动向或变化，侧重动作，不表示目的地或位置。如：We walked into the park.；in通常表示“在……
之内”，表示位置或处所，侧重状态; in和drop, fall, put, throw, break等终止性动词连用时，也可以表示动向。
eg.I have put the coin in (into) my pocket.我把硬币放进衣袋。
on、onto表示“在(到)……上；on“在……上”，表示位置，侧重状态；onto“到……上”，表示位置的改变。这样的词还有：towards、to、from。
eg.① He walked to the station（静态，表示方向和目的地） ②He walked towards the station.(动态，只表示方向)
③ He is kind to (towards)us.（两者通用） ④ He is at the station.(静态，表示地点)
⑤ They arrived at the station.(动态，表示地点) ⑥ He swam away from the ship.(动态“离开”)
⑦ He stood away from the shop.(静态“远离”) ⑧ He fell onto the floor.(动态“到地面”)
⑨ The city is on the Changjiang River.(静态“平面”) ⑩ Go off the road.偏离了道路（动态“离去”）
⑾ Come along the river.沿着河过来（线） ⑿ across the fields 跨过田野……，over the desert跨越沙漠
⒀ across the river横跨这条河……， ⒁ over the hill翻过这座山
⒂ be in the house(静态，在这里……) ⒃ stay out of the car(静态，在……外)
⒄ go into the house(动态，进入) ⒅ fly out of the country(动态，离开)
10) 表转角：in the corner, on the corner, at the corner：
in the corner 表示在角落里，in指角的内面；
on the corner表示“在角上”，on指的不是内面，也不是外面，而含内外兼有之意；
at the corner指“在拐角处”，at指的是拐角外附近的外面。
eg. The lamp stands in the corner of the room. / I met with him at the street corner. / He sat on the corner of the table.
11) 表上下车：
上、下小汽车（出租车、小船、救生艇）用get in(into)/out of …
而上、下公共汽车、火车、飞机、轮船、马等用get on(onto)/off……
12) 表相互关系between, among：
一般说来，between表示两者之间，among用于三者或三者以上的中间.注意：但有时说的虽然是三个以上的人或东西，如果强调的
是两两相互间接关系，适用于between。
15.
13) 表累加或排除besides, except, but, except for, except that：
(1) besides表示“除了……之外（还有）”，表示一种累加关系，意指“除了什么之外，还有…”，还可常作副词，可单独作插入语并用
逗号隔开；而 except 或 but 则表示一种排除关系，意指“除了什么之外，不再有…”：
eg.①Besides,I have few friend. ②Besides his wife, his daughter also went to see him. 除他妻子外，他女儿也去看过他。
③You can park anywhere except [but] here. 只有这里不能停车。
但是，在否定句中，besides 也表示“除…… ”，与but, except 同义：
eg.No one passed the exam besides [except] Jim. 除吉姆外，没一个人通过考试。
(2) except表示“除了……之外（没有）”，相当于“减去”，不能放在句首，强调其后边的例外。如：我剩一封信没写完。
(3) but 与except意思近似：
A) 表示“除了……外”在现代英语中，but 的介词用法十分有限，一般说来，它只能用在不定代词之后： no, no one, nobody, nothing,
nowhere，any, anyone, anybody, anything, anywhere，every, everyone, everybody, everything, everywhere ， all, none 或 who, what, where 之
后，强调其意义接近完整性。如：我只差一封信就写完了。但是 except 却没有以上限制。
B) But用作介词时，有时可与except互换，它们后可跟动词不定式。当其前由do字样时，无论该do是谓语动词还是非谓语动词，
其后用不带to的不定式，否则，不定式常保留to。“除了……外”后接不定式短语为排除对象时，多用but。
eg.He has nothing to do but wait.（前有do,后省to）。
C) but后接形容词时，或是以固定词组的形式出现时，都不宜用except去代替but。常见的有：nothing but(=only)
“只不过是”,anything but(=never)“绝不是”,all but(almost)“几乎跟……一样”，first but, next but,last but.
(4) except for表示“如无……就，只是”接名词短语表示引述一个相反的细节或意义为“要不是由于，只是”，其后的宾语一般与句子所
涉及的东西不属同类；若用于句首，则 except for与 except 同义(但 except 通常不用于句首，另外but也不能用于句首)：
eg. Except for me, everyone passed the exam. 除了我之外，大家都通过了考试。
(5) except that后接名词性从句。 eg. I knew nothing except that he was a foreigner.
14) 表工具方法by、in、on与with：都可以表示“工具、手段”,但是
by主要表示“乘坐”某个交通工具或“以…方式”、手段,在被动句中可以表示动作的执行者；by the back road, by bus, by working hard
in表示“使用材料、方式、方法、度量、单位、语言、声音、文字、途径等, in oils
with表示“使用”某个具体的工具、手段
on表示运送方式：on a train,on foot
15) 近似词组in charge of和in the charge of：
两者都表示“由谁负责、照顾、管理”。区别在于：in charge of后接被照管的人或物，而in the charge of后面则跟照管的人。
eg. Who is in charge of the project / The project is in the charge of an engineer.。
同类词组：
in front of 和in the front of：
in front of = before，是“在……前面”的意思（不在某物内）；
in the front of则是“在……前部”的意思（在某物内）。
eg.A car was parking in front of the hall.(大厅跟前停着一辆汽车)/ In the front of the hall stood a big desk.(大厅前部立着一个大讲台)
16) as, like：
as与like的区别：两个词都表示“像……”,但是as译为“作为……”,表示的是职业、职务、身份、作用等事实,而like译为“像……一样”,
表示外表,不是事实。
eg.①Let me speak to you as a father.(我以父亲的身份和你讲话。)(说话者是听者的父亲)
②Let me speak to you like a father.(让我像一位父亲一样和你讲话)(说话者不是听者的父亲)
17) 表示方向和目标时to、 for：
to用于go等表示“来往行动”的词后；for用于start等表示“离开、启程”的词后。
go类：go,come,walk,run,dash,move,return,fly,ride,drive,march,make one’s way等
start类：start,leave,sail, ect.
16.
同类方向、目标介词to、 at
throw,shout,laugh,growl怒吼,roar咆哮,bellow怒号,mutter咕哝等词后，用at暗含攻击性，表示“对准……的目标”；用to单纯表示动作
方向。eg. He shouted to me.他朝我喊道。 用at : eg. He shouted at me,”Get out!”他冲我嚷道：“滚开！”
18) 表制成时from,of,into:
表示“用……（制成）”时，用“from+（看不出的）原料”；“of+（看得出的）原料”；“into+成品”等结构；
表“由……部分来构成”时，用“up of +组成部分“结构。固定短语：整体部分be made up of 组成部分
19) about, round, around的区别
(1)表示“在……周围”、 “到处”，三者常可互换。
eg.①They sat about [round, around] the fire. 他们围火而坐。 ②He travelled about [round, around] the world. 他周游了全世界。
(2) 用在数字之前表示“大约”，一般用 about 或 around。 eg. It costs about [around] ten dollars. 它大约要花 10 美元。
注意：在英国英语中，在表示时间的词组里也可用 round。 eg. He arrived about [round, around] 5 o’clock. 他是大约5点钟到的。
(3) 表示把某物分给一群人中的每一个时，可用 round 或 around，而不用 about。
eg. Will you hand round [around] the papers 请你把考卷分发一下，好吗
但是通常不说：Will you hand about the papers
20) 表示方式、手段、工具的介词
①by the year/hour/day按年/小时/天。eg.He rent a house by the year(day,hour).(按by+the+单位名称)但to the pound按磅算，to the ton按吨计。
②表泛指的方式、手段
by post/mail邮寄，by telephone(radio),但on the phone/on the radio/on TV(电讯器材)，by electricity用电，by machinery用电器，by hard
work,learn sth.by heart,through the satellite,through practice。
③交通工具类
by bus/train/car/taxi(road) ; by bike/bicycle,on horse back/on foot; by plane/jet/spaceship,by air ; by ship/boat/lifeboat,by sea/by water
另外：by means of 用……方法，by way of 经由，取道于，用……方法，with the help (permission)of sb./with sb.’s help (permis-sion)。
④表方式、手段的其他用法
eg.①He beat the dog with a whip.(with+工具机器) ②One smells with his nose.(with+人体器官，但by hand“手工，用手”)
③He stood up with pride.(with+情绪、情感、态度的名词)
注意：使用语言、材料、文字等用in。如in English(ink,pencil)。
21) 原因介词because of、for、out of：
(1)because of表示因为或以…为理由：because of my father
(2)for表示动作或活动的目的、目标或意图：for sale
(3)out of表示起源、来源或原因：out of duty
22) 易混词组at the end of、by the end of、to the end、in the end：
at the end of…既可以表示时间也可以表示地点,译为“在…末；在…尽头”,常与过去时连用；
by the end of…只能表示时间,译为“在…前；到…为止”,常用于过去完成时；
in the end与at last基本等义,表示“终于、最后”,通常用于过去时；
to the end译为“到…的终点为止”,前面往往有表示运动或连续性的动词。
23) 易混词组for a moment、for the moment、in a moment、at the moment：
for a moment“一会儿、片刻”(=for a while),常与持续性动词连用；
for the moment“暂时、目前”,常用于现在时；
in a moment“一会儿、立即、马上”(=soon; in a few minutes),一般用于将来时；
at the moment“此刻,眼下”(=now),用于现在进行时。
24) about 用法
(1) 表示“大约”，通常用于数字前。
eg.①It costs about $10. 这需10美元左右。 ②He arrived at about 10 o’clock. 他大约10点钟到达。
17.
(2)在动词 know, hear, speak 等之后用不用介词 about, 含义有差别。
试比较：He knows her. 他熟悉她。He knows of her. 他知道有她这样一个人。 He knows about her. 他知道有关她的情况。
(3) be about to (do)，意为“即将”、“马上”。注重该短语不与具体的时间状语(如：soon, tomorrow, immediately 等)连用。
eg. We are about to leave for Beijing. 我们正要动身去北京。不说：He is about to leave here tomorrow.
注重: 该短语可与并列连词 when(这时)连用。
eg.I was (just) about to go to bed when the telephone rang. 我正要上床睡觉，这时电话铃忽然响了起来。
在美国英语中，be about to do sth 的否定式，可表示“不愿意做某事”。eg. I am not about to admit defeat. 我还不想认输。
(4.)about与on的用法区别：都可以表示“有关…”,但是about的意义比较广,一般用于个人事迹、故事内容等比较小或涉及较浅窄的问
题；而on主要表示政治、理论、国际形式等比较大的或涉及比较深广的问题“有关…(专题/课程)”比较：
eg.①It is a book on birds. 那是一本论及鸟类的书。(可能是一本学术著作)
②It is a book about birds. 那是一本关于鸟的书。(可能是一本供小孩看的关于鸟类的故事书)
25)英汉错相
(1)against的意思是“反对”，for意思是“赞成”它们在汉语中用动词表示，而在英语中用介词表示。
(2)marry意思是结婚，在汉语中说成“和……结婚”，用作不及物动词；而英语中却用作及物动词，之后接宾语；在表达
“get/be+married”(与…结婚)这个意义时介词要用to，不用with.
(3)表示“受伤”时，汉语习惯上说“……上伤了”，而英语则用介词”in”表示。(4)表示“某事登在报纸上”汉语习惯说“报上……”，而英语则用介词“in”表示。
(5)表示“为……服务”，汉语用作不及物动词；而英语“serve”用作及物动词，故不能加for.如 为人民服务译为：serve the people.汉语
中说 “有关某事的讨论”，同样英语中用“discuss sth”可不能在discuss之后加about.
(6)表示“撞到……上”，英语中用into,不用onto。
(7)表示“和……相同”时，英语不用with而用as；表示“和……不同”时，用from.
(8)表示在“在……帮助下”英语用with不用under. 但表示“在……领导下”时，要用under.
(9)表示在收音机/电视/电话里时，英语中用on.
(10)表示（孔、洞、窗户）在墙上时，英语用in表示，但表示（图画）等在墙上时，用on表示。
26)介词知识拾零:
(1) “with + 名词 + 不定式/分词/名词/形容词/介词短语等”可在句中作伴随、时间、原因、条件等状语。
(2) 并列连词or、for、but和从属连词的意义和用法。并列连词or通常表示选择关系；for表示因果关系；but表示转折关系；从属连词since表示原因。
(3) off表示距离时比on远；如：他坐在我右边用on，他在离我不远处用off　　
(4) dream about多表示（睡着时）梦见；dream of多表示梦想。
(5) 表示“离某处远”用(far/far away)from+某处；表示“离某处（近）”用(near)to+某处。注：当away前有数字单位时，不用far.
(6)before表示位置时，其反意词是behind;表示时和顺序时其反意词是after.
(7) by和near都有“靠近”的意思，但by 比near更近。By还常可表示数量和幅度上的相差或大小。
(8)表示“价格”时，常用at,但表示”具体款项”时用for.
(9)词的其他用法:
into作“成为……”解，表示转变 如：切割机器把大金属块切割成小金属块。
in表示“穿着、戴着”或“用某种语言/材料”等 eg. ①She was in red. 她穿着红衣服。 ②Can you say it in English 你会用英语说它吗？
with有“和……一起”，“具有”，“用某种工具”等意思 eg. He had no paper with him. 他身上没有带纸。
without表示“没有”，“无”。 eg. You can’t buy anything without money. 没有钱就买不了东西。
on, over, through作"通过"解，表示 “途径” eg. through newspapers/television通过报纸/电视on/over the radio通过收音机/ on TV通过电
视by telegraph通过电报 about(大约)，around(大约)，over = more than(超过)，below = less than(少于，不足)等介词表示“数量”，是“约数”。
eg.①I’ve been here for about two years.我来这里大约两年了。 ②There are around 80 pyramids in Egypt.埃及大约有80座金子塔。
③He’s been there for over two years.他在那里两年多了。
(10)“向某人借（入）某物”，用borrow sth.from sb;表示“将某物借（出）给某人”，用lend sth.to sb./lend sb .sth.;表示“借（用）……（一
段时间）”时，要用keep,常可与表示一段时间的状语连用。
18.
一、巩固练习:
1. Taiwan is ________ the southeast of China.(in, on, to)
2. Go _________ the bridge _________ the river, you'll find the shop.(across, through; over, above)
3. I go to school __________7:30 every morning.(in, on, at)
4. He would like to meet her __________8:00 and 9:00 tomorrow morning.(between, among )
5. The Greens have lived in China ________ three years.(in, for, after)
6. We go to school every day ________ Saturday and Sunday.(except, besides)
7. He wrote the letter _________ ink.(by, with ,in)
8. She returned to her country _________five years.(in, after, for)
9. There is a big tree _________ our classroom.(after, behind)
10. I usually go to work _________ bike.(by, on, with)
二、基础练习:
1. Henry, ＿＿＿ Mary and Tom, is coming to China for a visit Which is WRONG
A. together with B. like C. besides D. but in addition to
2. His father will be back from London＿＿＿＿a few days. A. since B. in C. on D. after
3. He usually goes to work on time ＿＿＿＿＿＿.
A. except for raining days B. besides it rains C. but that it rains D. except on rainy days
4. Did you have trouble ＿＿＿＿the post office
A. to have found B. with finding C. to find D. in finding
5. If you keep on, you’ll succeed ＿＿＿＿.　
A. in time B. at one time C. at the same time D. on time
6. The train leaves＿＿＿6：00 pm, so I have to be at the station＿＿＿5：40 pm at the latest
A. at； until B. for； after　 C. at； by D. before; around
7. ＿＿＿the gate and you’ll find the entrance＿＿＿the park＿＿＿the other side.
A. Through； to； on B. Along； of； on　 C. Down； to； at D. Up; of; by
8. One＿＿＿ five will have the chance to join in the game. A. within B. among C. in D. from
9. —Do you go there ＿＿＿bus —No, we go there ＿＿＿a train. A. in；on B. on；on C. by；in D. by；with
10. I made the coat ＿＿＿my own hands. It was made＿＿＿hand, not with a machine.
A. in; in B. in; with C. with; by D. with; with
11. The trees ＿＿＿front of the house are ＿＿＿the charge of Mr. Li. A. in; in B. at; in C. in; by D. from; in
12. The old man died＿＿＿＿＿cold ＿＿＿＿a cold night. A. from; at B. of; in C.of; on D. for; during
13. My uncle lives＿＿＿＿116 Changhe Street. His room is ＿＿＿＿the sixth floor.
A. at；高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解---------连词及练习
一、概念
连词(conjunction.)是用来连接单词,短语,从句或句子的词。连词是虚词，所以不作成分。
二、连词的分类：
1.连词按其构成分为： 1)简单连词, 如: and, or, but, if, because ect.
2)关联连词, 如:both…and, not only…but also ect.
3)分词连词, 如: supposing, considering, provided ect.
4)短语连词, 如:as if, as long as, in order that ect.
2.连词按其性质分为 1)并列连词, 如: and, or, but, for ect. 用来连接并列的单词、短语、从句或分句。
2)从属连词, 如: that, whether, when, although, because ect. 用来连接名词性从句或状语从句。
三、连词的用法：
并列连词:
1.表示并列关系的连词有: and, both…and…, not only… but also…,neither…nor…和as well as等。
1) and: 和,并且
A:基本用法:
"and"表示 "和","并且"的意思,用来连接对等关系的字和字,片语和片语,句子和句子.
eg.①I enjoy basketball , football and table tennis. ②The weather becomes colder and colder.
③He didn’t go and she didn’t go either. 他没去，她也没去。
B:特别用法:
祁使句后连接and,有条件句作用,此时and=if you…, you'll…
eg.Go straight on, and you'll see the library.=If you go straight on, you will see the library.
2) both…and… : 既…也…,(两者)都…
A.Both A and B + 谓语 (构成的词组作主语时,谓语动词用复数)。
eg.① Both Jim and Kate are from England. ② He both speaks and writes Spanish.
③ A man should have both courage and perseverance. 一个人即应有勇气也要有毅力。
④ Both New York and London have traffic problems. 纽约和伦敦都存在交通问题。
B.both…and…否定句表示部分否定.
eg.①You can't speak both German and English. ②Both my father and my mother aren't doctors.
3) neither…nor… :既不…也不…
** Neither A nor B + 谓语( 与B相一致, 即连接两个并列主语时,谓语动词即采取就近原则。)
eg.①Neither I nor he has seen the play before. ② She couldn’t speak the language, nor could she write it.
③She could neither speak the langauge nor write it. ④ He moved steadily, looking neither left nor right.
⑤The weather is mild today; it is neither hot nor cold. 今天天气很温暖，不冷也不热。
4) not only…but also… :不但…而且…
Not only A but also B + 谓语 ( 与B 相一致, 即连接两个主语后的谓语动词也遵循就近原则。)
eg.①Not only the mother but also the children are ill. ②It was noy only unkind but also untrue.
5) as well as: 也; 还有
A.基本用法: 常可连接两个并列的成分。 A as well as B + 谓语( 与A 相一致) +…. 。
eg.①Lily as well as Betty was in the room. ②It is important for you as well as for me.
③It is important for you as well as for me. 这对你和对我都很重要。
B.特殊用法: as well as + 动名词, 有时可译为“(不仅)而且”, “除了……还”。
eg.① Smoking is dangerous, as well as making you smell bad.
1.
② As well as breaking his leg, he broke his arm. ③ She sings as well as playing the piano.
2.表示转折关系的连词有:but, however, yet, still,while等.
1) but : conj. 而; 相反; 然而; 除……外；只有
A. 基本用法: 连接两个并列成分、并列分句。
eg.① Not you but I am to blame. ② They see the trees but not the forest.
③ Mary was a nice girl, but she had one shortcoming.
④ She pretended to be angry, but she was not.
⑤Someone borrowed my pen, but I don’t remember who. 有人借了我的钢笔，但我不记得是谁了。
B. 特殊用法: 用在某些否语后, 表示 “ 只……”。
eg.① He eats nothing but hamburgers. ② She knows no one but you. ③No one but me saw her.
④ I had no choice but to sign the contract. ⑤ You have nobody but yourself to blame.
2) however : adv. (连接副词)
(1) 但是; 不过 eg.①He said that it was so; he was mistaken, however.
②Your composition is fairly good, however, there is still some room for improvement.
(2)不管……怎样（如何） eg.① They will never succeed, however much they try.
② However cold it is, she always goes swimming. ③ He wanted to take no risk, however small.
④ However carefully I explained, she still didn’t understand.
⑤He knew what he wanted; however he didn’t know how to get it.
(3) however: adv. (疑问副词)怎样 eg. However did you know that / However did you find it
3) yet: conj. 但是; 却; 尽管; 然而
A.基本用法: 连接词、短语、并列句等。
eg.①It is strange yet true. ② They are the same, yet not the same.
③Tom got up early, yet he failed to catch the train. ④ I have failed, yet I shall try again.
⑤He said he was our friend, yet he wouldn’t help us. 他说他是我们的朋友，但却不肯帮助我们。
B.特殊用法: (1)and yet : 然而; 可是
eg. ① He’s pleasant enough, and yet I don’t like him.
② He has a good job, and yet he never seems to have any money.
(2) yet 可与although/though 连用 eg. Although it was dark, yet he still went on his trip on foot.
yet : adv. (1) 还 (多用于否定句) eg. ①The moon had not yet risen. ②I haven’t enough time yet.
(2)已经 (疑问句) eg.① Has he come yet ” “No, not yet.” ② Did you eat yet
(3)早晚;总有一天 (与could; might; may ect.连用, 表示将来还可能发生某事)
eg.① He may come yet. ② The plan may yet succeed. ③ We may win yet. ④ She could yet surprise us all.
4) still : adv.仍然; 仍旧;还 (连接副词)
eg.① He was very tired, still he kept on walking. ② He tried hard to look for it,still he couldn’t find it.
5) while : conj. 然而; 而 (对比两件事物,意思接近whereas)
eg.①Jane is hard working ,while her sister is quite lazy. ②I like tea while she likes coffee.
③Some people waste food while others haven’t enough.
3.表示选择关系的并列连词有:or, either…or…,whether… or…等。
1) or: 或,否则
A:基本用法: or 表示 "或" 的意思,使用于两者之中选择一个的时候。
(a)连接两个名词: eg.① Would you like coffee or tes
②----Is your friend English or American ----American. ③He doesn't like dumplings or noodles.
(b)连接两个形容词或数词:eg. ① Is it green or blue ② There’s one or two things I’d like to know about.
2.
(c)连接两个动词: eg. She may do some work in the fields or help in the house.
(d)连接两个副词: eg.①Are you coming today or tomorrow ② It’s now or never. 要么现在干,要么永远别干。
(e)连接两个介词短语: eg. Are you going to water the garden before or after supper
(f) 连接两个分句: eg. Do you want a bath at once, or shall I have mine first
(g)连接更多: eg. The sea can be blue or green or grey.
B:特别用法: 祁使句后连接or ,表 "如果…,否则…",有转折的意思, 此时 or =if you don't … , you'll …。
eg.①Hurry up, or you'll be late.=If you don't hurry up, you'll be late. ②He had to have a job or go hungry.
C. or else : 否则 eg. ①Hurry up or else you’ll be late. ②Be quick, or else it’ll be too late.
2) either…or…: 或者…或者… ; 不是…就是… ; 要么…要么…
Either A. or B. + 谓语 (连接两个并列主语时,谓语动词跟 B. "人称"和 "数"的一致,即就近原则。)
eg.① Either you or I am right. ② Does either she or they like English
③ People who are either under age or over age may not join the army. 年龄不到或者超龄的人
注意: 由either…or…引导的否定句是完全否定。eg. She isn't either a student or a teacher.
3) whether…or…:不管…还是…
eg.①She is always cheerful, whether at home or at school.
② Whether we go or whether we stay, the result is the same.
③ He seemed undecided whether to go or to stay.
whether or not/no: 是否
eg. ① Can you tell me whether or not the train has left ②He could not decide whether or no to return home.
4.表示因果关系的并列连词有:for(因为),so(所以).
1) for: conj. 因为;由于 (一般用逗号把它和前面分句隔开,它是对前面情况的解释。)
eg.①He is not at school today, for he has a bad cold.
②He shook his head, for he thought differently.
③He decided to leave at dawn, for he had many miles to cover.。
④You are supposed to get rid of carelessness, for it often leads to serious errors.
你们一定要克服粗枝大叶，因为粗枝大叶常常引起严重的错误。 注意：for表示结果通常不能放句首，也不能单独使用。
2) so: conj. 因此; 所以
eg.①It was late, so I went home. ② It was still painful so I went to see a doctor.
③The child had a bad cough, so his mother took him to the doctor. 这孩子咳得很利害，所以他妈妈带他去看医生
从属连词:从属连词是用来连接名词性从句或状语从句的连词。
1.引导时间状语从句的从属连词有: before, after, when, while, as, till, until, since, as soon as等.
eg.①After they had planted their crops, they took a rest.
②We have learned six lessons since he began to teach us.
③As soon as he gets to Beijing, he'll call me.
A.基本用法:
1) when, while, as 都表示"当……时",when从句谓语动词既可以是瞬间动词也可以是延续性动词,可用于主从句动作同时发生或从句动作先于主句动作；while从句谓语动词只能是延续性动词,侧重主从句动作同时发生；as引导一个持续性动作,多用于主从句动作同时发生,强调"一边……一边"。
eg.①When I came in, my father was cooking. ②I came in when/while my father was cooking.
③He sang as he walked.
注意： 表示“当…时候”或“每当”的时间连词。主要的 when, while, as, whenever。
eg.① Don’t talk while you’re eating. 吃饭时不要说话。
② Vegetables are best when they are fresh. 蔬菜新鲜时最好吃。 ③ He came just as I was leaving. 我正要走时他来了。
3.
2) until用法:当主句谓语动词是延续性动词时,主从句都用肯定式,译为"直到……为止";当主句谓语动词是瞬间动词时,主句用否定式,从句用肯定式,即not…..until, 译为"直到……才"。
eg.①Mr. Green waited until his children came back.(格林先生一直等到他的孩子们回来。)
②Mr. Green didn't go to bed until his children came back. (格林先生直到他的孩子们回来才睡觉。)
B.特殊用法:
(1) when : conj. (a) although 虽然; 然而;可是 eg.She claimed to be 18, when I know she’s only 16.
(b)considering that 考虑到; 既然
eg. How can they expect to learn anything when they never listen
(c) 刚…就； 一…… 就 eg. He had just been in bed when the phone rang.
(2) while : conj. (必须用于句首) although; in spite of the fact that… 虽然;尽管
eg.①While I am willing to help, I do not have much time available.
②While they are my neighbours, I don’t know them well.
(3) 表示“在…之前(或之后)”的时间连词。主要的有before, after。
eg.① Try to finish your work before you leave. 离开前设法把工作做完。
② After we have finished tea, we will sit on the grass. 喝完茶之后我们将坐在草地上。
注意： after与before可用作连词,又可作介词用。但是，在省略句中, after与before 须作介词用。表示被动时，介词之后不可用过去分词。
eg.①After being painted green, the house looked more beautiful. After painted green (╳),…
② Before being invited to the party, he had been looking forward to it. Before invited…(╳)
(4) 时间连词 + 分词的用法:
eg.① When ( I was) walking in the street, I met Mr. Smith.
② While ( I was) waiting for the bus, I read a book. ③ Don’t speak until (you are) told to.
④ He has changed a lot since ( he was) being in the army.
⑤ He didn’t go to the party until (he was) invited a second time.
3)当表示“一…就”的时间连词。主要的: as soon as, the moment, the minute, the second, the
instant, immediately, directly, instantly, once, no sooner…than, hardly…when等。
eg. ①I’ll let you know as soon as I hear from her. 我一接她的信就通知你。
②The moment I have finished, I’ll give you a call. 我一干完就给你打电话。
③I want to see him the minute/ the moment he he arrives. 他一到我就要见他。
④I came immediately I heard the news. 我一听到这个消息，马上就来了。
⑤Once you begin you must continue. 你一旦开始, 便不可停下来。
⑥I went home directly I had finished work.
⑦I recognized her instantly = the instant (that) (=as soon as) I saw her.
⑧No soon had I gor home than I smelt something burnt.
⑨Hardly had we sat down at the table when the telephone rang.
4) 表示“自从”或“直到”的时间连词。主要的有since, until, till。
eg.①She’s been playing tennis since she was eight. 她从八岁起就打网球了。
②Hold on until I fetch help. 坚持一下，等我找人来帮忙。
③Never trouble trouble till trouble troubles you. (谚)不要无事惹事。
5) 表示“上次”、“下次”、“每次”等的时间连词。主要的有every time(每次)，each time(每次)，(the) next
Time(下次)，any time(随时)，(the) last time(上次)，the first time(第一次)。
eg.① I’ll tell him about it (the) next time I see him. 我下一次见到他时，我就把这个情况告诉他。
②We lose a few skin cells every time we wash our hands. 每当我们洗手的时候，我们都要损失一些皮肤细胞。
4.
③You can call me any time you want to. 你随时都可以给我打电话。
注意：every time, each time, any time前不用冠词，(the) next time, (the) last time中的冠词可以省略, 而the first time中的冠词通常不能省略。
2. 引导条件状语从句的从属连词有:if(如果), unless(除非,如果……不)等。
eg. ①If you don't go soon, you'll be late.=Unless you go soon, you'll be late.
②Do you mind if I open the window 我开窗你不介意吧
③Don’t come unless I telephone. 除非我打电话，否则你别来。
④As long as you’re happy，it doesn’t matter what you do. 只要你高兴，你做什么都没关系。
⑤In case it rains they will stay at home. 万一下雨，他们就呆在家里。
注意:在条件状语从句中，通常要用一般现在时表示将来意义，而不能直接使用将来时态。不过，有时表
示条件的 if之后可能用 will，但那不是将来时态, 而是表示意愿或委婉的请求(will为情态动词)。
eg. If you will sit down for a few moments, I’ll tell the manager you’re here. 请稍坐, 我这就通知经理说您来了。
3.引导原因状语从句的从属连词有 because, as, since, seeing (that), now (that),
considering (that)等。
eg.①He distrusted me because I was new. 他不信任我，因为我是新来的。
②He didn't go to school because he was ill. ③As it was raining, we went there by bus.
⑤Since everybody is here, let's begin. ⑥It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet.
⑦As you are sorry，I’ll forgive you. 既然你悔悟了，我就原谅你。
⑧Since we’ve no money, we can’t buy it. 由于我们没钱，我们无法购买它。
注意: because"因为"语气最强,回答why提问时只能用because,其引导的从句可放在句首或句末;as"由
于",since"既然"语气不如because强,引导的从句常置于句首;for是并列连词,语气最弱,对前面分
句加以解释或补充说明,其引导的分句常置于句末且用逗号隔开。because与 so不能同时使用.
eg.①Seeing that he’s been off sick all week he’s unlikely to come
②Now that the kids have left home we’ve got a lot of extra space.
③Considering (that) he’s only just started, he knows quite a loy about it.
④Seeing that he’s ill he’s unlikely to come. 因为他病了，他大概不会来了。
⑤Now that she has apologized, I am content. 既然她已经道了歉, 我也就满意了。
4.引导让步状语从句的从属连词有:although/though(虽然,尽管),even though/if (即使),
while, however, whatever, whoever, whenever, wherever等。
eg.①Although/ Though it is a very young country, it is very rich.
②Even if/ though you were here yesterday, you couldn't help him.
③I like her even though she can be annoying. 尽管她有时很恼人, 但我还是喜欢她。
④You won’t move that stone, however strong you are. 不管你力气多大, 也休想搬动那块石头。
⑤Whatever we have achieved, we owe to your support. 我们取得的一切成就都归功于你们的支持。
⑥Whoever you are, you can’t pass this way. 不管你是谁，你都不能从这里通过。
⑦Whenever I see him, I speak to him. 每当我见到他，我都和他讲话。
注意:although/though 引导的从句不能与but连用,但可与yet, still连用.
5.引导目的状语从句的从属连词有so that和in order that(以便,为了),
in case, for fear等。
eg.①The teacher spoke loudly so that /in order that we could hear him clearly.
②He raised his voice so that everyone could hear. 他提高了嗓音，以便每个人都能听见。
③Take your umbrella (just) in case it rains. 带上雨伞，以防下雨。
④She repeated the instructions slowly in order that he should understand. 她把那些指示慢慢重复了一遍好让他听明白。
5.
6.引导结果状语从句的从属连词有:so that(结果是)和so/such…that…(如此…以至于)等。
eg.①I went to the lecture early so that I got a good seat. 我去听演讲去得很早, 所以找个好座位。
②I had so many falls that I was black and blue all over. 我摔了许多跤，以致于全身都是青一块紫一块的。
③He shut the window with such force that the glass broke. 他关窗子用力很大, 结果玻璃震破了。
④It was very cold, so that the water in the bowl froze.
⑤It is such a heavy box that nobody can move it.
7.引导比较状语从句的从属连词有: as…as…(与……一样),not as/so… as…(不及,赶不上),和than(比)等。
eg.①She was now happier than she had ever been. 现在她比过去任何时候都快活。
②I glanced at my watch. It was earlier than I thought. 我看了看表，时间比我想像的早。
③He doesn’t work as hard as she does. 他工作不像她那样努力。
④I know you better than she does. ⑤He works as carefully as she. ⑥I can't run as/so fast as you.
8.引导方式状语从句的从属连词。主要的有as, as if, as though, the way等。
eg.①Why didn’t you catch the last bus as I told you to 你怎么不听我的话赶乘末班公共汽车呢
②He bent the iron bar as if it had been made of rubber. 他将铁棍折弯，仿佛那是用橡皮做成的。
③Nobody else loves you the way(=as) I do. 没有人像我这样爱你。
9. 引导地点状语从句的从属连词。主要的有where, wherever, everywhere, anywhere等。
eg.①The church was built where there had once been a Roman temple. 这座教堂盖在一座罗马寺庙的旧址。
②I’ll take you anywhere you like. 你想到哪儿我就带你到哪儿。
③Everywhere I go，I find the same thing. 不管我走到哪里，我都发现同样情况。
10.引导名词性从句的从属连词有:that和 if/whether(是否)等,它们用于引导主语从句、
表语从句、宾语从句和同位语从句。其中that 不仅没不充当句子成分，而且没有词义，在句子中只起连接作用；
而 if, whether 虽不充当句子成分，但有词义，即表示“是否”。
eg.①We know that the earth goes around the sun.(宾语从句)
②I wonder if he has received my e-mail. (宾语从句)
③Whether he'll go there hasn't been decided.(主语从句)
④He replied that he was going by train. 他回答说他将坐火车去。
⑤I wonder if it’s large enough. 我不知道它是否够大。
⑥I worry about whether I hurt her feelings. 我为是否伤了她的感情而担心。
注意：whether， if引导从句的用法区别：
(1)引导主语从句、表语从句或同位语从句时，用whether，不用if。
eg.①Whether they will go to the Great Wall is not known.
②The question is whether we can finish the task on time.
③The question whether we will take part in the physics contest has not been decided.
(2) whether可接不定式，而if则不可。eg. I haven't decided whether to leave or not.
(3) whether可作介词的宾语或置于句首表示强调，而if则不可。
eg.①Everything depends on whether we have enough money. ②Whether he will come, I am not sure.
(4) whether和if均可引导宾语从句， whether引导的宾语从句一般都是肯定句，if引导的宾语从句可以是肯
定的，也可以是否定的（此时不能用whether）。
eg. ①Could you tell us whether/ if it rains in winter in Australia？ ②I wonder if it doesn't rain.
eg. ①Could you tell us whether/ if it rains in winter in Australia？ ②I wonder if it doesn't rain.
(5) 引导宾语从句的whether和if常可与or not连用。连用时要注意or not的位置，它一般与 whether、if
分开使用，有时它可与whether合起来使用，但不能与if合起来使用。
6.
eg.①I don't know whether/ if they will come or not. ②I don't know whether or not they will come.
(6) if可用来引导条件状语从句，译"如果"，whether则不行。eg. If you work hard, you are sure to succeed.
四、某些用法比较特殊的从属连词用法区别
1.当while， when， as引导时间状语从句时的区别：
(1) while引导的状语从句中动词必须是持续性。谓语动词多为进行时，或状态动词的一般时。while 的这些用
法可用when代替，等于 "at the time that"， "during the time that"。
eg.Please keep quiet while (when)others are studying.
(2)when除可指一段时间外，还可用来指一点时间，等于 "at the time"，也就是说when引出的时间状语从句
中的谓语动词可以是终止性的，也可以延续性的。因此主句和从句的谓语可以是一般时，进行时，或完成时。
eg.①When I went into the lab, the teacher was doing an experiment.（when不能换成while）
②He often makes mistakes when he is speaking English.（when可换成while）
(3)as常可与when，while通用，但强调"一边、一边"。
eg.As (when / while) I was walking down the street, I noticed a police car in front of number 37.
(4)when引导的状语从句中的主语与主句主语一致，主、谓是"主语+系动词"结构时，这时主语和系动词可以省略。
eg.①When (he was) young, he worked for a rich man.
②She'll be here to give you help when (if it is) necessary.
(5)when有时代替if，引导条件句，意为"如果"、"假如"。eg. I'll come when (if) I'm free.
2. before作连词一般表示时间，意为"在…之前"，但有些句子中这样译就显得别扭。试看以下句子的翻译：
eg.①He almost knocked me down before he saw me.他几乎把我撞倒才看见我。
②Before I could get in a word he had measured me.我还没来得及插话，他已经给我量好了尺寸。
3. till, until作为介词式从属连词引导时间状语短语或状语从句, 用于否定句时，结构为not …until (till),
主句谓语动词延续与非延续皆可，意为"直到…才…"。用于肯定句时，只与延续性动词连用，表示"到…为止"。
eg.①They played volleyball until (till) it got dark.
②They didn't talk (延续性动词) until (till) the interpreter(译员) came.
③He didn't go to bed(非延续性动词)until (till) the his father came back.
Until可以放在句首，till则不行:
eg.①Until the last minute of the match we kept on playing.
②Not until he finished his work did he go home.（倒装）
till, until只用于时间, 以下句子是错误的：eg.We walked till the edge of the forest.（要用as far as或to）
4. because, since, as引导原因状语时注意使用上的区别：
(1) 如果原因构成句子的最主要部分, 一般用because, 因此because引导的从句往往放在句末。
用why提问的句子，一定用because回答。eg.He had to stay at home yesterday because he was ill.
(2)如原因已为人们所知，或不如句子的其他部分重要，就用as，或 since。since比as更正式些。
As和since引导的从句一般放在句子的开头。
eg.①As you are tired, you had better rest. ②Since everyone is here, now let's begin.
5. although和though引导让步状语从句往往用法一样，但注意以下区别：
(1) although用于各种文体, 而though则多用于非正式的口语或书面语中。注意由although, though引导的
从句后，主句不能用but, 但可用副词yet, still。
eg.①Although/ Though it rained all the morning, they still went on working.（或yet they went on working）
(2)though常与even连用，even though表示强调，意为"即使"，但不能说even although。
eg.Even though I didn't understand a word, I dept smiling.
(3)though可用作副词，意为"然而"，常用逗号与句子分开。although则不能这样使用，它只作连词。
eg.It was a quiet party, I had a good time, though.
7.
6. once作副词译"曾经"，作为连词译"一旦"，引导条件状语从句。相当于if的加强形式。
eg.①I don't believe he was once a thief. (once这里是副词)
②Once Aristotle had made up his mind that heavy objects always fell faster than light objects, he
taught it as a truth to his students. （once连词）
7.unless引导条件状语从句等于if … not …。
eg.He'll accept the job unless the salary is too low. (= He'll accept the job if the salary is not too low.)
8.在用as if引导的方式状语从句及表语从句中，根据情况要使用虚拟语气。
eg.He talks as if he knew all about it. 但有时也可用直陈语气。eg.It looks as if it is going to rain.
10. as作从属连词可引导多种状语从句。
(1)as引导时间状语从句，意为"当…时"。
eg.①As (he was) a young man, he was a storekeeper and later a postmaster. ②He sang as he worked.
(2)as引导方式状语从句，意为"象…一样"。eg.We must do as the Party teaches us.
(3)as引导原因状语从句。意为"由于"。 eg.As you are tired， you had better rest.
(4)as引导让步状语从句。意为"虽然"、"尽管"。
eg.Child as he is, he can do it well. (= Although he is a child, he can do it well.)
(5) as做为关系代词还可以引导定语从句。 eg.I have the same book as you.
As作连词的用法深度剖析:
1.as...as意为"和……一样"，表示同级的比较。使用时要注意第一个as为副词，第二个as为连词。其基本结
构为：as+ adj./ adv. +as。其否定式为not as/so +adj./ adv. +as。
eg.①This film is as interesting as that one.这部电影和那部电影一样有趣。
②Your pen writes as smoothly as mine.你的钢笔书写起来和我的一样流畅。
③This dictionary is not as/so useful as you think.这本字典不如你想象的那样有用。
若有修饰成分，如twice, three times, half, a quarter等，则须置于第一个as之前。
eg. Your bag is twice as expensive as mine.你的袋子比我的贵一倍。
几个关于as...as的常见句型：
(1)as...as possible eg. Please answer my question as soon as possible.请尽快回答我的问题。
(2)as...as usual/before eg. She looks as pretty as before.她看起来和以前一样漂亮。
(3)as long as... (引导条件状语从句) eg. It took us as long as three years to carry out the plan.我们花了长达三年的时间才完成这项计划。
(4)as far as eg. He walked as far as the railway station yesterday evening.昨天傍晚，他一直散步到火车站。
(5)as well as eg. She cooks as well as her mother does.她烧菜烧得跟她母亲一样好。
一些带有as...as结构的常见短语归纳：
(1) as busy as a bee像蜜蜂一样忙碌 (2) as easy as ABC像ABC一样容易
(3) as deep as a well像井一样深 (4) as light as a feather像羽毛一样轻
(5) as soft as butter像黄油一样软 (6) as rich as a Jew像犹太人一样富裕
2. as用作连词引导时间状语从句:
as与when，while都是引导时间状语从句的从属连词，含义都是"当……的时候"。但它们有区别：用when
时，从句的动作可以与主句的动作同时发生，也可以先于主句的动作发生;用while时，从句的动作为一过程，
主句动作与从句动作同时进行或在从句动作过程中发生;用as时，主句和从句的动作同时发生，具有延续的含义。
eg.①It was snowing when he arrived at the construction site.他到达工地时，天正在下雪。
②He was watching TV while his mother was cooking.他母亲做饭时他在看电视。
③You will grow wiser as you grow older.你会随着年龄的增长而越来越聪明。
3. as用作连词引导原因状语从句:
as，because，since都可以表示因果关系，连接原因状语从句，含义是"因为，由于"，但它们有区别：
8.
because表示的语气最强;as一般放在句首，语气较弱，较口语化;since常常用在书面语中，表示多为对
方已知的、或稍加分析便可得知的原因，有时可译作"既然"。
eg.①He will succeed because he is in earnest.他一定会成功，因为他很认真。
②Since you are so sure of it he”ll believe you.既然你对此如此有把握，他会相信你的。
③As rain has fallen, the air is cooler.因为下过雨，空气比较清爽。
4. as作连词引导让步状语从句:
As与although (或though)，however (或no matter how)等都可以引导让步状语从句，含义是 “虽然
“尽管”，但它们有区别：although语气稍正式些，可放在句首，也可放在句中，主句中不能再用 but，但
用yet;as所表示的语气较强，引导的让步状语从句用倒装语序;however引导让步状语从句时，它的后面
可跟形容词或副词，也要用倒装语序。
eg.①Although he is quite old, he still jogs every day.他虽然年纪相当大，仍然每天慢跑。
②Strange as it may seem, nobody was injured in the accident. 这次意外虽然显得令人不可思议，却没有人受伤。
③However hard he may try, he will not attain his goal.无论他怎样努力也达不到目标。
五、并列连词与并列结构：
1. 并列连词引导两个并列的词、词组或句子。
1) and 与or：
判断 正误: ①They sat down and talk about something.( ) ②They started to dance and sang. ( )③I saw two men sitting behind and whisper there. ( )
注意：and 还可以和祈使句或名词词组连用表示条件。（or也有此用法）
eg.①Make up your mind, and you'll get the chance. = If you make up your mind, you'll get the chance.
②One more effort, and you'll succeed. = If you make one more effort, you'll succeed.
2) both…and　两者都: eg. She plays (both) the piano and the guitar.
3) not only…but (also), as well as不但…而且。eg. She plays not only the piano, but (also)the guitar.
注意：not only… but also 关联两个分句时，一个分句因有否定词not 而必须倒装。
eg.Not only does he like reading stories, but also he can even write some.
4) neithe…nor 意思为"既不……也不……"谓语动词采用就近原则，与nor后的词保持一致。
eg. Neither you nor he is to blame.
2. 比较and和or :
1)并列结构中，or通常用于否定句，and用于肯定句。2) 但有时and 也可用于否定句。请注意其不同特点：
eg.①There is no air or water in the moon. ②There is no air and no water on the moon.
在否定中并列结构用or 连接，但含有两个否定词的句子实际被看作是肯定结构，因此要用and。
典型例题: eg.---I don't like chicken ______fish.　---I don't like chicken, ______I like fish very much.
A. and; and　 B. and; but　 C. or; but　 D. or; and
判断并改错: We will die without air and water. ( ) We can't live without air or water. ( )
3) 表示选择的并列结构: (1) or意思为"否则"。翻译：我要努力学习，否则考试要不及格了。
(2) either…or　意思为"或者……或者……"。注意谓语动词的主谓一致采用就近原则。
eg.Either you or I am right. 不是你对，就是我对。
3. 表示转折或对比
1) but表示转折，while表示对比。eg.Some people love cats,_____others hate them.有些人喜欢猫，而有些人不喜欢。
典型例题: --- Would you like to come to dinner tonight --- I'd like to, _______I'm too busy.
A. and　 B. so　 C. as　 D. but　答案D。but与前面形成转折，符合语意。而表并列的and，结果的so，原因的as都不符合句意。
2) not…but…意思为"不是…而是…"，后面的用词要遵循一致原则。
eg.They were not the bones of an animal, but (the bones) of a human being.
9.
4. 表原因关系:1) for是并列连词，不能置于含两个并列分句的句子的句首，只能将其放在两个分句中间。
判断改错:(错) For he is ill, he is absent today. (对)He is absent today, for he is ill.
2) so为连词, therefore一般为副词。
eg.①He hurt his leg, so he couldn't play in the game. 他的腿受伤了，不能上场。
②I think; therefore I exist. 我思故我在。
一、语法连词基础练习:
1 .He is very old,________he still works very hard.　A. but　 B.if　 C.when　D.as
2. ________you are dismissed.
A. Neither you go nor B. Either you go or C. Whether you go or D. Both you go and
3. They had camped once before,_______they knew what to take.
A. because B. now C. so D. since
4. Why these things happened was ____ the driver had been careless.
A. because of B. owing to C. due to D. that
5. Although, it's raining, ________are still working in the fields.
A. they B. but they C. and they D. so they
6._______we have satisfied you， you have no grounds of complaint.
A. So B. Since that C. Now that D. By now.
7. Write clearly __________your teacher can understand .you correctly.
A. since B. for　 C. because D. so that
8.You'll miss the train _____you hurry up. A. unless B. as C. if D. until
9. Francis did the task________ his brother.　
A. as good as B. as better as　 C. as well as D. as best as
10.The size of the audience, _________we had expected， was well over twenty thousand.
A. as　　 B. what　 C. that　 D. whom
11.I thought he hated the TV .You are right, _________he still watches the program.
A. yet　　 B. besides　 C. also D. then
12. It looks ____ it's going to rain.　A. that　 B. as　 C. as if　 D. like that
13.______to New York， her father has not heard from her.
A. Because she went　 B. After she went C. When she went　 D. Since she went
14.______he daydreamed, Peter saw figures in the sky. A. Until B. Since C. While D. During
15. We arrived at the station ______the train had left. A. after B. before C. since D. when
16.______he was in poor health, he worked just as hard as everyone else.
A. But　　 B. Although C. Even if D. If
17. Give me one more minute ____ I'll have finished. A. so B. until C. and D. when
18. The worker hunted for jobs in New York for months, _______ he could not find any work.
A. and　 B. yet　　 C. or　 D. and but
19. Hurry up,_________ you'll be late. A. or B. and C. so D. yet
20. Do not make the same mistake ________I did. A. so B. as　 C. like D. that
21. My sister is expecting me,________I must be off now.　 A. however B. or C. so D. otherwise
22. We should pay attention ________to industry ________ to agriculture.
A. either， or B. neither， nor C. not， but D. both， and
10.
　　
23. He ran off_______ I could stop him. A. before B. after C. since D. when
24._______you told me, I had heard nothing of what happened. A. Till B. Until C.After D. Since
25.Where have you been________you left home？ A. before B. as　 C. since D. when
26.________the problem of method is solved, talking about the task is useless.
A. Until　　 B. Since C. After D. Unless
27. We have produced 15% more cotton this year_______we did last year.
A. as B. than　　 C. like　　 D. white
28.It is late; _______， I'm too tired to go out. A. besides　B. except　C. except for　D. except that
29. Everything around us is __________solid, liquid _________gas.
A. not .. .but...　 B. either.. .or... C. neither.. .nor...　 D. whether.. .or...
30. He will come _______you ask him. A. whether B. unless C. if D. while
31._______he will come or not is still unknown. A. If B. Where C. That D. Whether
32.I don' t know _____to stay at home or go out. A. whether B. if　 C. how D. where
33. He spoke loudly ________ the audience could hear him clearly.
A. so　　　　 B. that C. so that D. in order to
34. The book is not easy._______it's rather difficult.
A. On the one hand　　　　 B. On the contrary C. On the other hand D. On the other contrary
35. You must work hard,_________ you will not learn English well.
A. if　 B. whether C. otherwise　 D. unless
36. It rained heavily，________ the basketball match had to be put off.
A. so that　　　　 B. when C. otherwise D. therefore
37. We must do _____ the people want us to do. A. whatever B. however C. wherever D. whenever
38.You are certainly right,_____others may say. A. what B.whatever C. that D. as
39._______makes mistakes must correct them. A. Who B. What C. Whoever D. Whatever
40.I'll discuss it with you______you like to come. A. when B. where C. whoever D. whenever
41.________you work，you must always serve the people heart and soul.
A. Wherever　 B. Whenever　　　 C. Where D. When
42._______ you understand this rule, you will have no further difficulty.
A. Once　 B. At once　　 C. Only D. Only then
43._________difficult the task may be, we must fulfil it this month.
A. No matter how B. No matter what C. No matter when　 D. No matter where
44. We can surely overcome these difficulties, ________ we are closely united.
A. so far as　 B. so long as　 C. as soon as　 D. as well as
45.__________ I know he will stay here for half a year.
A. as soon as　 B. as long as　　　 C. so far as D. as well as
46. Please write me _________ you arrive in New York.
A. as well as　 B. so long as　　　 C. as far as D. as soon as
47. That is not ________ I want. A. that B. why C. what D. whose
48._________he did it remains a secret. A. What B. Whom C. Which D. How
49. It is quite clear ________he won't see us. A. what B. that C. why D. how
50. Would you tell me _____way I should take？ A. what B. that C. which D. whose
51. I am sure _________ you said is true.　 A. what B. that　　 C. which D. who
52. The trouble is ________we can not find such an expert. A. why　　　　　 B. that C. where D. /
11.
53.It has not been decided _________they will leave. A. why B. when C. which D. what
54. We shall go __________you are ready.　 A. while　 B. as soon as C. as　 D. since
55. He will tell you about it ____ you get there. A. while B. as　 C. when　 D. /
56. Don't try to get off the bus ____ it has stopped. A. while B. as　　 C. since D. before
57. I'll come and see you______I go to the countryside. A. while　　　 B. when C. as soon as D. before
58. _______he came to study in the university, he has made much progress in the study of English.
A. While B. When C. Since D. After
59. Things have changed a lot _______I wrote to you last time. A.when　 B. since　　　　 C. as D. before
60. I can't use your pen,________there is no ink in it.　　　 A. for B. when C. if D. whether
61. I'd like to go swimming ________ the water is not too cold.
A. for B. unless　　　 C. if　 D. whether
62. Difficulties are nothing _________we are not afraid of them. A. for　　B. as　　 C. if　　 D. whether
63. The doctor will not perform the operation _________it is absolutely necessary.
A. when　 B. if C. for　　 D. unless
64. Go back _________ you came from.　　　　 A. until B. where C. which D. when
65. He lay ________ the grass was the thickest. A. where B. when　 C. that　 D. after
66. You will find friendly people _______you go in China. A. where　 B. and C. wherever D. so
67. _______ it was already dark， they went on working in the fields.
A. If　 B. Whether C. But　 D. Though
68. _________he has finished writing the novel is unknown. A. If　　　 B. Whether C. When D. While
69. We'll go and see the patient ________we are busy. A. even if　　　 B. for C. if D. while
70. The museum is ________far __________it will take us half an hour to get there by bus.
A. such... that　 B. as...as　　　 C.so...that D. so … as
二、语法连词提高练习:
1.----I don't like reading_________watching TV. What about you A.and, but B.and, and
----I don't like reading all day,________I like watching TV plays. C.or, and D.or, but
2.You won't know the value(价值) of the health_______you lose it. A.until B.after C.when D.because
3. We bought Granny a present,___________ she didn't like it. A.but B.and C.or D.so
4. Study hard,__________ you will pass the exam. A.so B.for C.but D.and
5. Put on more clothes,____________you'll catch cold. A.and B.for C.or D.but
6. My shoes are worn out,___________I need new ones. A.so B.if C.because D.and
7.He ran___________fast__________ he won the race.
A.enough …to B.so …that C.too…to D.both…and
8.He is only ten months. He can_________read_________write.
A.either…or B.neither…nor C.both…and D.so…that
9.She said she might come_________Saturday____________ Sunday.
A.neither…nor B.neither…or C.too…to D.so…that
10.If Tom__________Mike asks for their car, tell him to come tomorrow.
A.or B.and C.with D.but
11.It was already ten o'clock_________we got to the museum this morning.
A.that B.when C.if D.for
12.It's a long time_________we met last. A.so B.after C.since D.before
13.That maths problem is_________difficult__________ nobody can do it.
12.
A.too…to B.very…that C.so…that D.very …but
14.I'll give her the message__________she comes back.
A.since B.before C.until D.as soon as
15.___________the teacher came into the classroom, many students were talking to each other.
A.While B.If C.Since D.When
16.People often mistake us for each other__________we are twins.
A.if B.when C.because D.after
17.Could you tell me___________in your home town in winter
A.if it often snowed B.whether does it often snow
C.if it often snow D.whether it often snows
18.Are you sure___________Mr. Li will come to your birthday party A.if B.that C.for D.when
19._________Lily_________Lucy like singing.
A.Either…or B.Neither…nor … C.Both…and D.So…that
20.Read the sentences slowly__________we can understand what you read.
A.so that B.before C.until D.because
21. ---The place isn’t a bit too crowded, is it ---________ it isn’t too bad. not a bit=not at all
A.No, but B.Yes, though C.No, because D.Yes, yet not a little= very much
22.Five minutes earlier,_________we could have caught the last train.
A.but B.and C.so D.or
23.They may go to London, but they are not certain______.
A.still B.yet C.already D.however
24.This word may be used both as a noun_____as a verb.
A.as well as B.nor C.and D.or
25.I have read one of his plays__________a lot of his poems.
A.but B.while C.as well as D.as well
26.We can’t see air, __________, it does exist. A.and B.but C.however D.still
27.Do what you have been told,_________ you will be punished.
A.and B.but C.or D.after all
28.She wasn’t ill, __________she can come. A.for B.therefore C.but D.or
29.---I thought he hated TV. ----You are right,_________he still watches the program.
A.besides B.also C.then D.yet
30.________you are dismissed.
A.Either you go or B.Whether you go or C.Both you go and D.Not only you go but also
31.It is strange, ________ it is true. A.if B.or C.so D.and
32.I asked her to stay for tea,__________ I had something to tell her.
A.but B.for C.or D.and
33.I remember___________this used to he a quiet village. (NMET)
A.when B.how C.where D.what
34.It will be hours__________she comes back. A.before B.since C.after D.by
35.I had no idea about it__________he told me. A.until B.there C.that D.where
36.Air to us is __________water to fish. A.what B.that C.which D.of which
37.When you read the book, you’d better make a mark_________you have questions.
A.where B.at which C.at where D.the place where
13.
38.I had no idea where he had been_________he told me.
A.when B.until C.except D.because
39._________,Mother will wait for him to have dinner together. (NMET)
A.However late is he B.However he is late C.However D.However late he is
40.It worried her a bit__________her hair was turning gray. (NMET)
A.while B.that C.if D.for
41.I don’t doubt__________he can pass the entrance examination.
A.whether B.when C.that D.how
42.Never believe anything___________any other person has believed it.Use your own mind.
A.that B.when C.because D.nor
43.Don’t stop_________you meet with a word you don’t understand.
A.at that time B.each time C.sometimes D.before
44.Take an umbrella_________it rains. A.in case B.in any case C.because D.for
45._________the teacher found goodness, he praised it.
A.Wherever B.However C.As D.Because
**46. He must be sixty, _________his wife looks about twenty.
A.whereas B.when C.as D.nevertheless
47. ---What do you think of the music teacher
---_______she is an elegant lady, she can be extremely difficult to work with.
A. While B. When C. Even if D. As
48. What an unforgettable experience! I’ll write it down______ it is still fresh in my memory.
A. since B. while C. after D. until
49. _________ he was the last man I wanted to see，I did all in my power to help him
A.As B.Now that C.While D.As though
50. We need to think outside of box __________we are to come up with something really new.
A. so that B. as long as C. once D. if
51. --- I’ve decided to go to Hainan Island for the winter vacation. --- _______you go there, I will go with you.
A. If B. Since C. While D. Though
52.Considering that she did her work_________her manager had instructed, it was improper to
criticize her． A．as B．until C．when D．though
53.It was believed by the ancient Egyptians that intellect was to the mind_______sight was to the
body． A．what B．so C．that D．like
54.How long do you suppose it is___________he arrived there A.when B.before C.after D.since
55.—It cost me 30 yuan to get here. —Well, it was crazy of you to take a taxi _______ you could come by bus as well.
A. while B. if C. when D. because
56.__________you want me to fire you，I suggest you stop wearing sports clothes at office．
A．If B．Since C．Unless D．Until
57.Maria has to baby-sit．That’s_______she can’t come out with us．
A．how B．why C．when D．what
58.She thought I was talking about her daughter， ，in fact，I was talking about my
daughter． A．whom B．where C．which D．while
59.They were surprised that a child should work out the problem_________they themselves couldn’t.
A．once B．then C．while D．if 14.
60.My name is Robert， ___ most of my friends call me Bob for short．
A．then B．instead C．however D．but
61.Do you know the reason ________he is absent today A.for B.why C.that D.because
62.I have never doubted _______he will come today, but I do doubt _____ he will come on time.
A. that, that B. that, whether C. whether, whether D. whether, that
63.It is only _____people know the importance of science ______science can really serve the
people. A. that, when B. when, that C. then, that D. that, then
64. Have you ever dreamt of ______ for you to be sent abroad by our school
A. there is a chance B. being a chance C. there being a chance D. to be a chance
65.Not only ______snacks and drinks, but they also brought cards for entertainment when having
a picnic. A. did they bring B. they brought C. brought they D. they did bring
66.Tom's absence made __________to get all the work done in a single day.
A. us difficult B. it difficult for us C. difficult for D. us to be difficult
67. Business letters should be written in a formal style ______ than in a personal one.
A. rather B. other C. better D. less
e and see me whenever _________ .
A. you are convenient B. you will be convenient C. it is convenient D. it will be convenient
69. They had a great holiday, _________the bad weather.
A. even though B. because C. despite D. although
70. Setting ___________ my personal feelings, I think you can decide by yourselves.
A. by B. back C. off D. aside
71. ---Is there anything you want from town ---I wanted to get _____. Are you going
A. those letters mailed B. mailed letters C. to mail those letters D. those letters mail 72.The boss__________40 dollars from my wages without any good reasons.
A. brought down B. kept back C. cut off D. held up
73._________the lights off, we could not go on with the work. A. Until B. As C. With D. Because
74. With a great weight_________off her mind, she passed all the tests successfully.
A.taking B. taken C. take D. to be taken
75. You’d better give the task to _________you think can finish it ahead of time.
A. whoever B. whomever C. anyone D. no matter who
76. Although knocked by down by a car, he managed to ______ to his feet.
A. stand B. rise C. run D. struggle
77. We were lost in the forest; _________, it became dark and began raining.
A. still worse B. worse still C. more worse D. worse more
78. He says he really can’t ______ to wait another day. A. waste B. afford C. spend D. cost 79. When we think of communication, we __________think of using things, talking face to face, writing messages and so on. A. shortly B. probably C. practically D. normally 80. Will you please spare me some ink I have_________ it. A. run down of B. run out of C. run out from D. run off 81. When I came in, I saw him _________ in a chair deep in thought. A. sat B. seated C. seating D. being seated 82. A person’s______body temperature is about 37C. A. ordinary B. normal C. common D. usual
15.
83. ---Do you think the Suns will beat Bulls ---Yes. They have better players, so I _____ them to win. A. hope B. prefer C. expect D. want 84. As the strong winds blew down many tall trees, some of the streets in the city were _______. A. struck B. caught C. crowded D. blocked 85. Scientists are afraid that some day an even bigger earthquake will __________the area. A. strike B. beat C. knock D. push 86. There have been several __________drowning here this summer. A. death B. deaths from C. death of D. deaths of
三、连词和从句练习
1. I’d get it for you __________(在---条件下) I could remember who last borrowed the book.
2. The robber told him that he had better keep silent __________(除非)he wanted to get into trouble
3. Strange ______ his behavior may be, there is a very good reason for it.
4. We are worried about our son because no one is aware ______ he has gone.
A. the place B. of where C. about the place D. where
5. The professor spoke in a loud voice __________________every one of us could hear him.
6. When he just got off the plane, he gave us a good description of _________ in Spain.
A. what he had seen B. that he had seen C. which he had seen D.how he had seen
7. You should get the license in two weeks; ________(不然), you’ll have to pay a fine.
8. I don’t know why she’s looking at me _________(好象) she knew me. I’ve never seen her before in my life.
9. No sooner had he finished his speech ___________stormy applause broke out.
10. I had hardly reached the airport ______ he started for his destination.
11. We sent the horses to a considerable distance, _________(以防) they should disturb the children.
12. ___________(无论是谁)knows the name of this song will receive a prize from the radio station.
13. ___________(谁)do you believe is not about to support our plan
14. He didn’t know French, ___________made it difficult for him to study at a university in France.
A. that B. as C. this D. which
15. She is a fine singer, _________(正如) her mother used to be
16. __________, I realize that I owe a debt to my early country life.
A. Lover of towns as I am B. As lover of towns C. Lover of towns as am I D. Though am I the lover of towns
17. The reason why he was late is __________ his clock didn’t give the alarm.
18. ____________he was in error will scarcely be disputed by his warmest friends.
19. I shall do the exercises _____________(按照)I have been taught.
20. ____________ is worth doing at all is worth doing well.
21. She was so stubborn that she never listens to the advice ________.
A. that I give it to her B. which I give to her C. what I give to her D. I give it to her
22. ____________(无论何时) we gave him anything to eat, he would save it up for his little brother.
23.The great use of a school education is not so much to teach you things _________ to teach you the art of learning.
24. If the design was wrong, the project is bound to fail, __________(无论多好) all the other ideas might be.
25. Fox was advised to give the assignment to ___________(无论是谁) he believed had a strong sense of responsibility.
26. The chairman of the union made it clear at the meeting ___________ he would not step down form his position as chairman.
27. The first step in preparing such a program is to draw a flow chart, _________are shown opposite.
16.
A. two examples of it B. two examples of which C. whose two example D. which two examples
28. ______ the world began, nations have had difficulty in keeping peace with their neighbors.
A. Although B. When C. Until D. Ever since
29. ______________(无论什么困难) we may come across, we will elp one another to get over them.
30.He went to work so late _____________ the manager had to send for him again before he arrived.
31. ___________(除非) you return those books to the library immediately you will have to pay a fine.
32. Einstein’s theory of relativity seemed hard to believe at the time ___________.
A. when he first introduced B. that he first introduced it C. he first introduced D. which he first introduced it
33. Now we may be able to say ___________ between music and noise or just sound.
A. what is the difference B. the difference is what C. what the difference is D. that what the difference
34. Contrary to _________ I had expected, he lost for a second time.
35. Professor Smith was so punctual ___________, he always arrived to class just as the bell rang.
A. that the day he died B. until the day he died C. that until the day he died D. until the day when he died
36. _________(直到) he came to England to study, he didn’t know how to cook.
37. Although Mr smith is one of those teachers who appear to be friendly, __________ he is very hard to deal with.
38. __________ a baby kangaroo is four months old does it begin to live outside its mother’s pouch.
A. Until B. Not until C. After D. Only until
39. I won’t lend any money to Joe because I am afraid __________ he will forget to pay it back.
A. if B. whether C. that D. of
40. ___________human beings depend to a great extent on forests, every effort must be made to preserve trees and wildlife.
A. If B. Unless C. Until D. Since
41. __________ he was caught cheating on the exam, Oliver had been considered to be an honest boy.
A. When B. After C. Although D. Before
42. Not long after Galileo’s time, Newton invented another kind of telescope __________ mirrors instead of lenses.
A. which used B. in which he used C. that he used D. in that he used
43. ___________ him as a writer I don’t like him as a man.
A. Much I admire B. Much as I admire C. As much I admire D. As I admire much
44. I punish the child _________(以防)he should make the same mistake again.
45. A joint is _____________ permits the forward and backward movement of a door.
A. that B. whose C. those D. what
46. I am pleased with what you have told me and __________ you have given me.
47. _________ has recently been done to improve the conditions of elementary schools a great number of children are unable to go to school.
A. That B. What C. In spite of what D. Though what
48. Nuclear weapon is considered the most terrible weapon of war __________ man has invented.
A. which B. that C. as D. since
49. ___________, he performed the task with success.
A. It was expected B. Which was expected C. As was expected D. That was expected
50. The size of the audience, ____________(正如) I had expected, was well over ten thousand.
51. Not everybody could be expected to know all the answers, ____________ some questions called for
educated guesses rather than general knowledge.
A. as B. so C. such D. once
52. _____________(管你有多努力) you try, you’ll never lose your English accent.
17.
53._________ the bridge were packed with cars and buses, it could still carry twice the load.
A. Despite B. Provided C. Unless D. Even if
54. The airplane crashed and over a hundred passengers were killed, _______________(这震惊了全世界).
55. The time will surely come __________ ordinary people could operate computers as well.
A. while B. when C. as D. on which
56. This machine is new. __________, it is in excellent condition.
A. Furthermore B. However C. Otherwise D. but
57. This room had but a single window, _________ were kept closed when it was not in use.
A. which its shutters B. its shutters of which C. the shutters of which D. which shutters
58. The old man is no coward; _________ he is a man of high spirits.
A. rather than B. on the contrary C. on the other hand D. at the same time
59. Satellite photographs can provide information on _________ rain are falling.
A. which where and how much B. where and how C. where and how D. where and how much
60. Skiing is a sport ___________(它的历史) goes back 4,000 years.
61. The story of his upbringing is shocking to _____________ (所有阅读它的人).
62. He had a large collection of books, ____________ are written in foreign languages.
A. many B. many ones of which C. many of which D. many in which
63. The book is for the students __________ native language is not Chinese to study in a Chinese college or university.
A. their B. that C. whose D. of whom
64. Geologists cannot accurately predict _____________ the live volcano will erupt again.
A. when B. which C. is that D. and when
65. ___________ said under oath was disputed by several other witness.
A. It is the man B. What the man C. That the man D. The man has
66. __________ I was going to college, I was also working as a waitress on weekends.
A. During the time that B. At the moment that C. In spite of the fact that D. On the ground that
67. It is a good idea to take a first-aid kit ___________ there is an accident.
A. in case B. in the event of C. in condition D. but that
68. The strength of the new material is __________ it can stand heavy loads at high temperature.
A. that B. such that C. what D. so that
69. That’s the doctor __________ on the seriously wounded man.
A. who he operated B. that he operated C. who operated D. that operated him
70. _________ , the problem can be solved in only 2 hours with an electronic computer.
A. Complicated although it is B. Though is it complicated C. As it is complicated D. Complicated as it is
71.He burned all the important documents __________ that they should fall into the enemy’s hands.
A. unless B. so C. lest D. for fear
72. His office on the fortieth floor of a skyscraper in the center of New York City is the world ___________.
A. that he works B. which he works C. he works in D. he works
73. With the introduction of the electronic computer, there are no complicated problem ________ can be solved.
A. that B. as C. but D. which
74. _________ all behavior is learned behavior is a basic assumption of social scientists.
A. Nearly B. That nearly C. It is nearly D. When nearly
75. In the testing period, the students spent ________ much time in the classroom on mathematics __________ they spent on any other subject.
18.
A. as, as B. as, that C. so, that D. such, that
76. Our confidence in the curative properties of the bottle of medicine remains the same __________.
A. like theirs B. as they C. as theirs D. as them
77. The audience, _________ enjoyed the performance.
A. most of them were students B. most of whom were students
C. whom they were students D. they were mostly students
78. __________ steel is stronger than iron, men are able to make steel pipes with larger diameters.
A. While B. If C. Unless D. As
79. Mr. Chen said that he would be punctual for the appointment, __________ he were late
A. but what if B. how about C. so what D. and what about
80. Mrs. Lee will move into her new house next Monday, _________ it will be completely furnished.
A. by which time B. by the time C. by that time D. by some time
81. I have little doubt about his competence; __________ he is well-qualified for the job.
A. although B. because C. moreover D. yet
82. The quantum theory states __________, such as light, is given off and absorbed in tiny definite units called quanta or protons.
A. energy that B. that it is energy C. it is energy D. that energy
83. _________ to space travelers is high acceleration or deceleration forces.
A. Danger can be B. They can be dangerous C. What can be dangerous D. While danger
84. _________ these questions may sound academic, answers to them could have profound economic and political significance.
A. Since B. If C. While D. Lest
85. A body weighs _________ from the surface of the Earth.
A. less the farther it gets B. the farther it gets
C. less than it gets farther D. less than it, the farther it gets
86. _________ it is you’ve found, you must give it back to the person it belongs to.
A. That B. Because C. Whatever D. However
87. _________ is often the case with a new idea much preliminary activity and optimistic discussion produce no
concrete proposals A. That B. It C. Which D. As
88. Angiosperms inhabit relatively diverse environments and may be found _________ higher plants can survive.
A. there B. wherever C. somewhere D. anywhere
89. Without facts, we cannot form a worthwhile opinion for we need to have factual knowledge ________ our thinking.
A. upon which to base B. which to base upon C. which to be based on D. to which to be based
90. Twelve is to six ________ two is to one. A. what B. which C. that D. when
91. _________, she knows French well.
A. A child as she is B. Child as she is C. As she is a child D. The child as she is
92. _________, they could find nobody in the house.
A. As they would search B. Would as they search C. Search as they would D. They would search as
93. You should make it a rule to leave things____________you can find them again.
A. when B. where C. then D. there
94. _________you have got a chance, you might as well make full use of it.
A. Now that B. After C. Although D. As soon as
95. ---I’m going to the post office. ----_________you are there, can you get me some stamps
A. As B. While C. Because D. If
19.
1.We must get up early tomorrow, ___________we’ll miss the first bus to the Great Wall. (MET 89)
A.so B.or C.but D.however
2.I hurried __________I wouldn’t be able late for class. (MET 89) A.since B.so that C.as if D.unless
3.________the day went on, the weather got worse. (MET 90) A.With B.Since C.While D.As
4._________she is young, she knows quite a lot. (MET90) A.When B.However C.Although D.Unless
5._________the 2000 Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not known yet. (MET 92)
A.Whenever B.If C.Whether D.That
6.It worried her a bit ___________her hair was turning grey. (MET92)
A.while B.that C.if D.for
7.You will be late ______________you leave immediately. (NMET 92) A.unless B.until C.if D.or
8.It was not __________she took off her dark glasses _________I realized she was a famous film star. (MET92)
A.when; that B.until; that C.until; when D. when; then
9.----I don’t like chicken _______fish. ----I don’t like chicken, ________I like fish very much. (MET 93)
A. and; and B. and; but C. or; and D.or; but
10.----What was the party like ---Wonderful. It’s years ________I enjoyed myself so much. (MET 93)
A.after B.before C.when D.since
11.----Would you like to come to dinner tonight ----I’d like to, _______I’m too busy. (NMET 94)
A.and B.so C.as D.but
12.Mother was worried because little Alice was ill, especially ______Father was away in France. (NMET 94)
A.as B.that C.during D.if
13.Would you like a cup of coffee _____________shall we get down to business right away (NMET 95)
A.and B.then C.or D.otherwise
14.She thought I was talking about her daughter, ___________, in fact, I was talking about my daughter. (NMET95)
A.whom B.where C.which D.while
15.It was not until 1920_________regular radio broadcasts began. (NMET 95)
A.while B.which C.that D.since
16.____________we’ll go camping tomorrow depends on the weather. (NMET 96)
A.If B.Whether C.That D.Where
17.They were surprised that a child should work out the problem _________they themselves couldn’t. ( 96.上海)
18.It was about 600 years ago____________the first clcok with a face and an hour was made. (NMET 97)
A.that B.until C.before D.when
19.My name is Robert, ____________most of my friends call me Bob for short. (97. 上海)
A.then B.instead C.however D.but
20.Was__________that I saw last night at the corner (97, 上海)
A.it you B.not you C.you D.that yourself
21.Why do you want a new job ___________you’ve got such a good one already (NMET 98)
A.that B.where C.which D.when
22._________was in 1979_________graduated from the university. (98上海)
A.That…that B.It…that C.That…when D.It…when
23.I hate___________when people talk with their mouths full. (NMET 98)
A.it B.that C.these D.them
24.It was only when I reread his poems recently_________I began to appreciate their beauty. (NMET 98)
A.until B.that C.then D.so
参考答案
　　1~5 ABCDA 6~10 CDACA 11~15 ACDBA 16~20 BCBAB 21~25 CDABC
　　26~30 BBABC 31~35 DACBC 36~40 AABCD 41~45 AAABC 46~50 DCDBC
　　51~55 ABBBC 56~60 DDCBA 61~65 CCDBA 66~70 CDBAC
答案 :
1,D 2,A 3,A 4,D 5,C 6,A 7,B 8,B 9,B 10,A 11,B 12,C 13,C 14,D 15,D 16,C 17,D 18,B 19,C 20,A 21－25 A B B C C 26－30 C C B D A 31－35 D B A A A
36－40 B A B D B 41－45 C C B A A
46-50AABCD 51-55BAADC 56-57 CC
62-66 ACBAD 67-71 ADDAB
72-76 BCBBD 77-81 BBDBB 82-86 BCDAB
连词和从句练习答案
1 A 19 D 37 B 55 D 73 D 91 B 109 C
2 B 20 C 38 D 56 B 74 D 92 C 110 D
3 D 21 A 39 A 57 B 75 B 93 D 111 B
4 B 22 B 40 C 58 C 76 A 94 D 112 A
5 C 23 A 41 D 59 D 77 C 95 C 113 A
6 A 24 D 42 A 60 D 78 B 96 C 114 B
7 B 25 B 43 B 61 B 79 D 97 B 115 C
8 D 26 B 44 D 62 B 80 B 98 A
9 C 27 B 45 A 63 C 81 A 99 C
10 B 28 B 46 B 64 A 82 A 100 B
11 D 29 B 47 C 65 D 83 C 101 D
12 A 30 D 48 D 66 B 84 B 102 A
13 B 31 C 49 D 67 C 85 C 103 A
14 B 32 B 50 B 68 B 86 C 104 C
15 C 33 D 51 C 69 C 87 A 105 D
16 A 34 C 52 B 70 C 88 B 106 C
17 A 35 C 53 C 71 A 89 A 107 C
18 B 36 D 54 C 72 C 90 A 108 A高中英语语法知识词法部分讲解——动词短语辨析及练习
1. add to : 增加，增进 小测试： ① I don’t think these facts will ___________.
add…to…: 把…加进… ② Fifty new books have been _________the library.
add up 相加 ③ The music _____________our enjoyment of the film.
add up to：总计，所有一切说明 ④ You must have made a mistake when you _______the bill _______.
act on : ①按照……行动 ⑤ The rise in electricity costs has _________our difficulties.
②(药等)对……起作用。 ⑥ These figures _____________ 50. 这些数字总计为50。
act as : 担当(同义短语：serve as) ⑦ The children started to ___________the whole accident.
act out: 将……表演出来 ⑧ A trained dog can ______________a guide to a blind person. 经过训练的狗可以给盲人当向导。
⑨Does the medicine take long to ____________ the nerve centers 这药过很长时间才对神经中枢起作用吗？
⑩__________my doctor’s advice, I try to avoid taking more carbohydrates than the body needs.
遵照医嘱，我尽量不摄取超过身体需要的碳水化合物。
2. break out: vi. (火灾、战争、争吵等)爆发，突然发生(不能用被动态)
break through: 突破,从云层后露出 break for sth: (试图逃脱时)突然冲向；向…挣脱
break away from vt. 1)挣脱(某人) 2)脱离(组织等)，破除(思想体系，传统)
break down : 1) vi. go wrong (机器、车轮) 发生故障 2) fail vi.(计划、谈判等)失败
3) vi.(身体)垮了, 感情失控 4) vt.(化学)；分解divide划分
break up : 1) vt / vi 击碎，破裂 2) vt. 破坏（关系）；vi.(关系) 破裂 3) vt. 驱散(人群)
break off 1) vt. end 断绝(关系) 2) vt./vi. stop 停止(说话，工作) ; 暂停; 中断
break into : vt. 1) enter by force 强行进入，破门而入 2) vt. 突然…起来 (同义) burst into
break into pieces: 成为碎片; break into song / laughter / tears / cheers 突然唱(大笑，大哭，欢呼)起来
break in: vi. 1) 强行进入，非法进入 2) *interrupt 打断别人说话，插嘴
小测试：
① The criminal managed to break _________the police and ran into the woods.
② When he heard the news, he broke _________and cried. ③You must break__________ the illegal group at once.
④ Don’t break __________while others are speaking. ⑤ I’m sorry to arrive late, but my car _______ halfway.
⑥ Why don’t you break __________for a few minutes and have some coffee
⑦When does the school ___________ ⑧ The peace talks ______________without any agreement being reached.
⑨ After harvest we break ____________the soil with a tool pulled by two oxen.
⑩ I can’t have you ___________ in health. 我不能让你身体一天天垮下去。
⑾ We had our car ___________ last week ⑿The sun _____________at last in the afternoon.
⒀ The telephone system has _____________. ⒁ She had to hold him back as he tried to __________the door.
⒂ Every lesson is broken down into several units. 每一课都分成几部分。
⒃ Jim began to break the ice _________ on the frozen lake. ⒄ The ship broke ________ on the rocks. 船触礁破裂。
⒅ What broke __________ their friendship / Their marriage broke__________. ⒆ The police had to use force to break______ the crowd.
⒇The two countries have broken _______ diplomatic(外交) relations. (22) We broke _________(work) for a cup of coffee. 我们停下(工作)，喝杯咖啡。
(23) A stranger broke in on the morning without knocking. (24) She broke____________ with some suggestions of her own.
A. break in B. break off C. break up D. broke down 她插话，提出自己一些建议。
(25) Don’t __________ while others are speaking. (26) We thought it was time to ____________ the talk.
(27) Then the car I was in _______, so I had to walk home. (28) When does school______________
3.bring back: 使回想起 bring down: 使下降, 使倒下 小测试：① The shopkeeper brought his price ____________to only five dollars.
bring about: vt. cause 导致, 引起。同义短语：lead to, result in, give rise to ② The school has brought __________new foreign teachers to teach oral English.
bring up：vt. educate and care for(a child) 抚养，教养(育) ③ The song brought __________happy memories of our schooldays.
bring in :vt. 1) cause to come in, introduce 把…带进；引进 ④ Do you know what brought ___________this misunderstanding
2) earn 赚得，获利 ⑤ The kind old man agreed to bring ____________the young orphan.
bring out : vt. 1)显示，使…得到充分发挥；使…变得明显或衬托 ⑥ We decided to bring the matter ____________at the next meeting.
2) 阐明，解释 ⑦ The wind brought __________a lot of trees last night.
⑧ Next month they will bring ___________a new edition of the book. ⑨ The speakers brought___________ the important aspects of the problem.
⑩ She made various efforts to bring about a peaceful solution to the problem. 她作了多方努力，以促进和平解决那个问题。
⑾ I was born in Texas but brought__________ in Chicago. ⑿ We were brought __________to be honest. 我们从小受到教育，做人要诚实。
⒀ She made various efforts to bring __________ a peaceful solution to the problem.
⒁They brought _________some experts to give them advice. 他们请来专家给他们作顾问。 ⒂ The increased responsibility brought __________ her best qualities.
⒃ The sale brought in over &200. 这次销售赚了200多英镑。 她担子重了，这就使她身上的优点得以发挥。
⒄ He generally wears a pale blue tie to bring _____________the color of his eyes. 他通常结一条淡蓝色领带，以衬托眼睛的颜色。
4.burst out doing / burst into + n 突然…起来 小测试：① She burst _________crying./ She burst __________tears.
burst in/burst into a room, a building: 闯入, 突然破门而入 ② They burst __________laughter.
burst in on sb./sth.: (突然闯进而)打断, 扰乱 ③ He burst __________on the meeting.
④ The aircraft crashed and burst _________flames. ⑤ We burst __________laughing at the sight of the funny expression on his face.
5.call for : vt. 1) need 需要，要求 2)邀约，去接/去叫某人 小测试：① Doctors are often called __________in the middle of the war.
call on + sb. = visit sb. 拜访某人 call on sb. to do 号召或要求某人做某事 ② The train calls ____________several big cities between Beijing and Guangzhou.
call at: 拜访(地方); 参观(sw.) call sb. in 请某人来(帮助) ③ He called her name ________, but she didn’t answer.
call off : vt. cancel 取消 call out: 大喊, 高叫 ④ The sports meet was called ____________on account of the rain.
call sb. up : 给某人打电话, 同义：telephone sb., give sb. a call ⑤ Let’s call _____________John, for he’s moved into a new house.
call sth./ up : 使回忆起, 征召入伍 比较remind sb. of sth. ⑥ I’m waiting for someone to call me ____________with a price.
call sb. back: 给某人回电话 同义：ring sb. back ； return one’s call ⑦ This kind of work calls _________care and patience.
⑧ Do you think I should call____________ Bob’s home while we are in Paris ⑨ Shall I call __________you at 6
⑩ Police have been called __________to help find the missing boy. ⑾ The football match was called ___________because of the snow.
⑿ This song calls _________ the memories of my childhood. 这支歌引起我对童年的回忆。 由于下雪，足球比赛取消了
⒀ Please wait for me at home. I’ll call _________ you at your house at seven tonight.
A. called off B. calls at C. call in D. call for
⒁ The sports meet was ___________ on account of the rain. ⒂ The train ____________ several big cities between Beijing and Guangzhou.
⒃ Please wait for me at home. I’ll ________ you at your house at seven tonight. ⒄ He insisted that we should ___________ a specialist at this point.
6. carry sb. back to sth.: 使回想起,是回忆 小测试：① The smell of the sea carried her_________ to her childhood.
carry sth. off: 赢得, 获得,成功地对付, 不费劲地处理 ② He carried ____________most of the prizes.
carry on(with) sth ；carry on doing：continue 继续下去 ③ She’s had her hair cut really short, but she can carry it __________.
carry out : vt. perform 实施(计划)，履行(义务，职责)，进行(实验、手术等) ④ Carry __________until you get to the crossing, then turn left.
carry over: 延迟, 延期 carry sth. through:成功完成 ⑤ Carry ___________our work while I’m away.
carry sb. through(sth.): 帮助…渡过难关； ⑥ After he left I just tried to carry ________as normal.
carry through(on/with sth.): 履行承诺 ⑦ He carried _________peeling the potatoes.
⑧ They carried __________their promise a year later. ⑨ The match had to be carried _________until Sunday.
⑩ His determination carried him ____________the ordeal(难关) (11) He has proved he can carry _________ on his promises.
(12) This plan should be carried _________ immediately. (13) I expect you to carry ________ your duties.
(14) Don’t stop——carry ________, everyone! (15) Even after the music started, they still carried ___________talking.
7. check in at the hotel | check into…: 在旅馆登记住宿 小测试：① He checked a book _________the library. 登记从图书馆借出一本书
check out of the hotel : 结账后离开旅馆 ② Please check ___________at least an hour before departure.(起程)
check sth. out: 调查, 查证,核实 ③ The police are checking ___________his alibi(不在犯罪现场证明).
check over/through sth.: 仔细调查, 核对, 核查 ④ Check ________the prices at our new store!
check up on sb.: 监督, 督促 | check up on sth.: 查证,核实 ⑤ My parents are always checking ___________me.
⑥ I need to check ______________a few things before I can decide. ⑦ Check __________your work for mistakes.
8. care for vt. 1) like 喜欢 2) look after, take care of 照料 小测试：① I don’t really care_________ tea, I like coffee better.
3) 关心 同义：be concerned with；care about ② I’m glad to see that you are being well cared________.
care about: 关注，在意， 担忧 ③ A novelist __________ other people’s attitude to his work.
④ She cares deeply __________environmental issues. 小说家并不关心别人对他作品的态度。
⑤ He never cares _____________his employees. ⑥ He didn’t care much ____________her friends.
9. clear up 1) vi. 天空放晴 2) vt./ vi. put…in order 收拾，整理 小测试：①The sky cleared ________soon after the rain.
3) vt. 澄清，解释clear up one’s view 澄清(对…..的看法,观点等) ② Don’t expect me to clear _____________(your things)after you all the time.
clear away | clear sth. away: 把…清除掉(以留出空间) ③ He cleared __________and made coffee.
clear off: 离开, 逃离, 逃跑 clear (sth.) out: 把…清空, 清理 ④ It’s time your toys were cleared _________.
⑤ He cleared ____________ all the money and left her with the kids. ⑥ He cleared __________when he heard the police siren(警笛).
⑦ She cleared _________a drawer to put her jewelry. ⑧ We cleared _________all our old houses.
⑨ I hope it clears ___________this afternoon. ⑩ She has cleared _________their misunderstanding.
e over: 走过来 come down: 下跌,落,降, 传下来 come for: 来取, 来做, 来拿
come in: 进来 come into (sight/being/existence/use/notice/effect)
come about: vi. 发生，出现同义：happen, occur come along: 跟我(我们) 来, 一道来， 赶快
come across: (无意中) 碰见，偶然碰到, 发现，同义：run across, run into
come out : 1)become known 出版,结果是真相大白，(本性) 显露 。2) be published 出版
come up : 1) come up to sb. 来到某人跟前; 发芽 2) be raised 被提出
come up with sth.: vt. think of 想出，提出(计划，方法等)
come to 1) 来到；2) come to(oneself) 苏醒；3) 谈到，涉及到; 达到(an end/an agreement/a stop); 总计，总共是
come on(催促，激励对方用语) 快点，来吧等。来临; 快点 come over to…: 顺便来访
come from: 来自 come back: 回想起 come around/round:恢复知觉
小测试：① I come _________the book I lent you last time. ② He came __________me like a tiger.
③ How did it come ___________that you both got lost I thought you had a map. ④ It suddenly came __________to me where I had seen the boy before.
⑤ Come __________now, or else we shall be late. ⑥ The price of petrol has come ____________since the beginning of this year.
⑦ The word came ____________use many years ago. ⑧ When the examination result came _________he had already got a job.
⑨ The bill came ___________over a thousand dollars. ⑩ I sowed the seeds over a month ago, but they haven’t come _________yet.
⑾ She came _____________some old photographs in a drawer. ⑿ Your mother hasn’t yet come ____________from the anaeshetic (麻醉).
⒀ She often comes _________to my house on her way back home from work. ⒁ Where did you come_________
⒂ I came __________ some old books of much value while clearing up my room. ⒃ Come ________. I will show you to your room.
⒄ It was several weeks before the truth of the matter came ______________. 几个星期后事情的真相才清楚。
⒅ When will the book by Mr. Li come _________ ⒆ Your problem came ______ at the meeting. 你的问题已在会议上提出来讨论了。
⒇ The airline came ___________ a solution of jet-lag. 这家航空公司想出了一个办法来解决乘客长途飞机后因时差引起的生理失调问题。
(21) When it comes___________ tennis, you can’t beat him. 谈到打网球，他是赢不了他的。
(22) Come ________! We are going to be late. / Come ________! Try it once again.
A. came about B. came to C. comes out D. come to
(23) The magazine ___________ once a month. (24) I don’t know how this thing_______
(25) How much does the bill ___________ (26) When I _________, I found myself lying in hospital
11. catch at sth.: 受欢迎; 流行起来; 变的时髦 小测试：① He invented an electric car, but it never really caught _________.
catch sb. out: 使突陷困境, 抓住某人的短处, 指出过失 ② He is very quick to catch _____________things.
catch on to sth.: 理解,了解 catch up on sth.: 补上/补做 ③ They tried to catch her _________with a difficult question.
catch up with ： 赶上 (比较) keep up with或keep pace with 跟上，与…并驾齐驱 ④ I have a lot of work to catch ______________.
be/get caught up in sth.: 被卷入, 陷入 ⑤ We spent the evening catching ___________each other’s news.
⑥ Innocent passers-by got caught _________in the riots. ⑦ Go on ahead. I’ll catch ___________you.
⑧ After missing a term through illness he had to work hard to catch ______________the others.
12.cut across: 抄近路 cut up:连根拔掉,切碎 小测试：
cut through: 剪断, 凿穿 cut out: 删(省)掉,戒掉 ① Don’t cut ____________this tree. It will be very shady in summer.
cut in: 插嘴 cut a tooth: 开始长(新牙) ②You must cut __________the number of cigarette you smoke, or it will cause illness.
cut down : vt. 1) 砍伐(树木) 2) reduce 减少 ③ We decided to cut _______the moor(旷野)to the village.
cut off : 1) 切掉，剪掉 2) 切断(电力、煤气、某人通话等) ④ Cutting the tree __________means cutting the tree into pieces.
3) separate 将…隔绝(离) 开来 be cut off from 与…隔绝，与…中断联系 ⑤ Cutting _______ trees will do much damage to the environment.
⑥ Cut ___________(on) the cost of living by 20%. ⑦ Her finger was cut ________ in an accident. 在一次事故中，她的手指被切掉。
⑧ The electricity was cut _____________ when the lady refused to pay the bill. ⑨ We were having a pleasant conversation when I am cut ____________.
⑩ We were cut off in the middle of our conversation.我们正在通话，电话断了。
(11) They used a machete(大砍刀) to cut ____________the bush. (12) When did she __________her first tooth
(13) He was cut _________from all his friends while studying abroad.
13. contribute to | contribute (sth) to/ towards sth 小测试：① Would you like to _____________to our collection
1)捐献；为……作出贡献； ② We should make a positive _________________to building the new socialist countryside.
2) help to cause 有助于, 导致vt./vi. ③ Various factors ____________ to his downfall. 多种因素促使他下台。
3)为…投稿 ④She____________ to China Daily regularly.
contribution to/towards (doing) sth.: 捐资,捐款,(医保、养老金)定期缴款 ⑤ She has ______________a number of articles to the magazine.
⑥ You can increase your monthly _________________to the pension scheme(养老金计划).
14. die of (disease/hunger/grief/old age) 死于(疾病,疾饿, 寒冷,情感) 小测试：① The sound of their laughter died_________.
die from: 死于(意外事故,情形等) die out: 绝种 ② The flames finally died _________.
die down: (炉火) 渐熄） die off: 相继死去 ③ Her parents died ________last year.
die away: 逐渐减弱, 逐渐消失 die back: (植物)叶凋而死 ④ She died _________cancer two years ago.
⑤ The species has nearly died ___________because its habitat is being destroyed.
⑥ All the plants have died __________because of lack of water.
⑦ He died ________a car accident last week, which was a great grief to his parents.
15. dip into: 1) vt./vi.(把)…浸入(伸入)……之中 小测试：① She dipped ________her purse and took out some coins.
2)浏览(书等)=(同义)look through ② I have only had time to dip _________the report.
3) 提取(款项), 动用(存款) ③ We took out a loan for the car because we didn’t want to dip _____our savings.
④ Dip your hand ________ to see how hot the water is. ⑤ He dipped the brush __________the thick white paint.
16. fall behind:落后 fall down: 掉下, 跌倒 小测试：① Babies often fall _____________when they are learning a walk.
fall over sb./sth.: 被…绊倒,跌跤 fall back:撤退, 后退 ② Our team seems to have fallen _________the others.
fall about: 捧腹大笑 fall back on sb.: 求助于 ④ She fell _________the bench and has her leg broken.
fall to (doing) sth./sb. : 开始做 fall through:成为泡影 ⑤ We fell _________laughing when we heard the joke.
③ As soon as the enemies fell____________, the people returned to their village.
⑥ I have a little money in the bank to fall____________. ⑦ She ________to telling us what had happened to her.
⑧ It _______to me to inform her of her son’s death. ⑨ Our plans have ______ _______because of lack of money.
17. drop back/behind: 后退, 落后, drop behind sb.: 落在…后面 小测试：
drop by/in/round: 顺便访问 drop out : vi. 退出，退学 ① Hold on! Don’t drop ________of the game halfway!坚持住！千万不要中途退出比赛。
drop in on sb.: 顺便访问某人 drop into sth.: 顺便进入 ② We cannot afford to drop __________our competitors.
drop off: 打盹儿, 小睡,减少,下降 ③ Drop __________sometimes.
④ Sorry we’re late—we dropped _________the pub on the way. ⑤ I thought I’d drop __________you while I was passing.
⑥ I dropped ___________and missed the end of the film. ⑦ He has dropped ___________active politics.
⑧ Traffic in the town has dropped _____________since the highway was opened.
18. go in for: 从事, 喜欢, 参加 go through: 通过, 经受 小测试：① Many new factories have gone ___________in the past few years.
go up: (价格) 上涨, 建造起来 go over: 复习, 检查 ② Rents have gone _________greatly recently.
go after: 追捕, 追赶 go against: 违反 ③ Many years have gone __________since we last met.
go ahead:先行, 开始吧, 问吧,说吧 ④ Let’s continue our journey until the sun goes________.
go away: 离开 go by: 时间过去 ⑤ His action went __________the will of the people.
go down: 下沉, 降低, (日、月)西沉 go on with…: 继续进行 ⑥ I can’t do it, for it goes __________my duty.
go with: 相配, 陪同 go without: 没有, 缺少 ⑦ Over 100 students went _____________this entrance examination.
go out: 外出, 熄灭 go all out: 全力以赴 ⑧ The bomb went ________and killed ten people.
go off: 爆炸, 进行, 变坏, 断电, 停止供应 ⑨ The buyer went ____________the car carefully before reaching a decision.
go back on: 背约, 食言 go beyond: 超出 ⑩ This tie doesn’t go ___________my blue shirt.
⑾ If you think you can solve the problem, go ________. ⑿ Many students went ______________playing basketball.
19. get down: 下来,记下， 使沮丧 get out: 出来 小测试：① She spoke so fast that I couldn’t get ____________what he said.
get in: 收集, 插话 get up: 起床 ② We will find ways to get ___________difficulties.
get together : vi. 聚会，相聚 ③ The story has got ________________and everyone knows about it.
get down to (doing) sth.：致力于, 专心于 ④ When I get ______________with the report, I’ll go to the cinema.
get along : vi. 1) progress 进展，进行 ⑤ After a delicious meal the two men got ____________to business.
2)get along with sb 与某人相处 get along with sth. :进展, 相处 ⑥ Don’t always get _____________a word when others are speaking.
get on : vt. / vi. 登上(火车、汽车、飞机)，骑上(自行车，马) ⑦ It took me a long time to get ___________such an unpleasant experience.
get off : (反)vt. / vi. 从(车，飞机，马等)下来, 脱下 ⑧ Your meaning didn’t really get ___________.
get on: 进展, 进步, 穿上 ⑨ He’s getting ________very well at school.
get over: vt. (1)从(疾病，震惊，失望等)中恢复过来。 ⑩ He had been stealing money from the company for years before they got ______ ______him.
(2)克服，战胜(困难、偏见等)。 ⑾ Let’s get __________ to business./I like to get __________to work by 9.
get through : 1) vt. 通过(地方)同pass through, go through ⑿ I can’t get ________these shoes—they’re too small.
2) vt. / vi. 通过(法律，考试)(用主动态) ⒀ She’s got her old job__________.
3)vt. finish 完成 4) vi. (+to sb.)接通电话 ⒁ The thief got ____________ all the money.
get down to sth. / doing sth. : 静下心，认真… ⒂ Don’t try to cheat our teacher; you will never get ________ it.
get close to sth.: 接近, 几乎 get into(trouble) ⒃ The patient is getting _________. 那个病人又开始到处走动。
get to (know):认识, 了解 get back: 取回,收回 ⒄ The news of his father’s sudden death got ________quickly.
get across (to sb).: 被理解 get sth. across (to sb.): ⒅ I will see if I can get _______ tomorrow’s meeting.
get on to sb. :识破(某人的不法行为) ⒆ How is your work getting ___________
get into sth.: (尤指费力地)穿上 get sth. back: 寻回,找回 = How are you getting ______________ your work
get away : vi. 1) escape 逃走 , 逃跑, 逃脱, 2)leave 离开, 去休假 ⒇ He is easy to get ___________. 他平易近人。
get around : 1)同get about(尤指病人)走动；各地旅行 (21) Sooner or later you will get _________ the shock.
2)(谣言等) 传开= get round: 消息传开 (22) How shall we get ________this difficulty
get out of: vt. 逃避(责任等) get out: 出来，滚出去 (23) The law succeeded in getting __________.
(24) I am afraid I can’t get ___________ the exam. (25) We’re hoping to get ____________for a few days at Easter. (a Sunday in March or April)
(26) When you get _________(with)your work, let’s go out.
(27) I couldn’t get __________ to my mother yesterday. 昨天我给我母亲电话没有接通。
(28) It is difficult to get _________ work after a nice holiday. (29) When can we get _____________ for a chat 我们何时能聚在一起聊聊天？
20. give away: 赠送,泄露,出卖 give off: 发出(光、热、气体) 小测试：① His accent at last gave him__________.
give up(doing) sth.: 放弃 give over: 住手，到此为止 ② The liquid gave __________a strong smell.
give sb. back sth. =give sth. back to sb. 归还, 送回 ③ The headmaster gave ____________the names of the prize-winners.
give out : vt. 1)hand out 分发 2)announce 宣布，公布 ④ The soldiers gave _______________the town to the enemies.
give out: vi. 1)be used up 用完，耗尽2)be worn / tired out 精疲力竭 ⑤ Who will help me to give the books_____________
give in(to sb. / sth.): 向…屈服，对…作出让步。同义词 give way to ⑥ Don’t believe in those who give his friends __________.
⑦ After a long walk, my strength gave__________. ⑧ The rebels(叛乱分子) were forced to give________.
⑨ Give________, Tom! You’re hurting me. ⑩ Could you please give me _________my pen
⑾ After the 90th failure, he was almost ready to ________. ⑿ Give _______ / Hand out the money to the children.
⒀ The date of election will be given __________soon. ⒁ Our supply of sugar has given ___________.
⒂ My strength gave ________. 我用尽了力气。 ⒃ The runner gave________ in the middle of the race.
⒄ The company had to give way ________ the workers, demand. ↓A. give in B. give off C. give up D. give out
⒅ These flowers ___________ a pleasant smell. ⒆ The doctor advised my father to _______ smoking.
⒇ We decided to __________ to the wish of the majority. (21) In two months our food will __________.
21. go ahead：begin 用于催促对方或表示许可 小测试：①Go ahead, we are listening. 说吧，我们听着呢。
go in for : 1) take part in 参加(比赛，测验等) go in for a competition. ② A：Do you mind if I smoke B：No, go ________.
2) 爱好 go against: 违背，违反 ③ He will not go __________ his father’s will.
go for : 1) try to obtain争取得到 2) hold true of 适用于 ④Smith is going ______a gold medal at the Olympics.
go over: vt. 1) check 审查(核) 2)review 复习 ⑤ They have a high level of unemployment——
go through : 1) suffer, experience 遭受，经历 but the same goes ________many other countries.
2) 仔细检查、审查 同义go over ⑥ I don’t go _______ sports.
3) 通过(法律，考试) =同义 get through ⑦ We went __________ the accounts(帐目) and couldn’t find any mistakes.
go with : 与…相配 / 相协调 =同义：match ⑧ No other country in Europe went __________ more wars than England.
go off : vi. 1) explode 爆炸 2)ring (铃)响 ⑨ I want to buy a new tie to go ________ this suit.
go on : vi. 1) 继续 go on with sth.; go on doing sth. ⑩ Don’t touch that unexploded bomb; it might go_________.
2) (时间)逝去, 推移 go on trial 在法庭上受审 ⑾The alarm went _________ when the thief got in.
⑿ As the days went _____, it grew colder. ⒀ What I said about Peter goes __________you, too.
21.hand down …(to)= pass on …(to)把…传给后代; 流传, 遗传 小测试：① You must all hand _________your homework tomorrow.
hand in：give by hand 上交，提交 hand out: 分发,提出(建议等) ② Could you please hand ___________these books
hand over(to sb.): 1)把…送交/移交给某人 2)移交(权力，责任等) ③ These skills used to be handed _____________from father to son.
④ She resigned (辞职) and handed ___________to one of the youth here. ⑤ This ring has been handed _______________ in my family for generations.
⑥Please hand ______your papers at the end of the exam. ⑦ He’s always handing __________advice to people.
22. hang about:闲逛,慢悠悠 hang up: 挂断(电话) 小测试：①I can’t hang ____________—the boss wants to see me
hang back: 留下,继续留在原处 hang on:抓紧,停一下 ②I was sure she knew the answer but for some reason she hung __________.
hang on sth.: 取决于 hang together: 相符,一致 ③ Hang__________!—I’m not quite ready
hang on to sth.:抓紧某物 hang back (from sth.): 犹豫，退缩 ④ Hang _____ _____that rope and don’t let go.
⑤ Their accounts of what happened don’t hang ________ ⑥ After I hung__________, I remembered what I’d wanted to say.
23. hold back: 阻止,隐瞒 hold up: 举起, 使停顿 小测试：① I’m sure he is holding something __________.
hold on: 别挂断, 等, 坚持 hold out: 持续, 坚持, 伸出 ② She managed to hold ___________her emotion until her guests had left. Then she cried.
hold down: 控制, 镇压 hold off: (雨/风暴)不开始, 延迟 ③ Tell him to hold __________a moment. I’ll come soon.
hold out on sb.: 拒绝告诉某人 hold(sth.) together: 坚持团结 ④ Our food supply won’t hold _____________for more than a few days.
hold up sth.: 持枪抢劫银行/商店 hold with sth.: (否定)同意,赞成 ⑤ The train was held _____________as a result of the floods.
⑥ These measures helped to hold ________the city’s population. ⑦ Hold _________your left arm, please.
⑧ The rain held _________just long enough for us to have our picnic. ⑨It’s the mother who usually holds the family___________.
⑩ The local supermarket was held __________ last night. ⑾ He held __________to the back of the chair to stop himself from falling.
24. hear from sb.| hear sth. from sb. : 接到某人的来信/电话 小测试：① I look forward to hearing ___________you.
hear of (about) sb./sth.| hear sth. of sb./sth. : 听说,得知(sb./sth.) ② I haven’t heard anything _____________her for months.
not hear of sth.: 出于善意拒绝(不允许)某事 ③ I’ve never heard ____________the place.
hear sb. out: 听某人把话说完 ④ She disappeared and was never heard _________again.
not /never hear the end of it: 被人不断纠缠,没完没了 ⑤ She wanted to walk home, but I wouldn’t hear _______it.
⑥ If we don’t get her a dog, we’ll never hear the end ____________it. ⑦ I was sorry to hear ___________your accident.
25. hurry on: 喋喋不休,啰嗦得没完没了 小测试：① My mother often hurries ____________when she sees me playing computer games.
hurry up(with sth.): 赶快, 急忙(做某事) ② I wish the bus would hurry ______and going to bed late.
hurry sb./sth. up: 催促(某人),使早些发生 ③ Hurry __________the scissors. I need them.
hurry sb. (into doing sth.): 催促(某人)做某事 ④ Can you do anything to hurry my order __________
⑤ She was hurried _________________making an unwise choice.
26. jump at sth.: 迫不及待地接受机会(或建议等) 小测试：① When the chance came, she jumped _________it.
jump in: 1) 打断谈话； 2) 匆忙行动, 急于从事 ② Before she could reply, Peter jumped ___________with an objection.
jump on sb./jump at sb.(AmE.): 批评某事, 责备某人,责骂某人 ③ My father often jumps _____________me when I do something wrong.
jump out at sb.: 极易引起某人的注意 ④ The mistake in the figure(数字)jumped __________me.
27.keep up(courage, English, spirits) 保持 小测试：① The angry lady told the strangers to keep ______from her.
keep up with: 跟上 keep off(grass)：不接近, 离开 ② I can hardly keep ___________my tears after hearing his words.
keep away from: 避开,比接近，离……远远的 ③ Only pride kept her _________bursting into tears.
keep out of: 远离… keep from: 克服, 阻止 ④ I can scarcely keep ___________asking him what he has done.
keep to (rules, promise): 坚持, 遵守 ⑤ “Don’t touch me,” screamed the woman. “Keep _________!”
keep on: 继续, 坚持下来 keep back: 阻止, 留下, 隐瞒,扣下 ⑥ Keep ________until you succeed.
keep sb./sth. down: 压制(sb.), 抑制(sth.) ⑦ Keep _____________your courage, and you’ll succeed in the end.
⑧ The thick coat can keep the color_________. ⑨ Always try to keep __________the rules when you play a game.
⑩ I can’t keep _______with everything you’re doing. ⑾I hope I’m not keeping you __________ your work.
28.knock at/on: 敲 knock into: 撞在某人身上 小测试：①The boxer soon knocked his opponent ___________.
knock down: 撞到 knock out of: 把…敲出 ② The office stuff knocks _________at six every day.
knock over: 撞到 knock off: 停止工作，休息 ③ These old houses are going to be ____________.
④ Try knocking ___________the window and see if there is anyone indoors.
⑤ He was so absorbed in his book that he knocked ____________ the car parked there.
29. leave for: 离开前往 leave out: 删去;遗漏 小测试：① Leave some meat ___________for tomorrow.
leave behind: 遗留, 忘记拿走 leave to: 留给, 遗嘱赠与 ② Those are questions left ____________by history.
leave over: 遗留, 剩下, 延期 leave sth. aside: 搁置一边 ③ Don’t leave this matter ________until tomorrow.
leave off: 停止, 中断 leave go (of sth.): 松手 ④ _____________ my arm—you’re hurting me!
⑤ “Whose name has been left __________ ” demanded the teacher. ⑥ When he died, he left all his property ____________his niece.
⑦ He suddenly realized that he had left his umbrella ___________. ⑧ Start reading from where you left ___________ last time.
⑨ Leaving some money ________, we may need later. ⑩ He left _________playing the piano to answer the door.
30. look up : 1)vi. 抬头看 2) vt. find information 查阅 小测试：① I spent two hours looking _________the students’ papers.
look out : vi. 1)向外看 2) look out (for):当心，提防 ② Look________! There is a big hole in front.
look on:旁观 look on…as: 看作 ③ The old man looked _____________upon the days of his youth.
look for : 寻找，同义：search for, hunt for, seek for / after ④ He looked _________but saw nobody, and he listened but hear nothing.
look about/around/round: 四下查看 ⑤ She was so snobbish(势力) that she looked ___________upon all his friends.
look into: vt. 1) 朝…里面看 look into a room 向房间里窥视 ⑥ The police promised to look _________the case as soon as possible.
2) go into, investigate 调查,了解 ⑦ She never looks ________me as her best friend.
look sb. up and down: 仔细打量某人；上下打量某人 ⑧ Look __________ on one’s childhood with joy.
look sb. in the face/eyes: 直视某人 ⑨ He looked ___________at the valley below and was frightened to death.
look after 照料，同：care for, take care of, see to ⑩ Don’t look __________on her because she is poor.
look back: vi. 1)回头看 vt. 2) look back on / to 回顾，回忆 ⑾ He looked ____________the cause of the accident.调查事故的原因
look back upon: 回忆,回顾 ⑿ She looked ___________the window into the room, but could see nothing.
look down :1) 向下看 vi. 2) look down on / upon: vt. 轻视，看不起 ⒀ Don’t look ______ of the window.
look through : 1) 透…看 2) dip into(从头到尾)浏览，翻阅 ⒁ Look ________! There is a car coming.
⒂ He took part in the game, and the rest of us just looked ___________and cheered for him.
⒃ I have formed the habit of looking __________evening papers before going to bed. / Look _________ cars while crossing the road.
⒄ Look _______ the word in the dictionary. / Look ________ one’s number in the telephone book.
31. make up: 1)form 组成，构成 be made up of 由…组成 小测试：① Can you make this length of cloth _____________a suit
2) 虚构，捏造 3) 化装，打扮 ② I asked the driver if he was making _____________London.
4)弥补，补偿 同：make up for take a make-up 补考 ③ My father made _____________a check for me to buy the camera.
make into/of/from: 制造 警铃响起，观众奔向出口。→ ④ The audience made ____________ the exits when alarm sounded.
make out : 1)vt.(勉强) 辨认出，看清楚 2) vt. understand 理解，明白 ⑤ Cultural exchange made ___________better understanding.
3)填写, 开列(清单) 文化交流促进了互相了解。
make it : 1)succeed 成功 2)arrive in time 按时到达某处 3) 设法安排 ⑥ Can you make ___________who the figure(人影) is in the darkness
make for: vt.1)向……方向前进；冲向 2) 有助于；促进 ⑦ To the present day I can’t make ________ why I did so.
make sense : 1)讲得通；2) 有道理，合乎情理； ⑧ Farming makes _________70% of the country’s industry.
make sense of: understand 理解，弄懂 农业构成该国产业的70%。
⑨ We must make the loss _________next week. He tried hard to make __________for the damage he had done.
⑩ He made _______________a story, which I found hard to believe. ⑾ Someone is coming, but I can’t make _____________who it is.
A. make room for B. make sure C. made up his mind D. make out
⑿ He hasn’t _________ yet just what he should do. ⒀ Let’s ___________ that we know nothing about it.
⒁ They sat closer together to __________ the old man. ⒂ ___________ that the door is locked before you leave.
⒃ To this day I still can’t ___________ why they did so. ⒄ Are you telling the truth or making _______ lies
⒅ She never goes out without making herself _______. ⒆ We must double our efforts to make __________lost time.
⒇ No matter how I tried to read it, the sentence didn’t make sense to me.
(21) It makes ____________to take care of your health. 注意身体健康是明智的。 (22) I can’t make_________of the poem.
32. pass away: 去世 pass by: 经过 小测试：① The man passed __________last week in peace.
pass down(on)…to: 传给 pass through: 经历 ② We are passing ____________difficult times.
pass over: 漠视, 忽视 pass sb./sth. off as… : 被当作 ③ The secretary passed __________the details in the first part of his report.
pass sth. up: 放弃, 不要(机会等) ④ He escaped by passing himself ________ as a guard.
The old clock has been passed ________to me from my grandfather’s grandfather.
33. pay sb. back(sth.) = pay sth. back to sb.:还钱,报复 小测试：① How much did you pay __________the dictionary
pay sb. back for sth.: 报复, 惩罚 ② You should pay ____________the money you borrowed from me.
pay off:成功，奏效 pay sb. off: 付清工资后解雇 ③ I’ll pay him ______________for all his crimes(罪行) against me.
pay sth. out: 付巨款 pay sth. off: 付清, 还清 ④ Some day, you’ll pay _____________what you had done today.
pay for: 付钱, 为…受到惩罚, 因…得到报应 ⑤ Has she paid ________the debt yet
⑥ I’ll pay you ___________next week. ⑦ I’ll pay him ______________ for making me look like a fool in front of everyone.
⑧ He was paid ___________because of his laziness. ⑨ I had to pay _________￡500 to get my car repaired.
34. pick up :1)vt. 拾起，捡起 小测试：① I can’t pick John __________in the crowd
2) 给(某人)搭车; 同义：give sb. a lift / ride ② Can I pick __________VOA with this short-wave radio
3) get, learn(无意中)得到,发现,学会, 自然习得(language/knowledge) ③ She picked __________the most expensive pair of shoes.
4) go and get 去取某物；去接某人 ④ I picked the information _____________while waiting in the queue.
5) receive 收听 ⑤ My friend has arranged to pick me _________at 6:00.
6) improve (健康)恢复获得(pick up health)； vi. (情况，事态)转好 ⑥ The patient has picked ___________health during the last two weeks.
pick out：choose carefully 精心挑选, 辨认, 看出 ⑦ He fell down suddenly, but picked himself ___________quickly.
pick cotton/flowers/leaves/words(选词) ⑧ It took Mary a long time to pick_______ a new suit at the store.
⑨ See if you can pick me __________ in the photo. ⑩ She picked _________a stone and threw it at the window.
⑾ It is thoughtful of you to stop your car to pick __________ a sick woman by the roadside.
⑿ He picked_________ French while staying in Paris. ⒀ I’m going to pick ______my coat from the cleaner’s shop.
⒁ We picked ___________ radio signals for help from the damaged plane.
⒂ I believe things will pick _________soon. 我相信情况很快转好的。⒃ See if you can pick me _________in the photo.
⒄ Trade usually picks ___________ in spring. 贸易一般在春天回升。 ⒅ It took Mary a long time to pick ______ a new suit at the store.
35. put up: 搭起, 张贴,举起, 安装, 投宿,安排住宿 小测试：① He put _________half his wage every week.
put through: 接通电话 put into: 放进, 翻译 ② The government soon put ___________the riot(暴乱)。
put off sb. 令某人反感 put aside: 放到一边 ③ Put your watch ______________. It’s slow.
put back: 放回 put forward:提出,提前 ④ He put _______________his hand for me to shake.
put on vt. 1) (点动作) 穿上，戴上，(反) 脱下 take off, throw off ⑤ Please put me _________to Extension(电话分机) 2.
2) perform : 上演，表演 put on weight : 体重增加，发胖 ⑥ We put ____________for night at the village then.
put off sth. / doing sth. delay 推迟 ⑦ He is very proud, and he often put _________airs.(摆架子)
put on: 穿上，上映,增加(put on weight/speed) ⑧ We had a telephone put ____________in our office.
put on air of importance 装出一副神气的样子 ⑨ I can’t put ____________with your laziness.
put out : vt. 扑灭，使熄灭 (比较) go out : vi. (火、灯) 熄灭 ⑩ Put the books _______in the bookshelf after finishing reading them.
put away : vt. 1)把…收起来，把…放回原处 ⑾ The fire had gone__________ when we arrived at the scene.
2) save(money) for later use 积攒、储蓄；同义短语：set aside ⑿ Never put _________ till tomorrow what you can do today.
put down : vt. 1)放下 2)write down 写下 ⒀ It took them six hours to put ____________the fire.
3) bring… under control 镇压 put down a riot(暴乱) ⒁ Put __________ your coat / glasses before you go out.
put up : 1) raise 举起 2)张贴Put up a notice. ⒂ She is clever, but her manner tends to put people ________.
3)build 建造，搭起 Put up a dam./Put up a tent. ⒃ Those who have questions please put ________your hands.
(比较) Put a notice / advertisement in the newspaper. 在报上登通知/ 广告。 ⒄ Shall we put _________at this hotel for the night
4) stay 投宿 5) put up with：stand, bear 忍受，忍耐 ⒅ I can’t _____________ his rudeness any more. 我不能忍受他的无礼态度。
put sb. to trouble = give / cause sb. trouble 给某人添麻烦 ⒆ Let me put _________ your telephone number.
put an end to = end vt. 结束… ⒇ Put me ____________ at the next bus stop, please. 请让我在下一站下车。
(21) She has put _________(set aside) a sum of money in the bank for his old age. 他在银行存了一笔钱作为防老之用。
(22) They are putting __________a concert to raise money for rebuilding the flood-stricken areas. 他们正在举办音乐会为重建洪灾区集资。
36.pull on: 匆匆穿上/off脱下 pull off : vt. & vi; 小测试：① The car pulled _________when I blew the horn.
pull down : vt. 1) 拉下；往下拉 2) 拆除(建筑物) ; 拆毁 ② The doctor thinks the man will pull __________.
pull through: 恢复健康，渡过难关,脱离险境 ③ The driver pulled __________at the traffic lights.
pull in: vi. (列车等)进站， pull out : 取出,(火车) 离站 ④ They are pulling____________ those houses to make room for a new airport.
pull up: (使)停车 ⑤ The policeman signed me to pull _________.
pull over: vi. 把车暂停在路边; 驶到一边 ⑥ The train slowly pulled ___________and disappeared in the distance.
⑦ The train is due to pull into the station at 6:30 p.m. and pull ___________of it in ten minutes.
⑧ All the old houses here have now been pulled _____________, and new ones are to be built.
37. push over: 推到,刮倒 push sth. aside: 不考虑 小测试：① Many trees were pushed _________in the hurricane.
push ahead/on/forward: 继续前进, 坚持下去 ② They were determined to push the new rules ___________at any cost.
push through: 排除困难,办好某事,努力设法通过, 穿过 ③ Take care not to push the baby ___________.
push sth. back: 延迟,推迟 push in=cut in: 加塞，插队 ④ They pushed _________the crowd and at last reached us.
push for sth.| push sb. for sth.: 不断要求, 争取, 催促 ⑤ I’m going to have to push you _________an answer.
⑥We’ve decided to push ___________with our plan to build a new road. ⑦He pushed __________the feelings of fear.
⑧ The start of the game was pushed _____________from 2 p.m. to 4 p.m. ⑨ Sam pushed me ______________in the playground.
38. run across: 偶然碰到 run away: 逃跑 小测试：① If you drive so fast, you’ll run _________someone some day.
run for: 竞选 run after : vt. 追捕，追逐 ② I ran _________a friend of mine in the exhibition.
run into : vt. 1)(无意中) 遇到，偶然碰到(困难), 遇见(人), 相碰 ③ Our water has run __________. Can you fill up some more bottles
同义短语：come across ；run across ④ Why do you always run __________adventure
2) hit 猛撞在…上，同义短语：knock into ⑤ He didn’t want to run __________president that year.
run out of：vt. use up 用光，耗尽 ⑥ In that way you will only run _____________difficulties.
(比)run out vi. (物)用光，耗尽 ⑦ Don’t bother to run _________ the bus. You will never catch it.
run over: 1)(液体)溢出，流出; 2)(车)从……碾过 ⑧ Don’t bother to run __________the bus. You will never catch it.
run to :come to (数量) 达到 ⑨ He lost control of his bike and ran _________ a tree.
⑩ We have run ____________sugar. ⑾ Our sugar has run _________.(主动态)
⑿ Two children were run __________and killed. ⒀ The book runs _________ nearly 800 pages.
39. refer to : vt. 1) 指的是； 2) mention, speak of 提到； 小测试：① Does this remark refer __________me
3) look at for information 查阅，参考 ②I think it is better not to refer ________the matter again is called.
③Let me refer to my notes to find the exact figure. 让我查一下笔记，找到准确数字。
40. see to : 1) make sure 务必做到，确保 小测试：① I will see ____________that she gets home safely. 我一定会使她安全到家。
2) deal with 处理(某物)；look after 照顾(某人) ; 照料, 照管 ② Today I have much to ________. / Will you see______ that customer
see to it + that… see sth. in sth. /sb. :看上,看中 ③ I must see ____________lunch.
see about sth.: 办理, 照料,料理,安排=prepare ④ I don’t know what she sees ____________him.
see off: 1)送行,送别， 2) (BrE.) 赶走,驱逐(某人) ⑤ The dogs saw them _____________in no time.
see through sth./ sb.: 看透, 识破 ⑥ We need to see ___________the house before we can make you an offer.
see over sth.: 察看(某处) see sth. through: 坚持完成 ⑦ We saw __________him from the start.
see sb. through| see sb. through sth.: 帮助(支持)sb.度过 ⑧ I can see _______________your little game.
⑨ She’s determined to see the job__________. ⑩ Her courage and good humor saw her _________.
⑾ I only have ＄ 20 to see me _____________the week. ⑿ Will you see ___________the arrangements for the next meeting
⒀ We’ll have to get that door seen __________. ⒁ Can you see _____________the fax goes this afternoon
41. send for sb. : 派人去请某人 小测试：①Send _________ Doctor Li at once.
send for sth. : 派人去拿或叫 send out: 发出(光亮) 等 ② I will send ________ a taxi. 我来差人去叫出租车。
send sb. off: (BrE) 罚某人下场 ③ His son found him and sent __________help.
send sth. off: 寄出, 发出 send sth. out:分发, 散发 ④ I’m sending the files ____________to my boss tomorrow.
send out for sth.: 请(某店)送来外卖食物 ⑤ Beckham was sent _____________for a foul(犯规)in the second half.
send sb. packing: 叫某人卷铺盖;撵某人走 ⑥ Let’s send ________for a pizza.
send sth. on(to sb.): 转送, 转递, 转达,先期发运 ⑦ Have the invitations been sent ___________yet
⑧ We sent our furniture ___________by ship. ⑨ They arranged for the information to be sent __________us.
42. set about sb.: 抨击, 攻击 set forth: 出发, 动身 小测试：①I shall set my watch _________by five minutes.
set sth. forth: 陈述, 阐明 set in: (恶劣天气、感染)到来 ② We set _____________reading the text aloud immediately the bell rang.
set about sth.: 开始做,着手做; (+doing sth.) ③ I set _________to advise him not to drink.
set sth. aside: 省出,留出, 把…搁到一边, 暂时不考虑 ④ What were the reasons he set ____________in his report
set back: 拨回,使推迟 set sth. down: 写下,记下 ⑤ The president set _____________a special group of soldiers to guard him.
set off:出发, 动身, 启程 set to work(n.): 开始做 ⑥ The unpopular law set ___________a series of protests(抗议).
set sth.off:触发,引起,爆炸 set sb. against sb.: 使某人反对 ⑦ We set ____________at daybreak yesterday and we’ve been traveling ever since then.
set sb. down: 让某人下车 set up: 建立 ⑧ When will you set _______for shanghai / _______a trip to shanghai.
set about sth. / doing sth.: 着手做某事 ⑨The bomb could be set _________by the slightest vibration(震动).
set off : 1) vi. 出发 + for sth. 3) vt. 激发，引起 ⑩ They set ________the fireworks as soon as it got dark.
2) cause to explode :使…爆炸，燃放(烟花等) 股市恐慌引发了一轮抛售潮。
set on/upon sb.: (usu. passive) 突然攻击, 袭击 ⑾ Panic on the stock market set _____________a wave of selling.
set out :1) vi.出发; 着手(to do); 2) vt. 陈述；阐明(理由等) ⑿ Setting _____________in business is no easy job. 经商伊始事业不容易。
3) vi.开始或着手做某事 set out on(in) sth.; set out to do sth. ⒀ She set __________the business of cleaning the house.
⒁ We need to set ___________finding a solution. ⒂ She accused(指责) her husband if setting the children ____________her.
⒃ She tries to set ____________some money every month. ⒄ The bad weather set ___________the building programme by several weeks.
⒅ He set _____________ his arguments in detail at the meeting. 详细陈述自己的观点
⒆ The rain seemed to have set ________for the day. ⒇ We set __________for London just after ten.
(21) A gang of boys were setting ___________fireworks in the street. (22) I opened the gate, and was immediately set _________by a big dog.
A. set down B. set about C. set out D. set back → (23) It’s impossible to ___________ the clock of history.
(24) They asked her to __________the facts just as she remembered them.
(25)That evening he ___________ writing the report. (26) Mr. Smith _________to write a history of America in 1980.
43. shoot sb./sth. down: 射到,击毙, 击落,批驳,驳倒 小测试：① Several planes were shot ____________by enemy fire.
shoot for sth.:(AmE.) 力争达到, 努力获取 ② His latest theory has been shot ___________in flames.
shoot off: 迅速离去 ③ We’ve been shooting ___________ a pay raise for months.
shoot up: 迅速长高,猛涨,迅速上升 ④ I had to shoot ___________at the end of the meetings.
⑤ Their kids have shot ______since I last saw them. ⑥ Ticket prices shot __________last year.
44.show (sb./sth.) off : vt./ vi. 炫耀，卖弄 小测试：
show sb. around/round sth. : 陪同某人参观… ① I wish that you would stop showing _______(yourself)in public.
show through(sth.): (从某物) 透出, (从某事)显露 ② I feel it a great honor to show you __________our city.
show up: 如约赶到,出现, 露面 ③ We were shown __________the school by one of the students.
show sth. up: (使)看得见, 变得明显, 显现出来 ④ He’s just showing _________ because that girl he likes is here.
show sb. up: 使人难堪,使人尴尬,使人丢脸 ⑤ He likes to show __________ how well he speaks French.
⑥ The writing on the other side of the page shows _______________. ⑦ It was getting late when she finally showed _____________.
⑧ He showed me ___________by saying those stupid words. ⑨ The harsh light(耀眼的光线)showed __________the lines on her face.
45. stand aside: 站到一边; 让开; 不参与; 不介入; 置身事外 小测试：① Please remember I will stand ________________you whatever happens.
stand back(from sth.): 往后站,退后, 不是紧挨着 ② How can you stand _____ and do nothing when she needs help
stand by : 1) vt. support 支持(某人); 2) vi. 袖手旁观 ③ GNP stands _____________ gross national product. GNP代表国民生产总值。
stand by sb.: 支持，忠于,帮助 ④ She stood __________to let us pass.
stand by sth.: 仍然遵守诺言 ⑤ Don’t stand __________and let others do all the work.
stand down (as sth.):离职, 退职,下台 ⑥ The police ordered the crowd to stand ___________.
stand for：be a sign of 代表，为…缩写；支持,主张 ⑦ The house stands __________from the road.
not stand for: 容忍, 忍受 stand in (for sb.): 代替,顶替 ⑧ How can you stand ____________and see him accused of something he didn’t do
stand out(as sth.): 出色,杰出,更为重要 ⑨ Four points stand __________as being more important than the rest.
stand out(from/against sth.): 显眼,突出 ⑩ I don’t like you standing _________over while I’m cooking.
stand over sb.: 监督, 监视 ⑾ There were no seats left so I had to stand__________.
stand up: 站起, 站立, 起立 ⑿ You’ll look taller if you stand _______straight.
stand up for sb./ sth.:支持, 维护 ⒀ You must stand _________for your rights
stand up to sth.: 经得起(检查,审查等) ⒁ She had learnt to stand __________for herself.
stand up to sb.: 抵抗,勇敢反对 ⒂ It was brave of her to stand _____________to those bullies.
⒃ Always stand ___________for your friends. ⒄ My assistant will stand ____________me while I’m away.
46. stick around: 不走开, 待在原地 小测试：①I have made my promise and I will stick _______it.
stick at sth.: 坚持不懈地做某事 ② I wish you to stick __________ principles.
stick by sb.: 坚持忠于，不离弃(某人) ③ Stick _________; we’ll need you to help us later.
stick by sth.: 信守, 遵守,贯彻(承诺，计划等) ④ If you want to play an instrument well, you’ve got to stick ____________it.
stick sth. down: 写下, 记下 ⑤ Her husband was charged with fraud(诈骗) but she stood _________him.
stick out: 醒目,显眼 ⑥ I think I’ll stick my name _____________on the list.
stick out of sth.| stick sth. out of sth.: 伸出, 探出，突出 ⑦ They stick __________their decision.
stick to + n : 坚持(原则，真理等)；信守(诺言、原则) ⑧ They wrote the notice in big red letters so that it would stick ___________.
stick together: 团结在一起 ⑨ His ears stick _______. / She stuck her tongue _______at me.
stick up for sb./sth. oneself: 支持,捍卫(某人) ⑩ Don’t stick your arm __________the car window.
stick with sb./sth.: 紧跟，不离开；坚持，持续 ⑾ She finds it impossible to stick _________a diet.
⑿ He promised to help us and he stuck ________his word. ⒀ They decided to stick __________their original plan.
47.take on : vt. 1) begin to have呈现，露出 小测试：① I take ____________all I said about his dishonesty.
2) accept 承担(工作，责任等) ② He went to the shelf and took ______________a book of poems.
3) 雇用，同义：hire, employ; ③ At first I took him __________a doctor.
反义：解雇 fire, lay sb off ④ Bill has now taken __________his father’s business.
take off : 1) vt. remove 脱下，摘下 (比) throw off 急忙脱下 ⑤ My job takes __________most of my time.
2) vi.1)(飞机等)起飞；3) 开始成名，开市,走红 近义词：be around ⑥ The boss took _________twenty people for his new company.
take sb. / sth. away(from + 地方)：remove 带走，拿走 ⑦ I can see that most of you have taken __________
take over :1) vt. &vi.接替，接管，接收 everything that the teacher taught.
2) vi. 占上风，取而代之 ⑧ His face took __________a worried expression. 他的脸露出担忧的表情。
take up : vt. 1) begin to spend time doing ⑨ My doctor says I’m too tired and has advised me not to take __________ any more work.
开始从事，开始对……产生兴趣或开始学习 ⑩ My father is a laid-off worker. / He has been laid off.
2) use 占用(空间或时间) ⑾ It was at this point that her acting career really took _______.
take in : 1) 吸收(空气、水等) ；理解，领会 2) cheat 欺骗 正是在这时她的表演生涯开始走红。
take back: 收回 take down: 记录, 取下 ⑿ You aren’t permitted to take these books ______ from the library.
take along: 随身带 take for: 误认为 ⒀ They have taken ________our firm by buying up shares.
take out:拿出 take charge of: 负责 ⒁ Try not to let negative thoughts take _________.
take sth. for grated:想当然 take hold of:抓住 ⒂ John took ________acting / French when he was at college.
take pride in: 以…为自豪 take the place of: 代替 约翰在上大学时开始喜欢上表演 / 开始学习法语。
take turns to do: 轮流做 take office: 就职 ⒃ You take __________ too much room. / The job took __________ most of Sunday.
⒄ It took me a long time to take _________what you were saying. ⒅ Don’t be taken ________by his promise. 不要被他的许诺所蒙骗。
A. take interest in B. take on C. take up D. take pride in
⒆ We ____________our responsibilities as teachers in China. ⒇ Some students ___________ science subjects.
(21) These big desks _______________ too much room so we’d better take them away. (22) The villages around the lake ___________ a different look.
A. took…for granted B. take care C. take turns D. took hold of
(23) We _________ it __________ that they would accept our suggestions.
(24) He came over and ____________ my hand. (25) ___________ not to wake the baby! (26) We __________ to clear the classroom.
48. think of/ about sb./ sth.: 1)考虑到,关心, 替…着想 小测试：① Don’t you ever think __________other people
think of sb./sth. as sb./sth.: 把…看着,把…视为 ② She’s thinking __________changing her job.
think back (to sth.): 回忆,追忆 ③ I keep thinking __________to the day I arrived here.
think sth. out: 认真考虑，仔细盘算 ④ He never think ________himself when he meets something.
think for oneself:独立思考 think sth. over: 仔细考虑 ⑤ When I said that I wasn’t thinking _____________anyone in particular.
think sth. up: 想出, 发明 think sth. through: 充分考虑 ⑥ Can anyone think ________a way to raise money
think the world/highly/a lot/not much/poorly/little of sb. /sth. ⑦ Have you thought __________a name for the baby yet
think (the) better of sb.: 对某人有较高的评价 ⑧ I think __________this place as my home.
⑨ It’s very well thought _________ _plan. ⑩ He’d like more time to think things __________.
⑾ You should think your idea ____________before putting it into practice. ⑿ Can’t you think ________a better excuse than that
49. turn away : 将…拒之门外；打发走; 解雇; 辞退; 驱逐; 转过脸去 小测试：① The child turned _____________its mother for comfort.
turn on the(light, gas, water, radio): ② Turn __________and let me see your face.
打开(电灯，煤气，自来水，收音机等) ③ The English evening party turned ____________a great success.
turn off :关掉；同义短语：shut off ④ The army turned him ____________an account of his poor health.
turn down : vt. 1) 调低 ； 2)refuse 拒绝 ⑤ She turned the whole house __________in the search for her missing purse.
turn up: 1) vt. 调高 2) vi. arrive, appear 来到，出现 ⑥ Where did your purse turn _____________ I found it in the snow.
turn out : 1) 蜂拥而出 2) 生产，制造，培养 ⑦ The villagers suddenly turned __________the foreigners who lived nearby.
3) 结果是，原来是, 证明为 ⑧ The factory turns __________2000new cars last year.
turn to : 1)转向 2)go to…for help etc. 求助于 ⑨ The sight of the accident was too much for her to bear, and she turned ________________.
turn to sb. for sth. ⑩ The hall was full, and many fans had to be turned______.
turn over : 1) vt. think about carefully 反复考虑 ⑾ Please turn _________ the music. Father is reading.
2) vt. 把…掀翻；vi. 翻车； (人) turn over 翻身 ⑿ Jim offered to marry her, but she turned him _________politely.
turn into=change into 变成 ⒀ We thought he had been killed, but he turned_________ safe and sound.
turn back: 返回, 转回去 turn round: 转过身来 ⒁ Crowds of people turned ___________ for shows. 大群人出来看演出。
turn in: 上缴 turn against: 反对, 变为敌视 ⒂ The factory can turn __________100 cars a day.
turn upside down: 把…倒置, 弄得乱七八糟 ⒃ A big wave turned __________ the boat.
⒄ However much he turned the problem ____________in mind, he could find no satisfactory solution.
⒅ The party turned ________ (to be) a success. 或 It turned __________that the party was a success. 晚会结果办得很成功。
⒆ The football stadium was full, and many people had to be turned _____________.
⒇ I can’t tell my parents about it; I don’t know who to turn _________. 我不能跟我父母说这件事，我不知该求谁。
(21) I have turned __________ the problem in my mind for a long time. 这个问题我已反复考虑了很长时间。
(22) While making a sharp turn, the car turned ___________. (23) Water turned ___________ ice when it freezes.
A. turned out B. turned in C. turn over D. turned up
(24)To whom should we ______________ the key when we leave the room
(25) He promised to attend my birthday party, but till now he hasn’t _________ yet.
(26) The English evening party ___________ a great success.
(27) It _____________ that he had never been there. No wonder he knew nothing about it.
50. win sb. / sth. back：(通过努力，奋争) 赢回，重新得到 小测试：① How can I win __________her love / their support
win sb. over(to sth.): gain the support of sb. by persuading 我怎么才能重新得到她的爱(他们的支持)？
(通过说服)把…争取过来 ②We tried to win him _________ to our view.
win sb. around/over/round to sth.: 赢得…的支持, 说服, 把…争取过来 我们试图说服他接受我们观点。
win out/through: 摆脱困难, 终获成功 ③ It’s not going to be easy but we’ll win __________in the end.
④ The party is struggling to win _________voters. ⑤ She’s against the idea but I’m sure I can win her ___________.
51. work out: 锻炼身体,做运动，成功地发展 小测试：① Have you worked ________ the answer
work sth. up: 逐渐发展,努力改进 ② Try to work __________how much it will cost
work at / on : give one’s attention to doing 致力于, 从事于 ③ I wonder how their idea worked ________in practice
work sth. in| work sth. into sth.: 尽量包括, 设法把…加进 我想知道他们的想法实践中取得了什么结果。
work sth. off: (通过消耗体力) 宣泄感情, 工作以偿债 ④ I am working _______a new book. = I’m writing a book.
work sb. out: 了解，理解(某人的性格) ⑤ I work _________regularly to keep fit.
work out at sth./work sth. out :1)vt. 计算出 ⑥ She worked __________her anger by going for a walk.
2) vi. 产生结果，结果是 ⑦ They had a large bank loan to work _________.
3)详细拟定(计划、方案、细节等)近义：make, draw up ⑧ Things have worked _________quite well for us.
⑨ I’ve never been able to work her ___________. ⑩ Can you work ____________what these squiggles (潦草的字迹) mean？
⑾ He still isn’t good at English, but he is working _________ it. = He is learning it hard.
动词短语小汇总：“动词+for”的常用搭配(1)
A. account for: 解释，说明；是……的原因；弄清……的下落；占(一定数量或比例)
eg. ①How can you account ( http: / / dict. / app / w / account" \t "_blank ) for the accident ( http: / / dict. / app / w / accident" \t "_blank ) 你如何解释这个事故？
②I want you to account for every cent ( http: / / dict. / app / w / cent" \t "_blank ) you spent. 我要你说明你所花的每一分钱的用途。③Recent pressure ( http: / / dict. / app / w / pressure" \t "_blank ) at work may account for his behavior ( http: / / dict. / app / w / behavior" \t "_blank ). 他的行为也许是最近的工作压力导致的。④One small child was still not accounted for. 还有一个小孩下落不明。⑤Afro-Americans ( http: / / dict. / app / w / Afro-Americans" \t "_blank ) account for 12% of the US population. 非洲裔美国人占美国人口的12%。
B. act for: 代理
eg. ①Please act for me during my absence ( http: / / dict. / app / w / absence" \t "_blank ). 我不在时请代理我处理事务。②I acted for our captain while he was in hospital. 我们队长住院时由我代理他。
C. allow for:考虑到，把……考虑进来；体谅
eg.①We should allow for every possible delay. 我们应该考虑到任何可能的延误。②We must allow for his youth. 我们必须体谅他的年轻。
D. answer for: 对……负责，对……承担责任；保证；代表
eg. ①I will answer for it (him). 我愿对它(他) 负责。②One day you’ll have to answer for what you’ve done. 有一天你得对你今天的所作所为承担责任。③I agree but I can’t answer for my friends. 我同意，但我不能代表我的朋友也同意。【注】该短语通常用于将来时态或含有情态动词的句子，其后可接名词或代词，一般不接 that 从句，若要接that从句，则应先接形式宾语 it。
eg. I can’t answer for his honesty.＝I can’t answer for it that he is honest. 我不能保证他是诚实的。
E. apologize for: 为……而道歉eg. ①He apologized for not being able to meet her. 他因为未能去接她而向她道歉。②I must apologize for the delay in replying to your letter. 未能及时给你回信，我得向你道歉。
F. apply for:申请(请求)得到 eg. ①He applied for a job as an English teacher. 他申请得到一份当英语教师的工作。②They applied to the government ( http: / / dict. / app / w / government" \t "_blank ) for financial ( http: / / dict. / app / w / financial" \t "_blank ) help. 他们向政府申请经济援助。
G. blame … for: 埋怨，责怪eg.①Movies have been blamed for the crime wave. 电影已被指责要对犯罪率上升负责。②The conductor is blamed for the accident. 售票员因那次事故而受到指责。
H. call for 大声呼叫；去接（某人）eg.①The baby is calling for his mother. 婴孩叫着要母亲。 ②I’ll call for you at six o’clock. 6点时我将去接你。
I. care for 关心；想要 eg.①He always cares for my health. 他一直关心我的健康。 ②Would you care for some tea 想喝点茶吗？
J. 动词 + 副词 + 介词：catch up with, look forward to, come up with, keep up with, go in for, look down on, get on with …
K. 动词 + 介词to的词组有：come to, stick to, object to, agree to, turn to, attend to, belong to, devote to, reply to …
L. 与in相结合的动词有：give in, hand in, bring in, drop in, succeed in, take in, check in, engage in, fill in, trade in …
高中英语动词短语部分陷阱题精讲精练：
1. When he realized the police had seen him, the man __________the exit as quickly as possible.
A. made off B. made for C. made out D. made up
分析：A. make off: vi 匆匆逃走；make for: vt. 移向，走向； make out: 勉强了解，开出(支票等), 成功； make up: 弥补， 虚构， 整理，编辑,化妆。
2. Now and then they would __________our house and have a talk with us.
A. call on B. drop in at C. drop in on D. drop in
分析：A. call on +sb. 拜访 D. drop in顺便走访(不预先通知的拜访) B. drop in at + sw: C. drop in on + sb.
3. “Why didn’t you write ” “My ink has ______________.”
A. used up B. run out of C. given away D. given out
分析：A.与B. 表示：“用完，用尽，筋疲力尽”+ 宾语 。A. →been used up; B.→been run of; C. 捐赠，分发； D.表示“ 分发，发出(气味，热等)， 发表，用尽，筋疲力尽等。
4. I think your health will soon _________________if you have a holiday on the seaside.
A. give up B. pick up C. take up D. get up
分析：A.表示“放弃”， C. 表示 “开始(学习或从事等),继续，占去，提出”；D.表示 “ 起床“；B. pick up: 表示“恢复”，“改进”, “改善”；
eg. ①The weather may pick up. 天气会好转的。②Business is picking up again.生意又有所好转。
pick up: 拿起，捡起，拾起，整理，学会，获得；(用车)来接，去取；重新开始；继续；感染(疾病,坏习惯)”等。
5. How I wish that I could ____________my ideas in simple and wonderful English when chatting on the net. (2009黄冈模拟)
A. set out B. set off C. set in D. set up
【解析】分析题意为“我多么希望在网上聊天时能用简单而又漂亮的英文表达我的思想啊”。由题意可知,空缺处应该是“表达；解释”之意, 而四个选项中只有set out有此意,故选择正确的为A。A. set(sth.) out:安排, 摆放, 陈列；陈述,阐明； B. set(sth.) off: 爆炸, 响警报, 引发,激起；C. set (sth.) in: 把…装
进…； D. set (sth.) up: 建立,设立, 创建, 建立；开办。
6. Some of the students have already learned enough English to ____________ a conversation with a native English speaker.
A. hold on B. keep on C. go on D. carry on
【解题关键】 解答该题的关键是不仅要理解供选择的四个动词短语的意义，而且要结合题干中的名词与动词短语的关系来进行判断选择。
【答案解析】选项A、B、C三个动词短语都表示"继续"之意，与题干中名词a conversation with a native English speaker构成短语，不符句意。答案D。
7. You'd better fly somewhere in the west. Then you can ___________ a hire car and travel around.
A. take up B. get on C. pick up D. turn on
【解题关键】 解答该题的关键是根据所给动词短语的意思，结合题干句作出正确选择。
【答案解析】take up开始学，从事，占去； get on 上车，相处,进展； pick up 拾起，学会，收听到，搭车；turn on打开。根据句子意思，应选择pick up，搭乘出租车。答案C。
8. We've invited Mr and Mrs Brown to dinner. But we'll have to_____________because of the baby's sickness.
A. took up B. made up C. gave up D. put off
【解题关键】 解答该题的关键是注意区别give up与put off的差异。
【答案解析】根据句子意思，首先排除选项A开始学，从事，占去；B组成，构成；而选项C(give up放弃)强调主观意义，不符句子意思，故应选put off(推迟)。答案D。
9. They have most carefully ________________the time and money needed to complete the project.
A. picked out B. left out C. figured out D. taken out